Each year, TravelAwaits seeks the input of its passionate and well-traveled readers to nominate and vote for the best destinations worldwide. This year, we asked our readers to weigh in on the best national parks outside of the U.S. and the response was overwhelming.

From stunning landscapes to remarkable biodiversity, these 14 national parks represent the pinnacle of natural beauty and preservation. So, grab your backpack and join us on a virtual journey as we explore our annual Best Of Travel Awards winners for the best national parks outside of the U.S.

1. Loreto Bay National Park (Winner)

Mexico

Located on the Baja California Peninsula, Loreto Bay National Park is a paradise for nature enthusiasts. Its pristine beaches, turquoise waters, and vibrant marine life make it a top destination for snorkeling, kayaking, and diving. With its unique combination of desert and marine ecosystems, Loreto Bay offers an unforgettable experience for visitors seeking serenity and natural wonders.

2. Galapagos National Park

Ecuador

Renowned worldwide for its remarkable biodiversity and crucial role in Charles Darwin’s theory of evolution, Galapagos National Park is a living laboratory of wildlife. This remote archipelago in the Pacific Ocean boasts an incredible array of species, many of which are endemic to the islands. From giant tortoises and marine iguanas to blue-footed boobies and Galapagos penguins, visitors can observe these captivating creatures up close and witness nature’s awe-inspiring wonders.

3. Cinque Terre National Park

Italy

Nestled along the Italian Riviera, Cinque Terre National Park is a UNESCO World Heritage site that enchants travelers with its colorful villages and breathtaking coastal scenery. The park is comprised of five picturesque towns, each perched on cliffs overlooking the Ligurian Sea. Hiking trails winding through terraced vineyards and olive groves provide visitors with mesmerizing views of the rugged coastline, making it a hiker’s paradise.

4. Fiordland National Park

New Zealand

In the southwestern corner of New Zealand’s South Island lies Fiordland National Park, a place of unparalleled natural beauty. Spectacular fjords, cascading waterfalls, ancient forests, and snow-capped peaks define this rugged wilderness. The jewel of the park is Milford Sound, often referred to as the eighth wonder of the world. Exploring Fiordland’s vast landscape is a truly awe-inspiring experience.

5. Serengeti National Park

Tanzania

Stretching across Tanzania and into Kenya, Serengeti National Park is synonymous with the great African safari experience. This iconic park is teeming with wildlife, including the Big Five (lions, elephants, leopards, buffalo, and rhinoceros), wildebeest migrations, and countless other species. Witnessing the drama of the savannah unfold in Serengeti’s vast grasslands is an adventure that will leave a lasting impression.

6. Dolomiti Bellunesi National Park

Italy

Tucked away in the heart of the majestic Dolomite Mountains in northern Italy, Dolomiti Bellunesi National Park is a natural wonderland for outdoor enthusiasts. Towering peaks, picturesque valleys, alpine lakes, and lush meadows create an idyllic backdrop for hiking, climbing, and mountaineering. The park’s unique geology, rich flora and fauna, and charming mountain villages make it a must-visit destination for nature lovers.

7. Lake District National Park

England

With its tranquil lakes, rolling hills, and ancient woodlands, Lake District National Park in the United Kingdom has inspired artists and writers for centuries. This picturesque region in northwestern England offers a myriad of outdoor activities, including hiking, boating, and cycling. Explore the charming villages and historic sites scattered throughout the park or simply immerse yourself in the serene beauty of the landscape. The Lake District is a true gem that captivates visitors with its timeless allure.

8. Thingvellir National Park

Iceland

Situated on the dramatic tectonic plate boundaries of the Mid-Atlantic Ridge, Thingvellir National Park in Iceland is a geological marvel. This UNESCO World Heritage site not only offers stunning vistas of volcanic landscapes, but it is also historically significant as the location of Iceland’s first parliament, Althing. Visitors can explore the park’s rugged terrain, marvel at the crystal-clear waters of Silfra fissure, learn about Iceland’s fascinating cultural heritage, and maybe even see the northern lights!

9. Torres Del Paine National Park

Chile

Nestled in the breathtaking Patagonian region of Chile, Torres del Paine National Park is a haven for adventure seekers and nature enthusiasts. Its jagged snow-capped mountains, glistening glacial lakes, and vast grasslands create a mesmerizing backdrop for activities such as hiking, horseback riding, and wildlife spotting. The park is home to foxes, pumas, and guanacos (similar to a llama).

The park is named after the three imposing granite towers — The Torres del Paine, or “Towers of Paine” — that are its centerpiece and an iconic symbol of Patagonia’s raw beauty. TravelAwaits contributor Sarah Kingdom describes the park as a “fantastic destination for intrepid hikers, kayakers, mountain bikers, or any adventurous traveler.” While multi-day treks are quite popular, spectacular views and iconic landmarks can also be seen by driving around the park.

10. Twelve Apostles Marine National Park

Australia

Along Australia’s Great Ocean Road, the Twelve Apostles Marine National Park beckons travelers with its dramatic coastal scenery. These towering limestone stacks, jutting out of the Southern Ocean, create a captivating panorama. Visitors can explore the park’s pristine beaches, marvel at the rugged cliffs, and spot marine life such as seals, penguins, and migrating whales. The Twelve Apostles Marine National Park is a testament to nature’s artistic prowess.

11. Plitvice Lakes National Park

Croatia

A true natural wonder, Plitvice Lakes National Park in Croatia enchants visitors with its cascading waterfalls, crystal-clear lakes, and lush forests. Wooden footbridges and hiking trails meander the park, allowing visitors to discover its enchanting beauty up close. The interplay of vibrant turquoise waters and green foliage creates a surreal and breathtaking experience, making Plitvice Lakes a must-visit destination for nature lovers.

12. Iguazú National Park

Argentina

Straddling the border between Argentina and Brazil, Iguazú National Park boasts one of the world’s most magnificent waterfalls, the awe-inspiring Iguazú Falls. With over 270 individual cascades spread across nearly 2 miles, the falls are a mesmerizing sight to behold. Visitors can explore the park’s lush rainforests, walk along the extensive network of trails, and even take exhilarating boat rides to witness the power and grandeur of the falls up close.

13. Uluru-Kata Tjuta National Park

Australia

Deep in the heart of Australia’s Red Centre, Uluru-Kata Tjuta National Park holds cultural and spiritual significance for the Anangu Aboriginal people. The 512-square-mile park is home to two iconic landmarks: Uluru and Kata Tjuta (The Olgas). Previously known as Ayers Rock, Uluru is the largest single-rock monolith on the planet. These massive sandstone formations rise from the desert landscape, creating a profound sense of awe and wonder.

Witness the mesmerizing color changes of the world-famous rock at sunrise or explore the hiking trails around Kata Tjuta for a deeper connection with this ancient land. An Aboriginal word meaning “many heads,” Kata Tjuta is composed of 36 gigantic monoliths. Take the Valley of the Winds loop, which wends between Kata Tjuta’s domes.

Both Uluru and Kata Tjuta are protected sacred sites and climbing them is banned, but there are several other ways to experience this incredible landscape. Enjoy indigenous-led or self-guided walks. Explore Walpa Gorge; it’s like an ancient temple chiseled by nature. Attempt indigenous dot painting, hop on the back of a camel, see rock art sites, sample indigenous foods, and skydive or helicopter over Uluru.

14. Glenveagh National Park

Ireland

Nestled in the rugged landscapes of County Donegal, Glenveagh National Park showcases the beauty of the Irish countryside. With its pristine lakes, mountains shrouded in mist, and lush woodlands, the park offers a serene and tranquil escape. Constructed in the 1880s, the stunning Glenveagh Castle Gardens is one of the Emerald Isle’s outstanding horticultural masterpieces. Explore the enchanting Glenveagh Castle, embark on scenic hikes, or simply enjoy the peace and solitude of this remote wilderness. Glenveagh National Park is a paradise for nature lovers, birdwatchers, and those seeking to immerse themselves in Ireland’s natural heritage.

Whether you’re an adventure seeker, wildlife enthusiast, or simply someone who appreciates the beauty of the natural world, these national parks are a testament to the importance of preserving our planet’s most treasured landscapes. So, pack your bags, embark on a journey of discovery, and let these remarkable national parks inspire your next great adventure.

Read more from our 2023 Best Of Travel Awards

If your summer travel plans call for a visit to Hawaii, be sure to see at least one of the better-known national parks: Hawaii Volcanoes, Haleakala, or Pearl Harbor Memorial.

Also know that there are several other tucked-away and less-visited park sites that highlight a remarkable Hawaiian historical and cultural legacy. During my 6 years as a park ranger in Hawaii, I explored these parks and developed a greater appreciation and understanding of this significant legacy.

1. Pu’uhonua O Hōnaunau National Historical Park

Puʻuhonua o Hōnaunau is a National Historical Park located along the Kona Coast on the Big Island of Hawaii. This site is one of the most revered places in Hawaiian history and, for generations, offered refuge to those who broke the kapu (religious) laws or were fleeing from civil strife. Warriors and civilians caught up in these dangerous situations could be guaranteed safety and forgiveness. The concept of seeking asylum and finding a place of refuge is strongly rooted in Polynesian tradition and was brought by early voyagers who established a distinctive Hawaiian culture on the islands.

You can explore the park via several options. A half-mile, self-guided walking tour takes you through the Royal Grounds — an area formerly reserved for the aliʻi (chiefs). In addition, an audio tour is available that covers the same area as the walking tour and provides an audio interpretation. Access this version by downloading the National Park Service app from either the App Store or Google Play.

On this walk, be sure to see the small bay known as Keone’ele Cove. The cove’s coral sand beach is where the aliʻi would arrive by canoe and spend their days tending to the religious and civic matters of the islands.

For those interested in a longer hike, the 2-mile round-trip along the 1871 Trail to Kiʻilae Village is a great option. The trail follows the coast with dramatic views of pali (cliffs) and cultural features from both ancient and modern eras. Begin your trek by stopping at the visitor center for a map and directions to the trailhead.

Another striking feature of the park is the Pā Puʻuhonua (Great Wall). The immense wall structure — 12 feet tall, 18 feet wide, and over 950 feet long — was built over 400 years ago using lava rocks fitted together so precisely that no mortar was used in its construction. 

Of all the parks I worked at and visited, this is by far my favorite. Once I left the visitor center area, I felt an immediate sense of peace and serenity while walking along the trails.

Pro Tips: When visiting this and other parks, be sure to take water, snacks, sunscreen, and sturdy footwear. Most trail surfaces are either coarse, coral sand, rough lava rock, or a combination of both.

2. Kaloko-Honokōhau National Historical Park

Also located on the Big Island (Hawaii), 2 miles from Kailua-Kona International Airport, is Kaloko-Honokōhau. The park preserved a typical Hawaiian kauhale (village) from the pre-European contact (before 1778). Life in the village was one of hardship, balance, and harmony with the environment. The people followed an ancient tradition of ahupua’a (land allocation) that extended from the mountains to the sea and included all the necessary ingredients to sustain life. A system of trade existed between each ahupua’a that exchanged items from the sea (fish, shellfish, and coral) for items from the mountains (taro, breadfruit, and mulberry shrub) for making cloth. Extended families depended on each other and this system functioned for centuries to the benefit of all.

The National Park Service now protects many of the features that sustained the ancients’ existence. One of these features is the use of aquaculture to harvest fish. The system consisted of enclosing a small bay with a rock wall and a gate to allow fish to enter and become trapped for use by the people of the kauhale.

The park has undertaken a long-term project to rebuild this wall and restore it to its original state. Studies have shown the wall was once 30–40 feet wide, 6 feet tall, and over 700 feet long. Hawaiians also raised fish in carefully constructed fish ponds. These ponds represent some of the finer points in Hawaiian culture. Nowhere else in Polynesia are fish ponds more numerous or developed. They bear witness to the remarkable engineering skills and management in the art of aquaculture.

When you visit the park, take time to see this great engineering feat. Consider how many rocks were transported and carefully stacked to produce this immense wall and the coordinated effort to maintain it so that the kauhale could produce fish for the entire ahupua’a.

The creation of this park is a collaboration between the Native Hawaiian community and the National Park Service to restore the spirit of cultural identity through its preservation and management. The Hawaiian culture has struggled through many periods of adversity and its spirit remains strong because of this partnership. Contact the Hale Hoʻokipa — the park’s visitor center — for additional information.

3. Pu’ukohola Heiau National Historical Site

Just minutes away from some of the most lavish resorts in Hawaii, this historical site — along the Big Island’s Kailua-Kona Coast — was the serene home of Hawaiian royalty.

For centuries, rival warriors fought to gain control and rule all of the islands. On Hawaii island, following the death of an exalted chief, his son and nephew waged a familial struggle over who was to rule. This led to open warfare and plunged the island into a bitter civil war not only for control of this island but for the other islands as well. Finally, Kamehameha I, perhaps the greatest Hawaiian leader, was told of a prophecy by a kahuna (priest) that if he built a heiau (temple) on top of a hill called Pu’ukohola, he would triumph over his cousin and unite the islands into one kingdom. Several years later, after having finished construction of the heiau, Kamehameha fulfilled the prophecy and became king of all of the islands.

Today, this sacred temple is part of the Puʻukoholā Heiau National Historical Site which preserves the legacy of this crucial portion of Hawaiian history. Below the heiau is the Pelekane — the Royal Courtyard. Stroll among the trees and walk the grounds of this beautiful portion of the park.

There is a great, half-mile loop trail that begins near the visitor center. The trail leads you the Pu’ukohola Heiau and several other cultural sites before returning to the visitor center.

Another option is hiking a portion of the Ala Kahakai National Historic Trail to the Pelekane. There you can walk in the footsteps of Hawaiian royalty. The Royal Courtyard is the location of cultural festivals and an excellent place to watch sharks cruising just offshore.

Pro Tip: In winter, this is an excellent spot to see humpback whales. Starting in November, these large mammals travel some 3,000 miles from feeding grounds in Alaska waters to Hawaii where they breed and give birth. In May, they return north to begin the cycle again. I have fond memories of watching these giants just a few hundred yards offshore, breaching high out of the water and returning with a gigantic splash.

Be sure to check out the park calendar as well as the website for special programs, whale watching, cultural activities, and other experiences. 

This historic site gives you the opportunity amid warm breezes and the soft sound of breaking surf to slow down and ponder how life must have been for these early Hawaiians. Sit for a moment and breathe in the spirit of their culture.

Visiting these three park sites gives you a sense of how ancient Hawaiians valued a system of refuge and asylum, and a feeling for their royalty, and how they used aquaculture and other means to survive for centuries.

Related Reading:

• I Went In Search Of Elvis’s Hawaii — This Is What I Found
• 7 Things You Need To Know Before Visiting Diamond Head On Oahu, Hawaii
• 11 Best Things To Do In Oahu For Solo Travelers

Breathtaking may be an understatement looking through our readers’ list of their 15 favorite U.S. national parks. Each offers unique, unforgettable experiences. And while picking a favorite may be as difficult as picking your favorite child, it’s fine to love them all equally.

1. Rocky Mountain National Park (Winner)

Colorado

Rocky Mountain National Park offers beautiful meadows, waterfalls, alpine lakes, and plenty of wildlife in addition to its majestic peaks. Looking for a challenge? Hike to beautiful Chasm Lake. Equally beautiful, the short, flat trail around Bear Lake offers gorgeous views throughout. The loop is one of several options for those interested in less challenging, but still amazing, experiences. The park is so popular that you’ll need a reservation to visit from late May through mid-October.

2. Yellowstone National Park

Wyoming, Montana, Idaho

Old Faithful and Yellowstone National Park are practically synonymous, but America’s oldest national park is actually home to a staggering 500-plus geysers; many of which can be found around the Grand Loop Road. The southern portion of the road is also where you’ll find the colorful Grand Prismatic Spring, a must-stop for most visitors. The Yellowstone River is responsible for another dramatic experience — the Grand Canyon of Yellowstone and its Upper and Lower Falls. Finally, listen for howling wolves in the Lamar Valley. It offers the best wildlife viewing with herds of bison, grizzly bears, and adorable pronghorn, as well as wolves in the northwestern corner of the park.

3. Grand Canyon National Park

Arizona

The second most visited national park in the U.S., most visitors only see Grand Canyon National Park during a day trip. Instead, spend the night along the rim for a completely different experience. The changing colors of the canyon during sunrise and sunset will take your breath away. Then, the darkest of dark skies fills with stars to the delight of every junior astronomer. During the day, experience one of the park’s iconic mule rides, raft the Colorado River, hike into the canyon, or simply drive along the South Rim stopping at the lookouts along the way. While the South Rim is always open to visitors, the North Rim is planned to open on June 2.

4. Zion National Park

Utah

Zion National Park’s gorgeous red rock cliffs are the showstopper here. The park is home to two of the most famous hikes in the national park system — Angels Landing and The Narrows. Due to the park’s popularity, visitors can only access it using the shuttle system from mid-March through November. No matter if you’re on the shuttle, in your car, or riding a bike, Zion Canyon’s Scenic Road is awe-inspiring. To avoid some of the crowds, make your way north on Interstate 15 and visit the Kolob Canyons area in the northwest corner of the park.

5. Acadia National Park

Maine

Known as the first place to see the sunrise in the U.S. (at least for half the year), visitors flock to Acadia National Park’s Cadillac Mountain in the early morning hours to watch the Sun leap over the Atlantic Ocean. Once the Sun is up, check the tide charts and venture to the park’s beautiful rocky coast to see Thunder Hole. From 1–2 hours before high tide will be the best time to hear the thunderous roar created by the crashing waves.

The park’s 45 miles of carriage roads offer a unique car-free experience for visitors. Built by John D. Rockefeller Jr. in the early 1900s for exclusive use by horse and carriage, the roads remain car-free today. Walk, bike, or enjoy a carriage ride as you take in some of the best views in the park. Acadia is especially brilliant in the fall when the changing leaves and crisp fall air are simply glorious.

6. Glacier National Park

Montana

Dramatic views await in rugged and wild Glacier National Park. Home to about two dozen named glaciers, park rangers, however, warn that climate change is melting the park’s namesake. They say the current total is nine fewer than in 1966.

The Continental Divide gives the park two distinctive sides known as East Glacier and West Glacier. When you visit, book a Red Bus tour. The knowledgeable drivers detail the spectacular views as they take you along the park’s famous Going-to-the-Sun Road. The Many Glacier area offers even more magnificent views. Once there, hike to Iceberg Lake to see the beautiful blue water. 

Because of its popularity, you’ll need a reservation to enter the park between 6 a.m. and 3 p.m. during the summer. Just 1 mile outside the park, Polebridge Mercantile’s huckleberry bear claws are beloved by Glacier fans. It’s a delicious treat not to be missed.

7. Yosemite National Park

California

Known for its magnificent waterfalls and giant granite formations, we have John Muir to thank for the creation of Yosemite National Park. In this park, winning the lottery won’t bring you cash, but access to the top of the iconic Half Dome via cable wires. A mere photo of the experience is enough to caution many from trying it. If you prefer a more relaxed approach, paid tours are offered in the park throughout the year.

May and June are usually the best times to see the park’s numerous waterfalls. The best known, Yosemite Falls, is one of the tallest in the world. Horsetail Falls and the setting Sun create a unique experience known as the Firefall phenomenon just twice a year. 

While reservations were required in 2021 and 2022, the park is not requiring them to visit in 2023.

8. Great Smoky Mountains National Park

Tennessee, North Carolina

The Most visited national park in the U.S. in 2022, the mountains that make up Great Smoky Mountains National Park are beautifully covered in trees, creating a palate of lushly rolling peaks during the spring and summer and a gorgeous mix of colors in the fall. Here you can hike a portion of the Appalachian Trail, one of only two national parks where you can do so.

The park’s 11-mile Cades Cove Loop gives visitors a look at the early days of Appalachia. You’ll see log homes, several churches, barns, and even a working gristmill. You’re likely to see white-tailed deer during your drive and may even spot a black bear. A beautiful hike off the loop is Abrams Falls.

The park is one of only three locations in the U.S. where you can see synchronous fireflies, which usually occur in June. Although, you’ll need to enter the park lottery for a chance to view the phenomenon.

For a unique stay, hike to LeConte Lodge and spend the night in a rustic but cozy cabin. Several trails access the lodge and you’ll be rewarded with a delicious meal for your efforts.

9. Arches National Park

Utah

The park dubs itself a “red-rock wonderland” and none is more famous than its iconic Delicate Arch. Not only is it the symbol of the park but really the entire state of Utah. 

Arches National Park is aptly named for the 2,000-plus stone arches found within its borders, but the park also features enormous rock fins, beautifully balanced rocks, and inspiring pinnacles. There’s something to see around every turn as you wind your way through the park.  

You’ll need a reservation to enter between 7 a.m. and 4 p.m. from April 1 through October 31. To beat the crowds and the heat, hike to Delicate Arch at sunrise. You’ll be outside of the reservation window and won’t have to fight for a parking spot. It’s just one of several hikes to explore. Double Arch is also beautiful and just a short walk from the nearby parking lot.

10. Bryce Canyon National Park

Utah

Another one of Utah’s Big Five, Bryce Canyon may get overshadowed by its neighbor Zion, but the park lays claim to the most hoodoos in the world. Its views are also very accessible. Explore the Rim Trail for beautiful views of Bryce Amphitheater. A portion of the trail known as Sunset Point to Sunrise Point Trail shows off the beautiful changing colors of the amphitheater below during these special times of the day. Several natural arches can be found in Bryce Canyon. The most famous is Natural Bridge, which you can see from Highway 63 as you drive through the park.

11. Grand Teton National Park

Wyoming

The majestic Teton Range welcomes visitors to Grand Teton National Park. The park’s jagged peaks, clear lakes, and outdoor activities keep them coming back. Drive Moose-Wilson or Teton Park Roads for gorgeous views and possibly some wildlife sightings including moose, elk, deer, and even bears. A beautiful biking path, called the Grand Teton Pathway, connects the town of Jackson to the park. Along the way, you can take a dip in the clear but chilly waters of Jenny Lake. If you want to paddle instead of swim, all watercraft require a permit and that includes stand-up paddleboards and kayaks.

Likely the most iconic image of the park is the T.A. Moulton barn along Mormon Row with the Teton Range towering behind. Photographers flock to the park to capture this coveted shot at sunrise, so expect to hear shutters clicking if you decide to start your day early as well. 

12. Joshua Tree National Park

California

Near Palm Springs in southern California, Joshua Tree National Park is much more than its namesake, which you’ll only find in the western portion of the park. If you enter from the south, you’ll discover other gems like the towering palm trees in Cottonwood Spring and the extremely prickly Cholla Cactus Garden.

Keep an eye out for bighorn sheep, mule deer, and antelope squirrels as you drive. They can be difficult to spot in the desert landscape.

Farther north and west, giant boulders beg to be climbed and explored by visitors of all ages, and getting down can be just as challenging, or more so, than getting up. Be sure to take a picture with Skull Rock and watch for professional rock climbers who are naturally attracted to the park’s many climbing options.

Joshua Tree National Park’s heat can be unforgiving. Come prepared with the proper sun protection and plenty of water when you visit.

13. Haleakalā National Park

Hawaii

One of two national parks located in beautiful Hawaii, Haleakala National Park is on the island of Maui. Make a reservation, then get up in the middle of the night to watch the sunrise above the clouds at the summit. Be prepared for all types of weather; it can get below freezing. Plan to stay a bit after the Sun is up, the views of the volcanic crater only continue to get better as the morning progresses.

If you want to visit the Kipahulu portion of the park, be aware: you’ll need to drive the Road to Hana to get there. Once you arrive, the beautiful 4-mile out-and-back Pipiwai Trail takes you to two waterfalls and through a bamboo forest. Kuloa Point Trail is also popular with gorgeous ocean views and takes hikers to the Pools of ‘O’he’o, also known as the Seven Sacred Pools. 

Hiking is a great experience throughout the park, but it’s important to know that it’s against the law to venture off the trails. 

14. Badlands National Park

South Dakota

Conveniently located off Interstate 90, you can either drive through Badlands National Park on the loop road in just a few hours or relax a bit and spend the night. During your trip through the park, you’re surrounded by beautiful rock formations with millions of years of history.

Stop and walk along Fossil Exhibit Trail’s boardwalk to understand the animals that used to roam here. Another spot not to be missed is the Roberts Prairie Dog Town where you’ll see hundreds of prairie dogs and hear them chattering away. Keep an eye out for bison; you’re sure to see a few during your drive. There are many viewpoints to explore, and as the Sun moves through the day, its color changes on the rock formations, which is why sunrise and sunset are brilliant times to experience the park.

The Lakota nation named the area “Badlands” and it can be unforgiving, so be prepared with proper sun protection and plenty of water when visiting in the summer.

15. Mount Rainier National Park

Washington

Mount Rainier National Park is known for its amazing hikes, gorgeous lakes and waterfalls, wildflower-filled slopes, and of course, views of the iconic Mount Rainier. The park’s namesake is an active volcano, although it hasn’t erupted since 1450. Located in the Paradise section of the park, the Skyline Trail is popular with visitors offering a little something for everyone — waterfalls, flowers, and plenty of breathtaking views. Avoid the crowds by visiting the more remote Carbon River area. It’s home to the only inland rainforest in the park.

Pro Tip: Know Before You Go

Many national park visitors visit just for a day, but you should try to spend the night. Many offer lodging in addition to camping and the parks are even more wonderful once the day-trippers leave. Also, don’t forget about the park system’s Junior Ranger program. In spite of the name, there isn’t an age limit to participate and it’s an interesting way to learn a lot about a park.

Are you ready to have an exhilarating experience? Imagine hiking to a canyon, descending to the bottom, and onto a gleaming river of ice, as walls of rock and ice stand guard on either side. Welcome to Maligne Canyon in Jasper National Park — home to one of Canada’s most incredible natural treasures.

I visited in early March with four other travel journalists. During our visit, we had the opportunity to explore the breathtaking Maligne Canyon on an unforgettable guided icewalk! Following a local guide along its frozen pathways and marveling at the spectacular formations that lurk within its depths was a journey through a winter wonderland! It was still winter but warmer than the previous months.

Pursuit Collection hosted my Banff/Jasper experience. All opinions are my own. 

Jasper National Park’s Natural Wonder

Maligne Canyon is a natural wonder in the heart of Jasper National Park in Alberta, Canada. It’s the deepest canyon in the park and stretches for miles. During winter, the running water in the canyon freezes, creating a striking icescape that is simply breathtaking. The icewalk through Maligne Canyon is an awe-inspiring adventure. Its magnificent landscape will captivate you, illuminated by crystal-clear frozen waterfalls and jagged limestone walls rising high against Alberta’s serene winter sky backdrop!

Glaciers Shaped The Landscape

Maligne Canyon is truly a stunning geological wonder. Its history dates back millions of years, beginning with the retreat of the last glaciers in the last ice age. As the glaciers melted, they carved narrow pathways through the soft limestone rock, forming the deep and narrow canyon we see today. Erosion from the Maligne River then continued to shape the canyon. Today, visitors can explore the canyon’s depths through hiking trails and steel catwalks suspended above the rushing waters, taking in this incredible natural beauty and geological history.

Maligne Canyon Is A Four-Season Adventure

Maligne Canyon in Jasper National Park is a breathtakingly beautiful natural wonder that draws visitors from far and wide during every season. You can enjoy a magnificent display of waterfalls, pools, and rock formations during spring, summer, and fall. Hiking along the canyon’s trails provides a thrilling adventure, with majestic views around every bend. You may also see elk, bighorn sheep, and other wildlife.

Maligne Canyon is gorgeous in all seasons but especially beautiful in winter when the water freezes and the hike becomes an icewalk.

What Is A Guided Icewalk Tour?

A guided icewalk tour in Maligne Canyon allows you to experience the canyon’s beauty up close and personal. Our Maligne Canyon Icewalk Tour by Banff Jasper Collection by Pursuit began at the Maligne Canyon Wilderness Kitchen. Lunch is included in the tour. After lunch, we were fitted for our gear.

Our tour included all the necessary equipment, including rubber boots that come up to your knees, crampons for your boots (a crucial traction device similar to cleats for walking on firm snow and ice), and a helmet for safety.

You’ll also be accompanied by a knowledgeable guide who will ensure a safe and enjoyable experience. Guides know the safest paths, shortcuts, problem areas, ice thickness, and depths of water beneath the ice. They also provide help when needed as you traverse the difficult canyon spots.

As you venture deeper into the canyon, you’ll walk across suspended walkways, peer down into the icy depths, and learn about the geology and wildlife unique to the area.

We hiked about a half-mile to get to the icewalk area, then descended to the bottom into the ravine, surrounded by frozen waterfalls, rugged limestone walls, and sparkling icicles. There are plenty of opportunities to take photos, so remember your phone or camera. 

As you go through the canyon, you’re surrounded by the stunning beauty of nature’s artistry. The sound of water trickling beneath the ice, the transparent walls of ice that have formed into unique shapes, and the cool air on your skin combine to create a sensory experience unlike any other.

The tour suits healthy, active travelers who can walk for 3 hours, climb stairs, and maintain good balance. I would not recommend it for people with mobility problems or knee or hip issues.

Icewalk tours run from December to the beginning of April. Check the website for available tours and to make reservations.

Can You Visit Without A Guide?

Hikers can do the icewalk without a guide, but you should be experienced. I would not do the icewalk on my own. Hiking during other seasons would be fine, but going with a guide for the icewalk is the safest thing to do in winter.

What To Wear On An Icewalk

You may be wondering what to wear on an icewalk. Maligne Canyon (or any ice canyon, for that matter) is cold. The key here is to wear layers. Start with a base layer, add a fleece or sweater, and then a warm jacket.

I recommend a warm jacket that is mid-thigh length. You will notice in the photos that my coat was knee-length. I selected it because I thought it would be warmer. While it was warm, it limited my movement when making wide steps or climbing.

Remember that you’ll be walking on rugged terrain, so comfort is key. You’ll want pants that stretch and won’t constrict your movement.

Boots that reach your knees are essential. So bring along a pair of sturdy, waterproof boots that will keep your feet dry and comfortable.

You will need crampons or ice cleats for walking on the ice, and be sure you wear a helmet in case ice, rocks, or tree limbs fall from above.

If you go on a guided tour, boots, crampons, and a helmet will be provided.

How Long Does The Maligne Canyon Icewalk Take?

The icewalk can take anywhere from 2–4 hours, depending on the tour company, weather conditions, the speed at which you hike, how many photos you stop to take, and the route you take. But don’t worry: The experience is well worth the time.

Safety Considerations When Venturing Into Maligne Canyon

This awe-inspiring canyon is a natural wonder that draws countless visitors each year. Knowing the potential dangers of exploring a natural environment is essential.

• Ice can be slick and dangerous to traverse. 
• Running water that you have to wade through even in winter can reach depths up to your knees in some areas of the canyon, creating an added risk of slipping or getting trapped in a current. 
• Ice, rocks, or branches can fall from overhead.

Despite these risks, with some preparation and awareness of your surroundings, venturing into Maligne Canyon can be a safe and rewarding experience.

If you love exploring the great outdoors, you must experience ice walking in the Maligne Canyon. The frozen waterfalls, towering ice columns, and iced river immerse you in a winter wonderland like no other. Whether you’re an adrenaline junkie or simply looking for a unique experience, ice walking in the Maligne Canyon should be on your bucket list.

Tips For Enjoying An Icewalk 

Go With A Guide

Unless you are skilled at ice walking, opt for going with a guide for safety reasons and the fact that they provide not only the guided hike but boots, ice cleats, and helmets.

Check Weather Conditions

The icewalk is only open when weather conditions are safe, so check the forecast before you head out. If the weather is warm, there is a risk of falling through the ice, so it’s best to wait for cooler temperatures.

Dress In Layers

Even if the weather isn’t freezing, dressing warm for the icewalk is essential. Wear layers that you can easily remove if you feel too warm.

Wear Appropriate Footwear

Wear waterproof boots that reach your knees and ice cleats for traction on the ice. 

Bring Your Camera

Remember to bring your camera because you’ll want to take photos. The scenery is absolutely stunning and you’ll want to capture it to show your friends and family. 

Plan To Unplug

There is no cell service in most of the canyon area, so plan to be unplugged and enjoy nature.

Be Prepared For A Strenuous Hike

The icewalk is a challenging hike. There are some steep sections and you have a distance to walk. 

Look But Don’t Touch

It may be tempting to touch the ice sculptures or slide down an icy slope, but it is vital to resist the temptation as it can be dangerous.

Pay Attention To Your Surroundings

The icewalk can be disorienting because of all the white snow and ice, so paying attention to where you are and what is around and above you is essential.

Have Fun! 

The icewalk is a once-in-a-lifetime experience, so enjoy every minute of it!

Related Reading:

• 11 Amazing Things To Do In Canada’s Gateway To The North
• 7 Things To Do In Beautiful Edmonton, Canada
• These Tours Give Visitors A Chance To ‘Dig Deep’ And Learn About Dinosaur Fossils — When And Where

Olympic National Park is situated on the Olympic Peninsula in Washington State. It is not only a national park but also a UNESCO World Heritage Site. It was selected not only for its natural beauty but also for one of the world’s largest strands of old-growth temperate rainforest. 

The park is an incredibly diverse ecosystem where visitors can enjoy alpine meadows and lakes surrounded by towering mountains. A portion of the park is rocky coastline, one of the longest undeveloped coasts in the United States, with pounding surf and stunning sunsets. With 11 major river systems, there are plenty of opportunities to view gushing waterfalls and seasonal salmon runs.

The park is very large and it is a 350-mile drive around the Olympic Peninsula. One of the best ways to experience all the park has to offer is to bed down at one of the lodges available within the park. There are four lodging options in the Olympic National Park.

Pro Tip: Weather is constantly changing within the park and even in the summer months it can get chilly. The rocky coastline is littered with large logs that can ebb and flow with the tides making it dangerous to swim. Plan your gear with waterproof, not water-resistant boots and jackets. This is one of the rainiest areas in the United States with almost 120 inches of rain a year.

Some of the information in this article was obtained during a press trip. All opinions are my own.

Kalaloch Lodge

The Kalaloch Lodge is my favorite of all the lodges in the park. The property is just gorgeous sitting atop a bluff overlooking the Pacific Ocean. On site is a lodge and restaurant with motel-type accommodations and two rows of cabins. I stayed in a Kalaloch Cabin, which is in the second row behind the Bluff Cabins, but I still had a nice view of the Pacific Ocean. The accommodations are rustic but comfortable. The main lodge offers a full-service restaurant and bar as well as a gift shop. On the property is the Kalaloch Mercantile which has a coffee shop and all the supplies you need for staying in a cabin or camping. There is a good selection of ready-to-eat food, groceries, and snacks which is nice if you want to pack a picnic.

West Coast Sunsets At Kalaloch Lodge

I find the sunsets at the Kalaloch Lodge some of the prettiest in the Pacific Northwest and the main reason I love staying here. Plop down in an Adirondack chair near the main lodge or dine al fresco on the deck for a relaxing way to enjoy nature’s nightly painting. The beach is accessible via a step staircase and at the bottom are logs you must scramble over. An evening stroll along the windswept beach is especially memorable at golden hour.

Tree Of Life

The Tree of Life is located near the Kalaloch Campground just north of the lodge. It is also known as the “Tree Root Cave.” This spunky spruce tree somehow managed to survive when erosion bared its roots leaving it suspended between two cliffs. The tree remains living with lush, green foliage while suspended in the air. It is magical, especially now with a small waterfall trickling behind it.

Lake Crescent Lodge

The Lake Crescent Lodge is on the southern shore of the lake nestled in a Douglas fir and hemlock forest. Built in 1915, this historic hotel overlooks the lake with a dramatic lobby and soaring stone fireplace. There is a variety of accommodations including cabins, cottages, and hotel rooms from contemporary to historic. The lakefront dining room offers Pacific Northwest cuisine and wine. Reservations are suggested. The Sun Porch is a cozy room with comfy furniture perfect for enjoying a good book. It is also a favorite spot for guests to enjoy sunsets over the lake.

Lake Crescent

The lake is so pristine and the property has a lovely beach. Step out on the dock and you can see the bottom of the lake; the water is so clear. Enjoying water activities is one of my favorite things about a stay here. Visitors can book a guided scenic kayak trip or a boat tour to explore the lake. If you prefer a self-paced activity, rent a canoe, kayak, or paddleboard. There are plenty of opportunities to fish, but you will need to bring your own equipment. Water remains cold year-round, and although it gets warmer in the summer, it is a chilly dip if you choose to swim. Be aware of hyperthermia risks especially in early summer during the snowmelt.

Trails Near Lake Crescent Lodge

There are two easy hikes right near the lodge that offer lots to see for such short walks. The Moments in Time hiking trail is a self-guided adventure through an old-growth forest. It is only a 0.5-mile nature trail and is accessible with assistance. Enjoy breathtaking views of the lake and Pyramid Mountain with wildflowers abounding in the meadows. The Marymere Falls Hiking Trail is fairly flat for a waterfall trail and is just 0.75 miles one way. Stroll through the old-growth forest until you reach falls that drop into a small plunge pool. 

For the ultimate strenuous hike, head to the Mount Storm King Trail which is 3.8 miles round-trip with an elevation gain of 1,780 feet. It starts in an old-growth forest before climbing above Lake Crescent and the Barns Creek Valley. The best viewpoint is at 2,000 feet. For the super fit hikers, you can add a scramble up to the top of the ridgeline.

Sol Duc Hot Spring Resort

The Sol Duc Valley is a beautiful area of Olympic National Park and the best way to enjoy it is by staying at the Sol Duc Hot Springs Resort in a charming cabin near the Sol Duc River. Cabins are available with or without a kitchen. The main lodge holds the Springs Restaurant which serves meals with locally sourced ingredients. There is also a gift shop with souvenir options, and it has a mini market with snacks, soft drinks, beer, and wine. The resort is quiet in the evenings after the Hot Springs close. It is a beautiful property surrounded by towering evergreens and the sounds of rushing water from the Sol Duc River.

Sol Duc Hot Springs

The springs are the main reason people come to stay here. The property offers three mineral hot spring soaking pools at various temperatures and a freshwater pool that is not heated. During my visit, the water was close to 50 degrees Fahrenheit, which was a little too chilly for most people. Fresh mountain spring water seeps into cracks in the sedimentary rocks where it is infused with minerals and heated by gasses from volcanic rocks. Soaring mountains surround the pools making for great views while you soak.

Pro Tip: You don’t have to stay at the resort to access the hot springs. Day passes and locker rooms are available.

The Sol Duc Valley

I frequently visit the Olympic National Park and I feel the drive into the Sol Duc Valley is one of the highlights of the park. The drive is just stunning as you drive further into the valley. The canopy of the old-growth forest makes it feel as if you are in a tunnel. Before you arrive at the resort, stop at the Salmon Cascades. It is just a short walk to the viewing platform. This is a great spot to see the Sol Duc River as it narrows into a small gorge. If you visit in late summer to early fall, visitors are enthralled by salmon leaping up the river as they return to spawn.

Further up the valley is the Sol Duc Falls. Plan to hike to it from the resort on the Lover’s Lane Loop which is 6 miles round-trip. Head through the lush forest following the Sol Duc River where you will cross at the falls. It’s well worth the effort.

Log Cabin Resort

The Log Cabin Resort sits on the northern shore of Lake Crescent. Accommodations are rustic with minimal amenities. On site is a small store and a restaurant that has a minimal menu of mostly sandwiches and burgers. “Resort” is not a good description for this lodging; I would describe it more as “camping inside.” So why stay here? Because of the stunning natural beauty of this location and the views for miles. It is much quieter on this side of the lake with minimal traffic.

Pro Tip: Double check the type of accommodation you booked and the amenities it includes. Recent reviews show that the lofts are no longer accessible in the chalets but photos on the website still show the staircase. Some of the cabins are newer than others. Also be aware that because the resort is in a national park, no pesticides are used to control bugs and large ants can be an issue at certain times of the year.

Hiking And Biking Near Lake Crescent

Not far from the resort, you can access the Spruce Railroad Trail, which is 4 miles one way on an old railroad bed and a nice bike ride. The trail hugs the north shore of Lake Crescent and is a lovely way to experience the peacefulness and beauty of the area. For those looking for a longer ride, the Olympic Discovery Trail runs from Port Townsend to the Pacific Ocean. Bikes are available to rent on site.

For an exhilarating challenge, take the Pyramid Peak to an old World War II spotting tower. It is 3.5 miles one way with an elevation change of 2,600 feet, so this is for experienced hikers. You will also cross a landslide or washout area with loose rock. All this effort is worth it when the trail leaves the forest and begins switchbacks up to the ridgeline and the lookout site. Hikers will be rewarded with views of Lake Crescent, the Strait of Juan de Fuca, and Mount Storm King. For a less challenging hike, head to the Devil’s Punch Bowl which is a shorter, less-elevated hike to a popular swimming spot.

Scenic Boat Tour Of Lake Crescent

One of the highlights of a stay at the Log Cabin Resort is taking a Scenic Boat Tour of Lake Crescent. Book at the front desk then meet at the resort dock. The cruise is 1.5 hours long. The licensed boat captain serves as your guide and will share tales of native lore and the history of the area as well as its geography. When you are on the water in a boat, the surrounding foothills and mountains loom above you. They seem to flow down almost to the water’s edge. The lake is relatively undeveloped and visibility is good in the crystal clear water, especially on a sunny, calm day. The resort also offers kayaks and stand-up paddleboards for rent.

Pro Tip: The Lake Quinault Lodge is another option situated in the rainforest of the Olympic National Forest and adjacent to Olympic National Park. Technically not a national park lodge, it certainly has the feel of one as it was modeled after the Old Faithful Inn at Yellowstone National Park. Hike the rainforest, take a Quinault Rainforest tour, or enjoy the beautiful lake.

Related Reading:

• 6 Tips For Whale Watching On Scenic San Juan Island
• 8 Reasons Winter Is The Perfect Time To Visit Gorgeous Orcas Island, Washington
• 6 Charming Small Towns Not To Miss In Southwest Washington State

Does your city have a national park? You may not be aware but there are many cities, both large and small, that have park sites. Many of these are homes of historical figures or places that commemorate significant, historical events. They are often tucked away in a quiet neighborhood or hidden in plain sight in a downtown area.

Since traveling can satisfy and enrich us on so many levels, let’s visit five of these urban national park sites and discover some little-known facts about American history that may prompt you to plan a visit.

1. Klondike Gold Rush National Historical Park

“Gold, Gold, Gold” proclaimed the newspaper headline. On July 17, 1897, the steamship Portland docked in Seattle carrying 68 prospectors and a ton of gold dug from the Klondike River in a remote corner of the Yukon Territory of Canada. The arrival of the ship set off a stampede that turned the frontier town of Seattle into the “Gateway to the Gold Fields.” Over 70,000 adventurers, infected with “gold fever,” stopped in Seattle to purchase supplies and equipment for the epic, 1,800-mile trek to the Klondike.

You can relive the stories of this gold rush by visiting the Klondike Gold Rush National Historical Park located in Seattle’s Pioneer Square Historic District. A former hotel for the miners now houses the park’s visitor center and museum.

The museum features exhibits that tell the stories of gold seekers, merchants, Native Americans, and many others who participated in the frenzied and short-lived event. Rangers are available to facilitate an understanding of the significance of the gold rush by giving guided tours, talks, and demonstrations — including gold panning — that highlight this historical episode.

Pro Tip: Give yourself a half-day touring the museum and pick up maps and additional information about the self-guided tour of the nearby Pioneer Square Historic District.

2. Dayton Aviation Heritage National Historical Park

A boyhood fantasy to fly like a bird inspired two Dayton, Ohio, brothers — Wilbur and Orville Wright — to pursue their dream and introduce the wonder and awe of powered flight to the world.

Today, the Dayton Aviation Heritage Historical National Park memorializes the legacy of the brothers’ determination and perseverance to fulfill that dream.

The self-taught engineers, bicycle mechanics, and inventors overcame the challenges of designing and building something the world had never seen — a motorized, controllable flying machine.

On December 17, 1903, on the sand dunes at Kitty Hawk, North Carolina, Orville flew their creation for an astounding 120 feet. The world had changed!

Capture the thrill of the brother’s adventures when you visit the park. Be sure to see the park film, Wright Brothers On Great White Wings, showing at the visitor center. The park website is a great resource for the latest information that will enhance your understanding prior to your visit.

The Wright brothers’ 120-foot flight at Kitty Hawk was the first step in a long series of events propelling us to explore our solar system, the stars, and beyond.

Pro Tip: The Park offers several ranger-led tours and other programs during the summer months that provide a deeper understanding of the remarkable events that took place in the early stages of aviation.

3. Salem Maritime National Historic Site

Located in downtown Salem, Massachusetts, Salem Maritime National Historic Site was our country’s first national historic site.

The history of Salem is a 600-year blend of industrial manufacturing, a vibrant maritime tradition of ships, and profitable international trade. A darker chapter in this trade involved enslavement of people and the commerce it generated. The National Park Service presents an honest and factual representation of this chapter by offering several programs at the site including a guided walk: Slavery at Salem Maritime. Check the visitor center for details.

The park preserves and interprets 9 acres and 12 historic buildings that represent various stories in a long tradition of people, settlement, enslavement, and struggle. The site’s grounds, trails, and gardens are open year-round, and the buildings, tours, and other ranger programs operate seasonally.

A great way to begin your adventure is to see the historic Salem Armory Visitor Center. This restored 1880s building is a rare and stunning example of the Gothic revival style of architecture that flourished in the 1800s.

The center offers a free park orientation film, a bookstore, and additional information on the larger Essex National Heritage Area. This federally authorized non-profit organization, often called “a new kind of national park,” provides a balance between resource protection with economic development for the benefit of the area. 

The park also offers a wide variety of virtual options either as a prelude to a visit or for those unable to come in person.

4. Thomas Edison National Historical Park

Thomas Edison was an American icon and prolific inventor. Not only did he acquire over 1,000 registered patents, but he also devised the all-inclusive process to engineer, manufacture, and market his inventions.

Despite the utter failure of his first invention, a vote recorder, Edison continued to create and improve his ideas. His first break came when he devised a method that vastly improved the stock “ticker tape” machine. These innovations were followed by the incandescent light bulb and power plants to produce electricity, X-ray technology, and improved storage batteries.

The Thomas Edison Historical Park in West Orange, New Jersey, celebrates a life devoted to making dreams happen. In 1956, the park received a collection of 39,000 phonograph recordings stored in the Edison Laboratory when it was donated to the National Park Service. Today, this exceptionally valuable collection is being digitized for public listening at a later date.

Visit the park and tour the main and chemical laboratories, machine shop, and manufacturing building where Edison’s creations became reality.

Many thought of Thomas Edison as a genius but he often said, “Genius is one percent inspiration and 99 percent perspiration.”

5. Martin Luther King, Jr. National Historical Park

American history is a chronicle of people, places, and events that shaped our country. Martin Luther King, Jr. stands out as a civil rights champion, intellectual giant, and a deeply spiritual man. His non-violent principles inspired generations of Americans to work toward a better world for everyone. One of his greatest accomplishments came in 1964 when he became the youngest man to receive the Nobel Peace Prize.

The Martin Luther King, Jr. National Historical Park in Atlanta celebrates a life devoted to spiritual growth, freedom, and justice. The park is a complex of several sites that commemorate his life. Visitors can see the Martin Luther King, Jr. World Peace Rose Garden dedicated to the peace and civil rights movement championed by King. The garden was planted to commemorate the August 1963 “I Have a Dream” speech he delivered on the steps of the Lincoln Memorial.

The restored Ebenezer Baptist Church, an Atlanta historical landmark, is where Dr. King served as co-pastor with his father, Martin Luther King, Sr., from 1960–68. The church held his funeral service as a final tribute to a life well lived.

The birth home of Dr. King offers the only ranger-guided tour in the park. Tours are conducted Monday–Saturday. They are free and on a first come, first served basis with no advance reservations necessary. Plan to arrive early to sign up and be patient — you may have to wait an hour or longer before your tour begins.

Pro Tip: Traffic in Atlanta is notoriously unpleasant. Prepare in advance by checking with the Georgia 511 website for current conditions.

These parks represent a common theme that weaves through our history. Whether it is the lust for gold, a fantasy of flight, or the quest for civil rights, we follow different paths toward our goal to achieve the American Dream.

For history buffs worldwide, there are plenty of fascinating places to explore:

• 10 Fascinating Spots In New York City For History Lovers
• Explore The Past At These 11 Midwest Living History Museums
• 6 Small Towns With Big Black History Stories

Canada’s first wildlife refuge was named for the herds of elk it was created to protect, but what it’s best known for today are the 700 resident bison. Elk Island National Park isn’t on the radar of many visitors, but this smaller park is a well-preserved prairie habitat loaded with wildlife. It’s also a great destination for year-round, leisurely outdoor activities.

Located in Alberta, Canada, just 35 minutes east of the provincial capital of Edmonton, Elk Island is an easy car ride from the city. It’s an ideal day trip for anyone looking to get outside and spend time in nature.

An ideal way to start any trip to Elk Island is at the Wahkotowin Visitor Information Centre. There you’ll find a fully accessible building with educational displays, indigenous and local artwork, and a life-size bison. Parks Canada staff are available to answer questions and provide directions.

1. Wildlife Spotting

The bison in Elk Island National Park is one of the country’s most successful conservation efforts. Canada purchased 700 bison in the early 20^th century and moved them here. Thanks to careful management, North America’s largest mammal — which is at risk of extinction — has thrived in the park.

You’ll see in the Visitor Information Centre a heat map with common gathering spots for the bison. One of these spots is Bison Loop Road which is just a few minutes’ drive from the center.

While bison get much of the attention here, there are also elk, moose, cougars, wolves, white-tail deer, and foxes to potentially be seen. 

2. Birdwatching

Elk Island is a birder’s paradise. 250 species of birds have been recorded in the park including geese, swans, ducks, grebes, hummingbirds, hawks, and cranes.

Be sure to get up early since dawn is the best time of day to spot birds. The park recommends the Amisk Wuche or Lakeview Trails as particularly good birding locations.

3. Hiking

With 11 scenic trails, Elk Island is a great hiking destination, and you’ll find something for all abilities and interests. An ideal option for families is the Living Waters Boardwalk which loops onto Astotin Lake. Along the way, look for beavers, waterfowl, and the tiny islands dotting the lake. If you prefer a challenge try the 9-mile Wood Bison Trail. In addition to the bison the trail is named for, you may also see moose and elk.

4. Snowshoeing

When snow falls in the park, hiking turns to snowshoeing. Strap the snowshoes onto your boots and start exploring the park during one of its quietest times. You may see wildlife along the way and you’ll definitely see a variety of animal prints in the snow.

To learn more about the park’s flora and fauna and the First Nations of the area, consider a guided snowshoeing experience with Talking Rock Tours. This indigenous-owned company offers 3-hour snowshoe tours along Moss Lake Trail. Snowshoes are provided as is a hot cup of herbal tea at the end of the tour.

5. Cross-Country Skiing

All trails in the park are multi-use, and cross-country skiers are welcome to use them during the winter. In addition, the Elk Island National Golf Course becomes a ski destination. What is normally a nine-hole golf course becomes a groomed cross-country ski route.

6. Ice Skating

Like many lakes in Alberta, Astotin Lake freezes over in the winter and makes for a great ice skating destination. The park clears a track on the lake and maintains a space for hockey. Be sure to bring your skates and gear since rentals are not offered.

7. Camping

Extend your time in the park by camping at one of Elk Island’s three designated spots: Astotin Lake Campground, Astotin Lake Group Camping Area (minimum of 10 people), and Oster Lake Backcountry Campground.

Astotin Lake offers 75 campsites, all with access to restrooms and showers, firepits, and picnic tables. If tents aren’t your style, there are even five oTENTiks, a combination tent and cabin with beds, a table, and heating. The backcountry campground has five sites with firepits and picnic tables, and access to pit toilets.

Just outside the park is Elk Island Retreat offering the unique experience of staying in geo domes, the perfect combination of a campsite and hotel.

8. Kayaking

Astotin Lake is the perfect place to hop in a kayak and paddle around looking for wildlife. The calm waters of this lake combined with the lack of motorized boats make it perfect for new kayakers, families, or anyone just looking for some relaxing time on the water. The boat launch is located on the north end of the lake. Don’t worry if you don’t have your own kayak; a rental shop is available.

9. Stargazing

While you probably won’t see much wildlife at night, you are highly likely to see the stars. The park is part of the Beaver Hills Dark Sky Preserve, so on a clear night, you’ll see countless stars. It’s also possible to see the northern lights from September to mid-May.

The park offers night sky viewing events, so check the website for dates and times.

Tips For Visiting Elk Island National Park

The chances of spotting wildlife are very good at Elk Island, but it’s imperative to be cautious around these animals. Rangers recommend keeping a distance of at least three bus lengths from all large mammals. Be extra cautious during the spring since it’s calving season. And while pets are allowed, they must remain on leash at all times for everyone’s safety.

This is a popular park for locals and visitors because of its close proximity to Edmonton, so if you’re hoping to avoid crowds, try coming on a weekday.

There are limited services in the park, so bring what you’ll need for the day including water, food, proper clothing, sunscreen, and a first aid kit.

Related Reading:

• 11 Amazing Things To Do In Canada’s Gateway To The North
• 9 Fabulous Restaurants Near Banff And Lake Louise With Incredible Views
• 5 Reasons You’ll Fall In Love With The Sunniest City In Canada

Our country’s first designated national park offers millions of acres of high-altitude wilderness in northwestern Wyoming, spilling over to Montana and Idaho. Situated atop a supervolcano, Yellowstone is full of fantastic geothermal features, from gushing geysers such as Old Faithful to scorching hot springs and gaseous mud pots. This super scenic getaway is also home to the largest concentration of mammals in the contiguous United States. This area offers outdoor activities year-round, from fishing in the summertime to snowmobiling in winter. Enjoy the fresh mountain air from one of these Yellowstone National Park cabin rentals in Idaho.

Mountain View Lodge, Island Park | $799/night avg

Located in Island Park about 10 minutes from the west entrance of Yellowstone National Park, Mountain View Lodge is removed from the madness that is West Yellowstone. After a day of exploring, relax in the hot tub or sit around the campfire under the stars. Take in beautiful mountain views and keep an eye out for wildlife such as deer. Kids will love sleeping up in the loft. Toys, games, and books are also provided as well as a portable crib, play mat, and high chair. Binoculars, trail guides, and a high-resolution camera are available for guest use. 

Unlike some other vacation rentals in the area, this well-stocked cabin does have A/C in case you get caught in a heat wave. Don’t worry about cleaning or taking out the trash here either — there’s a cleaning service for that. 

Dreaming of Island Park – your dream vacation awaits you

5 Stars (9 Reviews)

• Property Type: Cabin
• Maximum Occupancy: 10 Guests
• Bedrooms: 3
• Bathrooms: 2

Top guest reviews

• We stayed 4 nights at this property while visiting Yellowstone park. The property is only about 15 minutes from the park entrance and outside of West Yellowstone. The cabin was well taken care of and had all the amenities we needed. There was plenty of space for our family of 5. The kids loved staying up in the loft and having their own space. Having air conditioning was nice because there was a bit of a heat waive through the area. The cabin is near thr highway but it really don’t bother us much at all. We couldn’t hear any cars during the night. It didn’t impact the beautiful views and we saw wildlife all around with deer right outside our doorsteps.We were very pleased with the rental and lucky times have found it . We would definitely rent here again.
• Really enjoyed our stay at this cabin! Clean, well stocked, a little farther from West Yellowstone which was perfect for our family. Escaped some of the madness! The back porch, fireplace and view were perfect!
• I can’t believe how perfect this home was for our traveling group that included my 81 year old mom down to my 10 year old son. We had plenty of room to unwind and relax, an amazingly stocked kitchen to prepare meals (sharper knives than I have at home!), and a beautiful backyard full of wildflowers and birds!
• Very good location near west entrance of Yellowstone.
• This cabin was a perfect Base Camp for all of our adventures to Yellowstone, Grand Teton, and the surrounding Montana, Wyoming, and Idaho areas. It is a beautiful cabin, well stocked, roomy, comfortable, and CLEAN. We loved every minute of our stay and are sad to have to go home. Would definitely recommend!!

View Deal on VRBO from $799

Lakeside Cabin, Island Park | $322.35/night avg

Located on the north side of Bill’s Island in Island Park, Lakeside Cabin offers amazing views of Island Park Reservoir. Enjoy them as you sit out on the upper deck and sip your morning coffee. Features include a gas fireplace, a wraparound deck, a hot tub on the back patio, and a theater room. Yellowstone is just over 20 miles away.

Dreaming of Island Park – your dream vacation awaits you

5 Stars (1 Review)

• Property Type: Cabin
• Maximum Occupancy: 12 Guests
• Bedrooms: 5
• Bathrooms: 4

View Deal on VRBO from $322.35

Bighorn Lodge, Fremont County | $849/night avg

Built in 2020, Bighorn Lodge is nestled in the woods on more than half an acre surrounded by the Targhee National Forest. This luxurious cabin is just 10 minutes from Yellowstone National Park. Take advantage of the stacked stone fireplace, hot tub, huge porch, and grill. Binoculars, trail guides, and a high-resolution camera are available for guest use. Games, toys, and books are provided as well as a portable crib, play mat, and high chair. Don’t worry about going to the dump — the garbage is taken care of at this Yellowstone cabin rental.

Dreaming of Island Park – your dream vacation awaits you

5 Stars (40 Reviews)

• Property Type: Cabin
• Maximum Occupancy: 12 Guests
• Bedrooms: 4
• Bathrooms: 3

Top guest reviews

• This place is absolutely beautiful! The cabin is immaculate, has plenty of room and is well maintained. It is a great place from which to access Yellowstone Nation Park as it is approximately a 20-minute drive to the park’s entrance The pretty little town of West Yellowstone is very nearby. If ever in the area again, we will be sure to stay here again!
• Beautiful,quiet and well equipped cabin. Our experience here was remarkable!!!!!
• We had a great time. The proximity of Yellowstone was terrific. We look forward to returning !
• We stayed here to visit Yellowstone with a large group, including 2 young children.The house was equipped with everything we needed including toys, air hockey table and a hot tub.Check in and out was super easy and everything worked perfectly.
• Awesome house and very good parking for our pickups and snowmobile trailers.

View Deal on VRBO from $849

Rivers Edge, Island Park | $345/night avg

Half an hour from Yellowstone, Rivers Edge is just steps away from Henrys Fork of the Snake River, which is renowned for its fly-fishing. In fact, this cozy cabin on the river is a fisherman’s dream as you can cast a line right from the backyard. There’s a propane grill so you can cook up your fresh catch. Take in river views from the swing on the back patio. This authentic log cabin was built over 100 years ago, but don’t worry, it has been beautifully remodeled since then! Sadly, no fires are allowed in the stone fireplace, but you can warm up in the hot tub!

A supermarket, Robin’s Roost, is just a 5-minute drive. Nearby attractions include Island Park Golf Course, Island Park Dam, Flat Ranch Preserve, Harriman State Park, Henry’s Lake, Mesa Falls, and Earthquake Lake.

Dreaming of Island Park – your dream vacation awaits you

5 Stars (2 Reviews)

• Property Type: Cabin
• Maximum Occupancy: 5 Guests
• Bedrooms: 2
• Bathrooms: 1

Top guest reviews

• Beautiful cabin on the Henry River. We heard elk every night after the sun was down. A family of geese would fly in every night at sundown and stay in the shallow part of the river. Pretty cool! Just down the road is a nice Mexican restaurant, fire cooked pizza and icecream shop plus a small gas station. Your only 38 min from w yellowstone entrance. The cabin has huge windows facing the river. I would highly recommend this one

View Deal on VRBO from $345

Centennial Shores Cabin, Island Park | $1,400/night avg

Coming with a big crew? Then Centennial Shores Cabin is for you! With 4,250 square feet of living space, this six-bedroom cabin can accommodate up to 22 guests. Each room has amazing views. Take in Centennial Mountain scenes from the floor-to-ceiling windows in the family room. The 2.5-acre lot means there’s plenty of room outside. Play yard games or head out to the regulation-size pickleball court in the backyard. Access ATV and UTV trails from the driveway. In winter, pull kids around the cabin on a sled with a snowmobile, or venture to the high country.

Located in the gated community of Centennial Shores, this luxury cabin is 35 miles from Yellowstone. Enjoy access to the community park on the lakeshore, or bring your boat and use the community boat launch and dock.

Have an even larger group? Contact the host to see about renting the cabin next door as well. When rented together, the cabins can accommodate a combined total of 42 guests.

Dreaming of Island Park – your dream vacation awaits you

5 Stars (11 Reviews)

• Property Type: Cabin
• Maximum Occupancy: 22 Guests
• Bedrooms: 6
• Bathrooms: 5

Top guest reviews

• Clean, large house that was perfect for a Thanksgiving get together.
• Absolutely awesome property! Great accommodations and management. Just what we needed.

View Deal on VRBO from $1,400

Fall River Ridge Lodge, Ashton | $875/night avg

If you are wanting to explore Yellowstone National Park, Grand Teton National Park, and Jackson Hole, Wyoming, while you’re in the area, Fall River Ridge Lodge makes for the perfect hub. West Yellowstone is a scenic 1-hour drive while Jackson Hole is an hour and a half away. Minutes from the Fall River, this modern, newly built cabin boasts breathtaking views of the Teton Mountain Range. This gorgeous mountain retreat offers opportunities for wildlife viewing and stargazing.

During the summer, mountain bike nearby trails. During the winter, snowmobile from the cabin. Nearby attractions include Henry’s Fork of the Snake River, Mesa Falls, Highway 47 Scenic Byway, and Green Timber Golf Course. Just 20 miles from the cabin, Cave Falls can be found in the southwest corner of Yellowstone National Park. Although it is only about 20 feet tall, the waterfall spans 250 feet across the Fall River.

Dreaming of Ashton – your dream vacation awaits you

5 Stars (5 Reviews)

• Property Type: Cabin
• Maximum Occupancy: 15 Guests
• Bedrooms: 4
• Bathrooms: 6

Top guest reviews

• We rented this property to stay in while our family got married in Idaho. The house is so beautifully done and has everything you could need! The location is prime and Idaho is stunningly beautiful. We had 0 complaints and loved the house and our stay so much! Hopefully we will be able to visit again soon!!!!
• Beautiful house and property. Eight of us stayed and had plenty of room. It was farther from Yellowstone than expected but the house made up for the drive. Would definitely stay again.
• We were pleasantly surprised by how great this place is. As a regular user of vacation rentals, I can say that it’s one of the best planned and staged places I have ever stayed. The surrounding area is so beautiful that we didn’t want to leave every morning. Thank you Royce and Elise for making sure it had everything we needed and checking in to make sure all was going well. I hope to be back some day.
• I have married kids and kids still at home. This house was perfect for all of us. As every room is a master suite, each little family had their own space. And my wife and I still got the real master bed room. The windows and views were awesome. We spent a lot of time just soaking in the views inside the beautiful house and outside at the wonderful Teton mountian range. The house was equipped with everything we need to cook, clean, live in for an awesome Easter weekend. Things we loved. All the bathrooms. The mud room for setting it all down and moving in and out of this place. The views.Games for kids. The hot tub while snowing. Things I didn’t love:This place is brand new. There wasn’t grass yet. Was worried about mud. But it snowed 2 feet the next day so it wasn’t a problem. I am sure the grass is coming.

View Deal on VRBO from $875

Bison Meadows Lodge, Island Park | $899/night avg

Just 10 minutes from the west entrance of Yellowstone National Park, Bison Meadows Lodge is surrounded by aspen trees. Built in 2021, this brand-new cabin features a hot tub, a stacked stone fireplace (complete with bison head), a foosball table, a grill, and a lovely fire pit table on the porch. Binoculars, trail guides, and a high-resolution camera are included for guest use. Toys, games, and books are provided, as well as a portable crib, play mat, and high chair. Explore nearby Island Park attractions such as Henrys Lake.

Dreaming of Island Park – your dream vacation awaits you

5 Stars (21 Reviews)

• Property Type: Cabin
• Maximum Occupancy: 12 Guests
• Bedrooms: 4
• Bathrooms: 4

Top guest reviews

• The bison meadows lodge is amazing !
• This was the quintessential mountain home. It was so well-appointed, comfortable, & close to West Yellowstone. A fantastic place to unwind after a day in the park or just to relax for a day or two.
• Very clean. Owner was super responsive. Nice little extras that we could use like a cooler and a digital camera. Not far from the west entrance to Yellowstone at all. Overall a great time!
• I really liked the place and the interior of this Vrbo, loved the time we stayed here. Thank you!The only issue is the trash earlier wasn’t taken out and the hot tub side was stinking.The overall experience was amazing and everyone loved the place!
• We had the best time staying at this cabin! Loved the location and proximity to Yellowstone!

View Deal on VRBO from $899

Two Mile Cabin, Island Park | $620/night avg

Just 12 miles from the West Yellowstone entrance, Two Mile Cabin sits on half an acre and boasts incredible views toward Henry’s Fork Valley of Sawtell Peak and other mountains along the Continental Divide. The surrounding national forest invites guests to hike, mountain bike, and snowmobile. Henrys Lake and Henrys Fork River both offer fishing within a 5-minute drive.

With 3,200 square feet of living space, this pet-friendly cabin features foosball and a game table, a sauna room, a fire pit, a swing set, and a gas grill. Decks on two sides allow guests to enjoy the sun while sipping their morning coffee and also watch it go down over the mountains. Keep an eye out for foxes, elk, moose, and even bears!

Dreaming of Island Park – your dream vacation awaits you

5 Stars (49 Reviews)

• Property Type: Private vacation home
• Maximum Occupancy: 10 Guests
• Bedrooms: 5
• Bathrooms: 4

Top guest reviews

• The kitchen was incredibly well stocked, and the whole family enjoyed our stay immensely.
• The house was just as listed on VRBO. The kitchen was wonderfully stocked with plenty of serving ware. My only suggestion would be to add some handrails in the main floor bathrooms and may even suggest mentioning that the main floor bathrooms have tubs and not walk-in showers. We would definitely recommend this house.
• Such a beautiful and spacious cabin! Plenty of room and in a great location. Only 15 min from the West entrance of Yellowstone National park. Owners were very nice and easy to communicate with. Extremely pleased with our stay and hope to be back!
• House was clean and very well appointed. It had everything we needed for a wonderful stay. Highly recommend.
• We had 4 couples in our group and everyone enjoyed the accommodations! I’m the cook for the group and I was impressed with the well-stocked kitchen! The house is near Yellowstone National Park. The deck is perfect for coffee in the morning. The birds are singing and you feel secluded. We would highly recommend this house. Book it. You won’t regret it.

View Deal on VRBO from $620

Sawtell Shores Retreat, Island Park | $512/night avg

Just 15 miles from West Yellowstone, Sawtell Shores Retreat overlooks Henrys Lake. Its convenient location on the north end of Island Park is adjacent to Henrys Lake State Park. From the upstairs loft, you can enjoy views of Henrys Lake, Sawtell Peak, and the Centennial Mountain range. A fire pit lies between the main house and the bunkhouse. A large deck out front affords beautiful sunrise views, while the spacious back deck overlooks the lake, which offers world-class fishing.

Hundreds of miles of surrounding trails offer ATV/OHV adventure. Go horseback riding, hiking, and mountain biking in nearby Harriman State Park.

Dreaming of Island Park – your dream vacation awaits you

5 Stars (56 Reviews)

• Property Type: Cabin
• Maximum Occupancy: 12 Guests
• Bedrooms: 3
• Bathrooms: 3

Top guest reviews

• We stayed with a group of 9- 6 adults and 3 kids and had the best time!! We saw two moose in the back yard, 50 feet away. We rented ATVs and drove all around island park. We grilled out, had a fire, looked at the stars. It was the perfect place for my in-laws very first trip outside of their home state! Brent & Candice were great hosts, we will stay here again for sure!
• Cabin offered a great central location for our trip. It was close enough to West Yellowstone that you could grab breakfast or dinner as you started or ended your day.
• We had some issues with the internet, I worked with the owners and they help me resolve it fairly quickly. You have to stream at this rental, there is no TV service. Other than that we loved absolutely everything about the rental. The views were awesome and the property was very relaxing after spending a day in the park
• Great cabin close to the entrance of West Yellowstone Park. Views of Henry Lake. Very well stocked cabin. Very clean. Fantastic bunk house with the property. We even saw a moose with her calf on our first morning there.
• The location is perfect for anyone that wants to relax yet still convenient to West Yellowstone. The view from the deck with a cup coffee and sweatshirt in the cool mornings was the perfect start to every morning. The end of day sitting at the fire pit making s’mores and seeing all the stars was amazing. The kitchen was well equipped with dishware, pot/pans, utensils etc. Perhaps we were lucky bc it was end of season but things like sandwich bags, Saran wrap, foil were all there. Even firewood and lighter fluid was available. Having two separate full bathrooms in the main house was so nice. Also equipped with hotel sized amenities shampoo/conditioner/bath wash/lotion. Plus some full size ones (left from previous guests). My kids loved the game cabinet. I think we played all the card games. Candice was so kind and prompt with any communications. I loved the note board in the foyer. We used it everyday… I am buying one for my own home ☺️ Thank you for sharing your slice of paradise. We hope to return again.

View Deal on VRBO from $512

Bigfoot Refuge, Island Park | $359/night avg

Perfect for those with fishing and snowmobiling on their agendas, Bigfoot Refuge is just steps away from Island Park Reservoir and offers access to hundreds of miles of ATV/snowmobiling trails right from the front door. Charming and cozy, this cabin features a propane grill and fireplace, a hot tub, picnic tables, and a playset. Bring some wood and s’mores ingredients to roast some marshmallows around the fire pit.

Depending on traffic, Yellowstone’s West Entrance is about a 40-minute drive. This Yellowstone cabin rental does have A/C units in the upper bedrooms. A Pack ‘n Play is provided as well. There are a couple of caveats to staying here you’ll want to be aware of: There is no trash service, so guests are responsible for bringing their refuse to the dump. In winter, 4-wheel drive, snow tires, and high ground clearance are recommended for snowy conditions.

Dreaming of Island Park – your dream vacation awaits you

5 Stars (3 Reviews)

• Property Type: Cabin
• Maximum Occupancy: 10 Guests
• Bedrooms: 4
• Bathrooms: 2

View Deal on VRBO from $359

Disclosure: TravelAwaits selects the listings in our articles independently. Some of the listings in this article contain affiliate links.

When most of us think of visiting our national parks, we conjure up images of the larger, more visited parks: Great Smoky Mountains, Zion, Yellowstone, or the Grand Canyon. These larger parks can range upward of several million acres, and you may feel overwhelmed by their sheer size.

Smaller parks can help focus your attention, especially if you have a limited amount of time. These small parks may be a bit off the radar for many travelers but offer a wide range of engaging activities.

1. Gateway Arch National Park

Tram Ride To The Top

As the fledgling United States moved into the 19th century, President Thomas Jefferson made a bold move and accepted France’s offer to acquire what is now known as the Louisiana Purchase. The following year, he commissioned the Lewis and Clark Expedition to explore this vast, newly acquired territory.

The sleek and striking 630-foot-tall Gateway Arch — imagine a 63-story skyscraper — symbolizes this historic event as the opening, or gateway, to Westward expansion. The park, a mere 91 acres, is the smallest national park and is located in downtown St. Louis adjacent to the Mississippi River.

The most popular feature of the park is the tramway ride to the top. This 4-minute journey takes visitors to the observation area and, on a clear day, you can see up to 30 miles. Allow 45 to 60 minutes for the tour. Reservations are suggested during busy summer months.

While the tram ride is a key feature of the park, be sure to check out the walking tour of Explorers’ Garden, an area displaying many of the plants discovered on the Lewis and Clark Expedition.

All in all, give yourself 2 to 3 hours to enjoy the park.

Pro Tip: The tram cars are cozy so if you are claustrophobic, you may want to view the model car in the West Entrance Lobby to make sure you’ll be comfortable in the confined space. The ride to the top is not wheelchair accessible but can be viewed with a virtual journey.

2. Hot Springs National Park

Bathhouse Row

Who doesn’t enjoy a soak in a hot spring bath? Indulge in some spa therapy and visit a national park at the same time. On Bathhouse Row, visitors can enjoy an authentic opportunity to take to the baths. The Buckstaff Bathhouse has offered bathing experiences ever since its 1912 opening while the more recent Quapaw Bathhouse affords more modern day-spa opportunities.

The human history of Hot Springs National Park is rich with stories of Native Americans coming to and living around the springs. Later, Europeans settled here in the early 1800s, and African Americans migrated later but were subject to Jim Crow segregation laws that for decades restricted where they could live and work. Today, the city of Hot Springs reflects the diversity of this history.

Although it officially became the 18th national park in 1921, Hot Springs was designated a federal reservation by President Andrew Jackson in 1832. Although Arkansas has eight National Park Service sites, Hot Springs is the state’s lone national park.

While bathing is the most popular activity in the park, there are 26 miles of trails ranging from easy strolls to difficult treks. One of the most popular hikes according to park ranger Kate is the Goat Rock Trail off the North Mountain Loop road. The trail is rated easy to moderate and offers a striking view from Goat Rock Overlook. Allow yourself a leisurely half day to enjoy the park.

Pro Tip: Reservations are recommended at the bathhouses, and not all offer online booking, so you may need to call in advance.

3. Indiana Dunes National Park

The Dunes

Stretching for 15 miles along the southern shores of Lake Michigan is one of the nation’s newest national parks. The 15,000-acre site, formerly known as Indiana Dunes National Lakeshore, was designated in 2019 as the 61st national park.

Yes, the dunes are the main attraction and are the reason most visitors come to the park. The dunes — several over 100 feet high — are the result of thousands of years of prevailing wind/wave action from Lake Michigan. This dune landscape creates a rich mosaic of diverse ecosystems including marsh, dunes, forest, and grassland areas that yield a dazzling assortment of plant and animal habitats.

The park has many other attractions, including

• excellent birding during spring and fall migrations
• 37 miles of interconnected bike trails
• swimming in Lake Michigan
• 50 miles of hiking trails ranging from easy to moderate and from 1 to 8 miles in length

According to park ranger Nikky, the Great Marsh Trail is one of the park’s most popular and widely used trails. The 1.4-mile-long trail is rated easy and offers views of a large wetland complex. It also features an accessible paved trail that leads to a scenic overlook. Allow yourself a full day to savor the sounds of waves on the beach and enjoy the park’s natural beauty. 

Pro Tip: The visitor center is always my first choice when I visit any national park site. It’s the place to get oriented and see professionally designed exhibits that showcase the parks’ themes. At Indiana Dunes, the Dorothy Buell Visitor Center is a shared building with the State of Indiana Tourism Site. These types of partnerships are becoming more common with shrinking budgets and rising visitor numbers. At the center, welcoming staff will answer your questions and give you the latest information on ranger programs and other park news and activities.

4. Congaree National Park

Boardwalk Loop

This 26,000-acre park, located in central South Carolina, preserves the critical habitat of the largest, intact bottomland old-growth forest in the Southeast. Huge specimens of native bald cypress and tupelo dominate this temperate forest. For over 13,000 years people have lived here — from Native Americans to Spanish explorers and escaped slaves. The mission of the park is to tell their stories of seeking refuge and making a home amid the area’s diverse landscapes. Park rangers and volunteers are available year-round to conduct guided hikes and informative talks about this history. 

With over half of the park a designated wilderness area with few developed trails, there are also ample opportunities for exploration outside the wilderness boundaries. Since most of the park is subject to periodic flooding, several boardwalk trails are options during flood conditions. An excellent starter trail is the 2.4-mile Boardwalk Loop that takes you on an elevated portion through an old-growth, hardwood forest. There are benches for taking a rest and the trail is fully accessible. 

Due to its floodplain geography, canoeing and kayaking are popular activities in the park. Whether you are a novice or an experienced paddler, you will delight in exploring miles of meandering water routes along the Congaree River and Cedar Creek watersheds. This is an excellent way to quietly observe the many bird species and other animal life that thrives here.

Pro Tips: Canoe and kayak rentals are available in nearby Columbia City. Also consider our Beginner’s Guide To Kayaking and these 10 must-haves to bring on your next kayaking adventure.

Congaree National Park is only 14 miles from east to west and 5 miles north to south; you can see most portions in a day or less.

5. Pinnacles National Park

Spotting California Condors 

Pinnacles are a park with a long geologic legacy. It is located in central California midway between I-5 and Monterey, and lies beside the San Andreas Fault. Geologists believe its unique development began some 23 million years ago — when the park was 17 or more miles southeast of its present location due to movement along the fault. There were violent eruptions of molten rock, and over time, erosion sculpted the landscape we see today.

The tall spires (pinnacles), gigantic boulders, and deep caverns created by these natural actions produced perfect conditions for present-day rock climbers. Indeed, the park offers many challenging opportunities and draws climbers to test their skill on a variety of routes, from novice to expert.

Birders will delight in the many sighting opportunities the park offers, including a good chance to see an endangered California condor — the largest land bird in North America with a wingspan of up to 9.5 feet. The condor story is remarkable, as they went from as few as 6 wild birds in 1995 to over 300 wild condors living across several Western states today. These magnificent condors, considered to be one of the rarest birds in the world, can often be seen from the Bench Trail near the Pinnacles Campground.

Pro Tip: Ask for more specific condor sighting info when you stop at the visitor center.

Whether you’re an avid hiker or are considering hitting a trail for the first time, we’ve compiled the ultimate list of best hikes in all 50 states to inspire you. From the Pacific Northwest to New England, Alaska to Florida, and prairies, coasts, canyons, hoodoos, overlooks, and caves in between, our travel experts share the best hike in your state and those you’re hoping to tick off your bucket list.

Alabama

Alabama Birding Trails

Length: Varies, Difficulty: Varies

Over 400 species of birds live in and migrate through Alabama, and this trail system, which stretches from the Tennessee River to the Gulf of Mexico, offers 280 spots to stop and bird-watch in addition to inviting you to traverse miles of gorgeous scenery.

Sage Scott told us, “From mountains and forests to marshes and coastline, Alabama is the most biologically diverse state east of the Mississippi River. While most hiking trails throughout the state are lined with beautiful wildflowers, shaded by trees, and offer glimpses of wildlife, my favorite hikes in Alabama are along the Alabama Birding Trails.” See Scott’s advice for other beautiful hikes in Alabama, too.

Alaska

Ward Lake Loop, Ward Cove

Distance: 1.5 Miles, Difficulty: Easy

“As a fourth-generation Alaskan, I have been traversing the trails in my home state since I was old enough to walk,” Adryn Sumner, who wrote about the most stunning hikes in Alaska, told us. “In a state known for its unparalleled wild beauty and incredibly vast terrain and offerings, the choice of one hike above the others feels like sacrilege. Still, if pressed, I might suggest one that captures the very essence of Alaska herself.

“The Ward Lake Loop is a spiritual experience where visitors of all ages and abilities are enveloped by a world that time forgot,” describes Sumner, “The towering rainforest, mirrored lake, whispering breeze, sunlit meandering path, and powerful rushing creek weave a magical veil from which one hopes never to emerge.”

Arizona

Summer And Fall: Kachina Trail, San Francisco Peaks, Flagstaff

Distance: 10 Miles, Difficulty: Moderate

In summer, head for the Kachina Trail in the Flagstaff area’s San Francisco Peaks. It offers a respite from the scorching Arizona heat and is known for its crisp, cool, pine-scented air. Emese Fromm told us, “As you step on the trail, the forest envelops you, as it winds through tall ponderosa pines, fern-filled areas, open meadows, and groves of quaking aspens. In the fall, the aspens put on a dazzling show, while in spring wildflowers offer another dimension to the hike, in the open meadows. This trail starts in the Arizona Snowbowl area, and although it is 10 miles long, the first two miles offer enough of a show to make it worth it.”

Winter And Spring: Apache Wash Loop Trail, Sonoran Desert Preserve, Phoenix

Distance: 6.6 Miles, Difficulty: Moderate

In winter, try the Apache Wash Loop Trail in the Sonoran Desert Preserve north of Phoenix. The nearly seven-mile loop takes you past iconic saguaros and teddy bear cacti, plus pencil chollas and stunted palo verde trees. Emese told us, “Following and crossing the Apache Wash — where you are not likely to see water — parts of the trail are greener than most of the surrounding desert. In the spring, from late February through March, this area is one of the best places to see desert wildflowers, especially along the wash.” For more inspiration, read up on the best hikes to experience in Arizona.

Arkansas

Lost Valley Trail, Buffalo National River, Ponca

Distance: 2.3 Miles, Difficulty: Moderate

One of many stunning hikes in Arkansas, Lost Valley Trail is deservedly popular considering it leads hikers to a waterfall, a cave, and a swimming spot. This isn’t just a hike — it’s a nature experience.

David Hopkins told us the natural bridge over the first little waterfall is easy to traverse, and he recommends making time to explore the area around Cob Cave before hiking on. “Make sure to spend some time exploring before moving on. The trees provide enough shade in the summer, so this is a trail that’s enjoyable in any season. The best parts of the trail are toward the end as the trail leads you to Eden Falls. Make sure to pack accordingly so you can hop in for a swim at the end.”

California (Northern)

Rubicon Trail, South Lake Tahoe

Distance: 16.4 Miles, Difficulty: Moderate

Located in South Lake Tahoe, the Rubicon Trail provides an opportunity to immerse yourself in spectacular scenery and refreshes even the weariest spirit with its magnificent pine-scented peace and serenity. The trail connects two state parks, and you’ll enjoy views of the lake during almost the entire hike, which means plenty of great photo ops.

Sue Reddel ad Diana Laskaris told us, “One of our favorite places on the planet, Lake Tahoe appeals to all the senses in every season,” and hitting the Rubicon Trail is a great way to have your own unforgettable Lake Tahoe experience. See the most stunning hikes in Northern California for even more Golden State inspiration.

California (Southern)

Laurel Canyon Trail, Laguna Coast Wilderness Park, Laguna Beach

Distance: 3.6 Miles, Difficulty: Easy To Moderate

Out of the best hikes in Southern California, Laurel Canyon Trail in Laguna Coast Wilderness Park is the hike you cannot miss. Wendy Lee told us, “Most people drive by this 7,000-acre park on their way to the beach without knowing what they are missing.” It winds through meadows full of wildflowers and ascends a rocky slope. “Along the way, the trees are full of birds — over 130 species make their home in this region,” Lee tells us, “I’ve hiked this trail many times and I just don’t get tired of it.”

Colorado

Chasm Lake, Rocky Mountain National Park, Estes Park

Distance: 9.4 Miles, Difficulty: Hard

One of the the nine most stunning hikes in Colorado, Chasm Lake off Highway 7 in Rocky Mountain National Park. According to Mike Owens, it “has all the right ingredients: switchbacks, above treeline, lots of wildflowers — including the state flower, the blue columbine — enough challenge to raise the heart rate, and a good spot for lunch overlooking a roaring river.” It is truly the ultimate Colorado hike.

Connecticut

Yellow Loop, Mianus River Park, Greenwich/Stamford

Length: 4.5 Miles, Difficulty: Easy

On the border of Greenwich and Stamford, the Yellow Loop in Mianus River Park is an easy hike that goes around the entire park, allowing you to take in all of the beautiful scenery. It is one of the beautiful Connecticut hikes recommended by Laskaris and Reddel. The pair tell us that Yellow Loop’s terrain “provides a lot of variety and it’s great for observing wildlife and birds. Taking this hike gives us a chance to appreciate nature and refresh ourselves.”

Delaware

Trap Pond Loop, Trap Pond State Park, Laurel

Distance: 5 Miles, Difficulty: Easy

Marvel at the bald cypress trees that rise from the still waters of Trap Pond when you take to the five-mile-long Trap Pond Loop. In addition to these majestic trees, you could see a variety of birds, from fierce bald eagles to red-headed woodpeckers.

“With an average elevation of 60 feet above sea level,” Scott says, “Delaware is one of the flattest states in the Union. But that doesn’t prevent it from offering scenic hikes along the coast, canal, and other waterways,” including Trap Pond. For more inspiration, read Scott’s take on the best hikes in Delaware.

Florida

Jupiter Inlet Lighthouse Outstanding Natural Area, Tequesta

Distance: Varies, Difficulty: Varies

Appreciate Florida’s unique mangroves and birding opportunities at the Jupiter Inlet Lighthouse Outstanding Natural Area (JILONA). Whether you enjoy authentic Florida or are experiencing the state for the first time, Sara Broers says the Jupiter Inlet trails, which are on either side of Beach Road, will enchant you. In addition to winged ones, you can expect to see manatees in the water here.

Broers told us Florida has surprised her with its hiking trails, and natural areas including Jupiter Inlet have proved that Florida is more than Disney and beaches.

Georgia

Appalachian Trail, Blue Ridge

Distance: Varies, Difficulty: Varies

In Georgia, trekking even a sliver of the iconic Appalachian Trail has to take the crown. Starting at Springer Mountain in Georgia and stretching north some 2,000 miles across 14 states into Maine, the Appalachian Trail is the world’s longest hiking-only footpath, with 78 miles residing in the Peach State. While it is hard for Scott to choose a favorite outdoor experience in Georgia, where hikes range from forested mountains to ocean coasts, she told us hopping on a part of the A.T. is an unforgettable hike you just can’t miss. For access point recommendations, check out Scott’s roundup of the best scenic hikes in Georgia.

Hawaii

Diamond Head Summit Trail, Diamond Head State Monument, Oahu

Distance: 1.6 Miles, Difficulty: Moderate

The Diamond Head Summit Trail on the island of Oahu is truly the quintessential Hawaiian hike. Cindy Barks told us, “It really is the hike you can’t leave Hawaii without doing. Not only does it give you bragging rights for climbing Honolulu’s most recognizable landmark, but the payoff is spectacular. After scrambling up steep switchbacks and passing through a 225-foot-long lighted tunnel, you’re rewarded with a sweeping view of Honolulu’s gleaming skyline bordering a shoreline of white-sand beach and turquoise-blue water.

“Because of its popularity, you’ll probably have to share the trail with hundreds of others, but I believe it’s worth it. It is a relatively short hike at just 0.8-mile one-way, but the Diamond Head Summit Trail packs a sweet tropical punch.”

Idaho

Redfish Lake Loop, Sawtooth National Forest, Custer County

Distance: 15.1 Miles, Difficulty: Hard

High in the Sawtooth Mountains, Redfish Lake provides the perfect summer hike. If you find yourself in Idaho you must see Redfish Lake according to Robert Rosenthal, who advises checking out the historic lodge first. “Then, take the Redfish Lake Trail as far as you want to go,” he says, “The mountain lake just has to be seen to be believed.” While the full 15.1-mile loop is rated hard, hiking a portion of the trail doesn’t have to be. For more Gem State inspo, check out the best hikes in Idaho.

Illinois (Northern)

Dells Canyon And Bluff Trail, Matthiessen State Park, LaSalle County

Distance: 2 Miles, Difficulty: Moderate

The best hikes are often the ones overshadowed by the famous ones. And that’s certainly the case when it comes to the Dells Canyon and Bluff Trail in Matthiessen State Park in Northern Illinois. Millions of visitors flock to Starved Rock State Park a few miles away to visit its famous canyons, but Rosenthal tells us this trail around and through the canyon at Matthiessen State Park, just three miles south of Starved Rock, is his favorite trail in the area. “Walk the bluffs above the canyon and then take the stairway down into the canyon to view the cliffs from below,” he suggests.

Illinois (Southern)

Red Cedar Trail, Giant City State Park, Makanda

Distance: 12 Miles, Difficulty: Moderate

Giant City State Park is home to some massive rock formations (hence the “giant”) and the Red Cedar Trail connects them all. It gives you a taste of everything great about hiking in Southern Illinois, and at one of the rock outcroppings, you might not believe you’re in Illinois at all. A native of Southern Illinois, Rosenthal reveals that this has been his favorite hike since childhood. He suggests that you hike part of the trail or take the whole day and hike all of it, then end your day with a great meal at the Giant City Lodge.

Indiana

Cowles Bog Trail in Indiana Dunes National Park, Dune Acres

Distance: 4.7 Miles, Difficulty: Moderate

If you haven’t spent a lot of time in the area, you might be surprised to learn that you can do some sand hiking in Indiana. Take to the Cowles Bog Trail in Indiana Dunes National Park, and Broers says you’ll enjoy beautiful views of Lake Michigan that you’ll carry with you forever. In addition to the windswept beaches, there are also marshes, ponds, and black oaks along the trail. For the best views of Lake Michigan, Broers warns against any shortcuts and says you should take the longer, more strenuous hike.

Iowa

Pea’s Creek Canyon, Ledges State Park, Madrid

Distance: 4 Miles, Difficulty: Moderate

Spend an unforgettable day hiking in Ledges State Park in Central Iowa, where the ledges add to the beauty of hiking trails that are covered by canopies of lush, green trees. Broers recommends the four-mile Pea’s Creek “canyon” walk and told us autumn is an exceptional time of year to visit, as the fall foliage colors are rich and varied. She also enthusiastically recommends these other hikes to experience in Iowa.

Kansas

Horsethief Canyon, Kanopolis State Park, Kanopolis

Distance: 9.1 Miles, Difficulty: Easy

The name of this scenic hike in Kansas is where the intrigue begins. Tap into your inner adventurer as you navigate in and out of narrow, rocky canyons and over multiple water crossings. The trail is relatively flat, and you’ll enjoy great views of Smoky Hill River. Owens, who tells us this is his favorite spot for a walk in the Sunflower State, suggests making a side trip to Mushroom Rocks — stone pillars topped by harder, larger rocks that look like mushrooms — after you’ve finished hiking Horsethief Canyon. This was the meeting spot for generations of Native tribes and in later years, pioneers heading west.

Kentucky

Eagle Falls Trail, Cumberland Falls State Park, Near Parkers Lake

Distance: 1.8 Miles, Difficulty: Moderate

This hike is the perfect blend of a moderate to slightly strenuous hike with a wonderful payoff at the end. The lollipop-shaped trail leads you to beautiful Eagle Falls, and if you take your time to explore, you’ll notice caves and, depending on the time of year, views of Cumberland Falls along the way. Hopkins, who calls this his favorite Kentucky hike in recent years, warns that it is mostly uphill and involves stairs, so don’t be deceived by the fact that the hike is under two miles. For longer and/or less strenuous hikes, check out his other recommendations for fantastic hikes in Kentucky.

Louisiana

Barataria Preserve, Marrero

Distance: Varies, Difficulty: Varies

If you’re spending time in New Orleans, the perfect antidote to all the partying the city has to offer is a hike at nearby Barataria Preserve inside Jean Lafitte National Historical Park and Preserve. The preserve’s connected dirt and gravel trails are easy to navigate and afford hikers a view of the flora and fauna of Louisiana’s untamed swampland. As Erika Ebsworth-Goold tells us, “A tromp through Barataria is a great way to get some nature in, even during a whirlwind south Louisiana weekend!” She also recommends these other beautiful hikes in Louisiana.

Maine

Giant’s Stairs Trail, Bailey Island, Harpswell

Distance: 0.7 Miles, Difficulty: Easy

Out of all of the stunning hikes in Maine, Giant’s Stairs Trail on Bailey Island is Laskaris and Reddel’s favorite. According to the duo, “It isn’t terribly rugged hiking, but the views of the ocean are absolutely stunning. There is so much beautiful coastal area, wide open and perfect for leisurely exploring. It’s a peaceful place to let your mind wander as you immerse yourself in a scenic panorama that fills you with the power of nature.”

Maryland

Sugarloaf Mountain, Dickerson

Distance: 3.5 Miles, Difficulty: Moderate

Maryland is home to many picturesque hikes, but Sugarloaf Mountain boasts “addictive wildlife,” according to Reddel and Laskaris. “As avid wildlife lovers and bird-watchers, we love the opportunity for animal encounters in nature,” they say, “Plus, hiking around a mountain that is 14 million years old helps you gain perspective, especially when you’re in the midst of breathtaking scenery.”

Massachusetts

World’s End Trail, Boston Harbor Islands National Park, Hingham

Distance: 3.8 Miles, Difficulty: Easy

“Boasting panoramic views of Boston, World’s End Trail in Hingham is one of the most scenic hikes in Massachusetts. The peninsula juts out into Boston Harbor for an easy 3.8-mile stroll through marshes, woodlands, and windswept pathways. If you are visiting Boston, it is a wonderful opportunity to experience the New England coastline, hear the rhythmic waves, and enjoy the outdoors all year round,” says Barrett.

Michigan

Pyramid Point Trail, Sleeping Bear Dunes National Lakeshore, Empire

Distance: 2.7 Miles, Difficulty: Moderate

Out of all of the fantastic hikes in Michigan, Pyramid Point Trail in Sleeping Bear Dunes is a “beautiful hike with lots of variety including forest, meadows, and, of course, sand dunes. The views of Lake Michigan from the outlook are breathtaking,” according to Reddel and Laskaris, “The whole area is worth exploring and gives you a chance to breathe in clean air and find some time to enjoy being out in nature’s glory.”

Minnesota

Angleworm Lake Trail, Superior National Forest, Ely

Distance: 13 Miles, Difficulty: Hard

Minnesota is called the Land of 10,000 Lakes for a reason, and if you hop on any trail near a Minnesota lake, odds are, you’ll be rewarded with memorable views. This is especially true when it comes to rugged Angleworm Lake Trail in Superior National Forest. This hike, which takes two to three days to complete, takes you up over 1,500 feet and past numerous lakes. For more Minnesota trail recommendations, all of which Broers told us are “exceptional when sunset rolls around,” consult her list of perfect hikes in Minnesota.

Mississippi

Mississippi Sandhill Crane National Wildlife Refuge, Gautier

Distance: Varies, Difficulty: Easy

Out of the many picturesque hikes in Mississippi, the number, length, and difficulty of the trails in the Mississippi Sandhill Crane National Wildlife Refuge are relatively limited. However, it’s the possibility of seeing native sandhill cranes that makes this Gautier spot Scott’s number-one pick in the state. She tells us that the refuge was “established in 1975 to protect these critically endangered, long-legged, crimson-masked birds.”

Missouri

Big Spring Trail, Ellsinore

Distance: 1.8 Miles, Difficulty: Easy

Missouri is known as the Cave State thanks to limestone that dissolves as water passes through, creating caves and springs. Out of all of the beautiful hikes in the “Show-Me” state, the best one incorporates a cave spring. Big Spring Trail follows a branch of the Current River, one of the best rivers to float in Missouri, that’s fed by Big Spring.

The water along the trail is especially blue and chock-full of dissolved limestone. You’ll hike under the auspices of some of the Ozark Mountains, some of the oldest mountains in North America. Toward the end of the walk, Owens says you should be on the lookout for the spring itself, which jumps out of a hillside. Just don’t be tempted to drink the water. No matter how clear it looks, it’s not potable.

Montana

The Highline, Glacier National Park

Distance: 12 Miles, Difficulty: Hard

Renowned for its beauty and difficulty, The Highline comes endorsed by Owens, who spends his summers as a Glacier National Park Red Bus driver. This is a long hike, so you’ll need to be prepared with extra water, food, and strong legs. You’ll also need to take a shuttle either to or from your car. Despite the trail’s difficulty (one portion of the hike is so narrow that the National Park Service has provided a cable handrail for hikers to hold onto), it is heavily traveled and well-marked. Those bold enough to traverse this terrain are rewarded with views of Heaven’s Peak and a creek crossing where Mike says you can “rip off your boots and cool your toes.” There’s also the Granite Park Chalet, where you can take a mid-hike lunch and bathroom break if your timing’s right.

For more hikes in Glacier, specifically, see Owen’s picks for fantastic hikes in Glacier National park, or read up on Laskaris and Reddel’s picks for the best hikes to experience in Montana.

Nebraska

Toadstool Trail, Ogalala National Grassland, Harrison

Distance: 0.8 Miles, Difficulty: Easy

When most people hear Nebraska, they think flat. But Nebraska is not all flat prairies. The western half of Nebraska is loaded with geological features the likes of which you won’t find anywhere else. “If you only have time to explore one hiking trail in Nebraska, you need to visit the Toadstool Geological Park and hop on the hiking trails,” Broers told us. “The best tip that I can give you when hiking in Nebraska is to carry plenty of water with you at all times,” says Broers, “Nebraska is hot in the summer, but it’s extremely rewarding with all of its beauty.”

Nevada

Alpine Lakes Loop Trail, Great Basin National Park, Baker

Distance: 2.7 Miles, Difficulty: Easy

“Alpine Lakes Loop Trail in Great Basin National Park is hard to beat,” Barks remarks. “Right from the trailhead, you’re treated to the sweet sound of trickling water from the creek that crosses the trail numerous times. But the real treasures of the hike are the two lakes — Stella and Teresa — that you pass along the way.

“Stella is surrounded by snow-patched peaks, which are reflected in the lake’s sparkling clear water. Teresa is fed by a pretty little creek that winds through a green, grassy meadow,” Barks tells us. Out of all of the spectacular hikes in Nevada, Barks gives the Alpine Lakes Loop Trail a 10 out of 10 on the loveliness scale.

New Hampshire

Old Bridle Path, West Rattlesnake Mountain, Center Sandwich

Distance: 1.7 Miles, Difficulty: Easy

“Old Bridle Path is a quick, fun hike that is appropriate for the whole family. The payoff is great views of the New Hampshire Lakes Region. On a sunny afternoon, the shaded trail is cool and inviting, beaconing you to push forward for a remarkable, mountain-studded view,” Barrett told us as she reflected on the most picturesque hikes in New Hampshire.

New Jersey

Buttermilk Falls And Crater Lake Loop Trail, Walpack Fish And Wildlife Management Area, Layton

Distance: 6.7 Miles, Difficulty: Hard

Hiking the Buttermilk Falls and Crater Lake Loop Trail is a stunning and challenging experience. Part of the New Jersey side of the Delaware Water Gap, Buttermilk Falls is a gorgeous and powerful waterfall — 180 feet of water come crashing down. Crater Lake is one of the prettiest lakes in the state. In between, wildlife and birds abound.

The 6-plus mile trail starts at the top of the falls and includes part of the Appalachian Trail. It can also be done in reverse by starting at Crater Lake. Buttermilk Falls can be easily seen without hiking, but the hike makes seeing the falls even more of an experience. The contrasting experiences of the peaceful lake and the powerful waterfalls leave an impression on the soul.

As an alternative to the Crater Lake Loop, the beautiful Tillman Ravine and Silver Spray Falls are a short walk from Buttermilk.

Sue Davies and Regina Ang said, “Our favorite hikes include lakes and waterfalls. Buttermilk Falls to Crater Lake is the best in all of New Jersey.” If you’re after a more accessible hike, see their recommendations for the best hikes to experience in New Jersey.

New Mexico

White Sands National Park, Dona Ana And Otero Counties

Distance: Varies, Difficulty: Varies

From snow-capped mountains in the north to dry desert paths in the south, the most memorable hiking trails in New Mexico are at White Sands National Park. Scott told us that the shifting sand dunes of one of the world’s largest gypsum fields, which are about an hour east of Las Cruces, “provide a scenic backdrop unlike any other place in the United States.”

New York

The Constitution Marsh Trail, Storm King State Park, Garrison

Distance: 1.2 Miles, Difficulty: Moderate

Of all the gorgeous hikes in New York, the Constitution Marsh Trail at the Constitution Marsh Audubon Center and Sanctuary in Garrison is a must-visit. Self-described “avid bird watchers and wildlife observers” Reddel and Laskaris feel thrilled to be in a place where nature surrounds them in all its glory. “To be rewarded even in the winter with the sight of bald eagles soaring and calling to one another is as exciting as it gets,” they say — and it’s just over an hour from NYC.

North Carolina

Green River Cove Trail, Green River Gameland, Saluda

Distance: 6.5 Miles, Difficulty: Moderate

North Carolina’s Green River Valley is a sight to behold, and the road to get into the valley — which has 18 switchbacks going down a steep mountain — is part of the fun. Once you reach the bridge at the bottom, you can take the Green River Cove Trail in either direction. Rosenthal told us, “There’s just nothing like a trail along a river, especially when it’s fully flowing and filled with whitewater kayaks. This trail is steep, but the climb is worth it.” Plan to enjoy some of the most amazing views in the state, and read up on stunning hikes in North Carolina as you decide where else your adventures will take you.

North Dakota

Maah Daah Hey Trail, Western North Dakota

Distance: 140+ Miles, Difficulty: Hard

The granddaddy of all the seven best hikes to experience in North Dakota the Maah Daah Hey Trail system is over 140 miles long and composed of several different segments that can be enjoyed by hikers of all abilities. It passes through valleys and prairies, by jagged peaks, and alongside rivers. Hop on the trail near Watford City, Medora, or somewhere in between and enjoy an out-and-back hike, or, if you’re up for the challenge, plan to traverse the entire trail for the trek of a lifetime.

Ohio

Buckeye Trail, Encircling Ohio

Distance: 1,444 Miles, Difficulty: Varies

Named for the state tree, Buckeye Trail is an epic 1,444-mile loop. Following the perimeter of Ohio, it encircles the state, offering a wide variety of hikes to spectacular falls, through deeply carved gorges, and along tree-lined paths.

Scott tells us you can “simply follow the rectangular blue blazes and explore the Buckeye State!” Of course, you can also enjoy out-and-back Buckeye Trail hikes that allow you to determine your own hiking time and distance. Aside from the Buckeye Trail, Scott recommends these picturesque hikes in Ohio, too.

Oklahoma

Turner Falls Park, Davis

Distance: 3.5 Miles, Difficulty: Moderate

In addition to the beautiful waterfalls that give Turner Falls Park its name, the stunning trails, castle-style ruins, and a good old-fashioned swimming hole make this location the place to hike in Oklahoma. Broers tells us you could drive by these falls on I-35 numerous times and not know what you’re missing out on. The park’s trails form a loop that’s heavily trafficked and accessible year-round. For more OK hiking inspiration, see Broers’ recommendations of beautiful hikes in Oklahoma.

Oregon

Lewis and Clark Discovery Trail, Ecola State Park, Seaside

Distance: 14.1 Miles, Difficulty: Hard

Just outside the vacation town of Seaside, Lewis and Clark Discovery Trail is in Ecola State Park, one of Oregon’s many beautiful state parks. Also known as the Tillamook Head Trail, this stunning Oregon hike invites you to climb the cliffs above the Pacific Ocean and provides one stunning view after another.

Rosenthal told us, “It took my wife and I such a long time to complete this hike because we kept stopping to take pictures. The green moss on every tree and rock, the mist rolling in off the ocean — it might be my favorite hike in the entire West.”

Pennsylvania (Eastern)

Falls Trail, Ricketts Glen State Park, Benton

Distance: 6.6 Miles, Difficulty: Moderate

When in Eastern Pennsylvania, do not miss the Falls Trail at Ricketts Glen State Park. Like most hikers, Reddel and Laskaris love waterfalls, “so the opportunity to hike and see so many of them along one trail is truly spectacular,” the say, “In addition to the many waterfalls, the trail is challenging enough to make you take your time to enjoy the scenery, birds, and wildlife for an unforgettable adventure.”

Pennsylvania (Western)

Kinzua Bridge Trail, Kinzua Bridge State Park, Mount Jewett

Distance: 1.2 Miles, Difficulty: Moderate

In Western Pennsylvania, the trail not to miss is the Kinzua Bridge Skywalk. The actual hike to the skywalk is relatively easy and is paved until you get to the bridge, which is then wooden and flat for the entire length of the completely unique, high-in-the-sky structure. Summon your courage and enjoy the “only here” views of the treetops and expansive sky.

Rhode Island

Sachuest Point National Wildlife Refuge Trail, Middletown

Distance: 2.4 Miles, Difficulty: Easy

Jutting out into Sachuest Bay, the Sachuest Point National Wildlife Refuge Trail hugs the coastline for most of its easy 2.4-mile loop and will introduce you to the real Rhode Island. Enjoy gorgeous water views, plus a seemingly endless array of other flora, fauna — including deer — and vistas. Barrett recommends these scenic hikes in Rhode Island as well.

South Carolina

Table Rock Trail, Table Rock State Park, Pickens

Distance: 6.4 Miles, Difficulty: Hard

“You’ll boast quads of steel after this eight-mile workout in Table Rock State Park, but most agree it’s one of the best hikes in South Carolina,” Sumner says. “Strenuous but spectacular, if a six-year-old sporting his favorite KEEN Targhees can manage it, it’s on the table for most everyone.

“Stately boulders, abundant wildflowers, and rushing waterfalls along the way provide ample opportunities to stop at lookouts for a breath and to take in the sights on the steep incline. The well-marked path is 75 percent uphill, so summiting may feel like an Everest-level achievement,” Sumner states, “Still, a packed lunch enjoyed after such an effort over sweeping views of the lake and foothills is extra satisfying.”

South Dakota

Black Elk Peak Loop, Black Hills

Distance: 3.5 Miles, Difficulty: Moderate

If you only have time for one best hikes to experience in South Dakota, Broers says it has to be the ascent to Black Elk Peak from Sylvan Lake in Custer State Park. Making it to the top — which involves numerous switchbacks and hiking through a pine forest — is an accomplishment rewarded with stunning views of Custer State Park and South Dakota’s Black Hills from over 7,200 feet. The area’s wildlife is abundant, so Broers recommends packing your binoculars, “as you never know what you’ll see.”

Tennessee

Chestnut Mountain Area And Benton Falls

Distance: 3 Miles, Difficulty: Easy

Talk to any hiker and odds are their favorite Tennessee hike is in Great Smoky Mountain National Park. However, if you’re hiking in Tennessee, you owe it to yourself to head to the far southeastern corner of the state, only a few miles from the North Carolina and Georgia borders. In the Chestnut Mountain area, Rosenthal recommends taking the Benton Falls Trail from the Chilhowee Recreation Area in the north or from the Parksville Lake Campground to the south. Either route takes you by the beautiful 65-foot-tall waterfall.

Texas

City Trails: Dallas And Austin

Distance: Varies, Difficulty: Easy

Scott is aware that hardcore hikers may scoff at these suggestions, given the many fantastic hikes in the great state of Texas, but the 7.5-mile Katy Trail in Dallas and the 10-mile Ann and Roy Butler Hike-And-Bike Trail in Austin are two of her faves. Scott loves the Katy Trail for its proximity to one of her favorite places to stay in Dallas, Hotel Zaza.

Austin is home to many great hikes along the Greenbelt, but Scott prefers the urban Ann and Roy Butler Hike-And-Bike Trail that loops around Austin’s Lady Bird Lake. Take the route over Congress Avenue Bridge at twilight between fall and spring to see over 1.5 million Mexican free-tail bats emerge to chase down dinner.

Utah

Queen’s Garden/Navajo Loop Trail, Bryce Canyon National Park, Bryce

Distance: 2.9 Miles, Difficulty: Moderate

Utah is home to several gorgeous hikes, but you can’t miss the Queen’s Garden and Navajo Loop combination trail in Bryce Canyon National Park. Hike through gorgeous hoodoos, under natural arches, and through red rock tunnels to the bottom of Bryce Canyon. Queen’s Garden displays hoodoos of all shapes and sizes, including the Queen Victoria Hoodoo, which was named for its resemblance to a London statue of the English monarch.

“Scenery changes on the bottom of the canyon, where you walk through a flat area in the shadow of cottonwood trees,” according to Fromm, “Reaching Wall Street might be the most spectacular area of this trail, as you walk in a narrow opening in the shadow of high, towering rocks. On the way out, stops around each bend offer gorgeous views of the canyon below. Though the climb out is steep, overall, the hike is pleasant and not too strenuous if you take it slow.”

Vermont

Quechee Gorge Dewey Pond Trail, Quechee Gorge State Park, Hartford

Distance: 2.8 Miles, Difficulty: Easy

Pronounced kwee-chee, Quechee is a small village along U.S. Route 4 in the town of Hartford, Vermont. Quechee Gorge Dewey Pond Trail can be found in Quechee Gorge State Park. The first third this wide and inviting out-and-back trail is ADA-accessible.

As you follow the Ottauquechee River, there are benches for quiet moments during which you can enjoy scenic vistas and the sound of water rushing through the gorge. While this hike is rated easy, there is one section that has a noteworthy incline that’s marked by roots and rocks. Otherwise, Barrett tells us it’s the perfect spot for a quiet Northeast nature walk. Check out her other picks for the best hikes in the Green Mountain State.

Virginia

Cedar Run – Whiteoak Circuit, Shenandoah National Park, McGaheysville

Distance: 7 Miles, Difficulty: Hard

Most avid hikers consider Shenandoah National Park a bucket-list destination. With more than 500 miles of trails, it sweeps across portions of the Blue Ridge Mountains near the charming town of Charlottesville, Virginia. Also known as Whiteoak Canyon Trail, Cedar Run – Whiteoak Circuit is rugged magic. Ebsworth-Goold tells us you’ll face a steep incline on this seven-mile trail, but the payoff comes when you meander past six incredibly beautiful waterfalls. If you want to spend more time on the trail in Virginia, check out the best hikes from across the state.

Washington

Horseshoe Bend Trail, Mount Baker National Forest, Deming

Distance: 2.8 Miles, Difficulty: Easy

Washington State is home to several gorgeous hikes, but Horseshoe Bend Trail has fewer visitors than some of the state’s better-known trails according to Fromm. So although it is easy to access from the road, hopefully, this relatively easy walk will offer some solitude.

This out-and-back trail follows the rushing river through a dense, ancient forest filled with mossy trees. It’s an easy walk for about half of the way and will give you plenty of opportunities to stop and enjoy the sounds of the rushing river that’s surrounded by the lush green of the Washington forest.

Visiting in August, Fromm found wild raspberries on the shore and spent time watching squirrels running up and down the trees. “Peeking out from the trees, the view of distant mountains beyond the river surrounded by all this lush green formed some of the most beautiful sights I could imagine. Passing through tunnels of green moss-filled trees with the sound of the river fading in the background, the second part of the trail narrows and is overgrown in a few places, making it just a bit challenging and giving me the impression of being in deep, lush forested fairyland. Overall, for relatively little effort you are rewarded with some of the most gorgeous vistas of the Pacific Northwest.”

West Virginia

Maryland Heights Trails, Harpers Ferry National Historical Park

Distance: 4.5 – 6.5 Miles, Difficulty: Moderate

History and stunning views come together in this can’t-miss West Virginia hike. Maryland Heights Trails lets you choose your own adventure. Hike the 4.5 miles to the Maryland Heights Overlook and add another couple of miles with the more strenuous Stone Fort Loop trail.

“This hiking loop has plenty of other hikers, so don’t expect complete solitude,” says O’Neal Smith, “The elevation gain is 1,473 feet, and at the top, you’ll look out over Harpers Ferry, site of a Civil War-era raid that took place where the Potomac and Shenandoah Rivers meet. The loop brings you back to your starting place.”

Wisconsin

Ice Age National Scenic Trail, Verona (And Elsewhere Across The State)

Distance: 1,000+ Miles, Difficulty: Varies

The Ice Age National Scenic Trail offers everything you could want in a Wisconsin hike, and it can be accessed from points across the state. Wander through forests, prairies, meadows, and lakes, and witness Wisconsin’s unique glacial landscape at every turn. In the winter, Reddel and Laskaris love snowshoeing on the Verona segment. The adventurous duo tells us that there are so many different trailheads that you’ll be able to enjoy hiking the trail no matter how long or challenging of a hike you’re after.

Wyoming

Phelps Lake Loop, Moose

Distance: 4.4 Miles, Difficulty: Moderate

Boasting not one but two national parks, Wyoming offers several wonderful hikes. Located in Grand Teton National Park, Phelps Lake Loop is one of the more lightly trafficked trails, yet it features spectacular views of the mountains. Moose, deer, and other wildlife frequent the area, which is shaded by towering evergreen trees. The hike leads to Phelps Lake, which looks straight out of a storybook.

Pro Tip: Broers recommends making this hike between May and September and wearing layers if you start in the morning, as the air can warm quite quickly.

This article is presented by KEEN Footwear. Shop KEEN’s hiking boots, water shoes, and other hiking shoes here.

Related Reading:

• 9 Best Hikes On The U.S. Gulf Coast From Pensacola To New Orleans
• The App Every Hiker Needs To Find Great Trails And Stay Safe
• Hiking Over 50: 12 Things to Know Before Your First Trek

North and South Manitou Islands are part of the Sleeping Bear Dunes National Lakeshore, which lies about 25 miles from Traverse City and approximately 15 miles from Glen Arbor. Northern Michigan’s South Manitou Island sits about 16 miles from the coast of Leland, Michigan, located in Leelanau County. 

In the mid-1830s, William Beck established a village on South Manitou Island to supply cordwood to Great Lakes steamships, but today, it is uninhabited.

The original town on South Manitou Island was Burton’s Wharf. As times changed, the inhabitants moved away from the Lake Michigan island, and the population fell to zero. But hikers can still explore, take advantage of the island’s natural resources, view original buildings and ruins, visit a shipwreck, and enjoy kayaking around the island.

Here are nine things to know before you get on the boat to visit the beautiful South Manitou Island’s wilderness area.

1. The Legend Of North And South Manitou Islands

Native Americans tell two versions of how the “Great One” created the North and South Manitou Islands. In both versions, a mother bear and her two cubs left the shores of Wisconsin. In one story, they left because of a forest fire, while in another, they left to find a better food source. In both legends, the young cubs were too young to swim across Lake Michigan and reach land. Instead, they drowned and became North and South Manitou Islands, while the mother bear eventually became sleeping bear dunes. Many years ago, the dune on Michigan’s mainland appeared to be a giant sleeping bear.

2. You’ll Arrive By Ferry Service

Manitou Island Transit leaves from Leland, also known as Fishtown, at 10 a.m. for the 90-minute ferry ride to South Manitou Island. You’ll want to arrive about 45 minutes early to walk from the parking lot, get your ticket, and grab a seat on the top deck of the boat. You’ll be on the island by 11:30 a.m.

The entrance to South Manitou Island requires a national park pass since it is part of the national park system. The pass is per car, even though you aren’t taking your car to the island. You can buy the pass at the Fishtown dock when you purchase your ferry ticket.

Typically, the ferry returns to South Manitou Island at about 4 p.m. to take day trippers back to the mainland and collect those camping on the island.

3. Limited Amenities Are Available Near The Dock

You’ll find modern restrooms and a water pump as you exit the ferry on the dock. Unfortunately, the island doesn’t have showers, and the only potable water is in the village behind the boathouse. 

You’ll also find electricity to charge your cell phones in this area. Note, there is no other electricity available. Cell service is spotty and best at the shoreline. 

4. Start Exploring At The Visitor Center

The first thing we did was check in at the visitor center. Open sunrise to sunset, this is an excellent place to get oriented to the island. Situated where the general store once was, you’ll find artifacts and photos describing life on the island during its logging days. It gave us an overview of South Manitou Island’s history. We found that the visitor center was the perfect place to get any last-minute questions answered and finalize our plans for the day.

5. Be Prepared To Hike

Cars aren’t allowed on South Manitou Island, nor are bikes in some areas, so hiking is your best option. If you’re going for the day, you’ll want to plan your hikes, as you’ll only have about four and a half hours to explore the island. The island’s perimeter offers a 10-mile loop hike.

Editor’s note: If you enjoy places where cars aren’t allowed, check out:

• 11 Enchanting Places Where Cars Aren’t Allowed
• No Cars Allowed: 7 Car-Free Places In The U.S.

You’ll have several options for hiking the island. When you arrive on the ferry, starting at the current dock, you can walk north about a half mile to Burton’s Wharf, the original village. The town included a blacksmith shop, post office, general store, a tamarack railroad, a house, and a barn.

From the visitor center, hike to the lighthouse. The 100-foot tower makes the lighthouse visible from the mainland. The lighthouse operated from 1871 until the U.S. Coast Guard closed it in the late 1950s. You can climb 117 steps up the spiral staircase, which has landings about every 20 steps. From the top, you’ll have stunning views of the Manitou Passage and the mainland’s Sleeping Bear Point. This was the only natural harbor from Chicago to South Manitou Island.

From the lighthouse, it’s approximately a 3-mile hike to the above-water shipwreck that ran aground in November 1960, the Francisco Morazan. Then stop by the Giant Cedars, also known as the Valley of the Giants. They’re the world’s largest cedar trees. Some are more than 500 years old. From the 400-foot perched dune, you’ll have a 360-degree view of Lake Michigan.

Finally, check out Florence Lake, the 78-acre inland lake with all of its natural resources, just a half-mile hike from the southern edge of South Manitou Island.

Attraction Map

You’ll find a map of South Manitou Island with the distances to its various sites on nps.gov, the National Park Service website.

6. Guided Wagon Tours Are Available

I have some mobility challenges, so backpacking was out of the question, but seeing the island wasn’t an issue. The Manitou Island Transit offers two different tractor-pulled wagon tours. The wagons have padded seats but are reminiscent of a hayride. The first tour includes the farm and schoolhouse, while the other covers the cedars and shipwreck. We stopped along the way to get out and explore a bit. The guide provided historical information as we toured.

You’ll need an additional day to take both wagon tours, as the tours are between 2 and 2.5 hours. The day trips only offer about 4.5 hours on the island. You’ll be on the island around 11:30 a.m., and the tours begin at noon.

You can register for a tour with the Manitou Island Transit boat crew members on your way to the island.

7. You Must Bring Food And Supplies With You

The island does not have hotels, restaurants, or stores. Therefore, you will not be able to buy food or any other essentials on the island. So, if you’re only staying for the day, plan your meals, snacks, and beverages. If camping overnight, campers will need to bring enough food to last their entire stay. Additionally, take an extra day or two worth of supplies with you. You never know what weather the Great Lakes will bring, even on a summer day trip, and you may spend longer than expected.

The boat sells refreshments to enjoy, but in my opinion, you will want to be sure that you have what you need before you get on the boat. If they are out of something, you won’t be able to get it once you are on the island. On the way back, we enjoyed having refreshments, as we were thirsty from all the hiking.

Also, pack a water bottle. They do have a hand pump in the village with potable water, but if you are hiking, you should have a water purification kit or carry an extra bottle of water that you pump at the village.

A small medical kit that treats bug bites and poison ivy is also essential. The island also has black flies, mosquitos, and ticks.

Even in warm weather, I wear long sleeves and long pants to avoid getting bitten. To avoid getting insect bites, bring insect repellent that contains DEET.

Be sure to bring comfortable hiking shoes, sunscreen, sunglasses, a hat, and a jacket or sweater, as the temperatures on the water can be significantly cooler than on shore.

Pro Tip: Village Cheese Shanty

Consider getting some cheese sandwiches from the Village Cheese Shanty in Fishtown before you get on the boat. They make a nice picnic lunch. That said, don’t wait until the last minute, as you want to be sure you have something to eat for the day.

8. Camping Is The Only Overnight Accommodation

With so much to explore on South Manitou Island, you may want to make it more than a day trip if you enjoy camping. Since the island has no hotels, inns, or bed and breakfasts, camping is the only option for overnight accommodations. They have three camps: The Bay Campground, The Weather Station Campground, and the Popple Campground. A park ranger meets the ferry at the dock. You can complete the camper registration then, and the ranger will also assist in planning your visit. 

The Bay Campground is a half-mile walk to the dock. It features 25 individual campsites and three group sites.

On the island’s south side, the Weather Station Campground is about a mile-and-a-quarter hike on a wooded trail past the lighthouse. It has three group sites and 27 individual sites. The campsites have privacy from one another and overlook Lake Michigan on the bluffs. This campground has open fire pits.

The Popple Campground is about 3.5 miles from the ranger station on the island’s north end. It’s more remote and offers more solitude than the other campgrounds. It also has beautiful views of North Manitou Island and is easily accessible to the beach. They don’t permit fires in this campground.

The island practices leave-no-trace camping. Therefore, you must pack out any waste materials. In addition, you must carry your gear to your campsite without wheeled assistance, including wagons or carts. Check out the National Park Service’s suggested camping packing list.

Pro Tip: Camping Reservations

The national park doesn’t make reservations for individual campsites. However, if you have more than eight people in your party, they take reservations for group sites. If you have less than that, you’ll receive a camping permit if you have boat reservations. They have never filled up the island campgrounds. You purchase camping permits when you check in for the boat.

Pro Tip: Protecting Your Food While Camping

While you won’t find bears on South Manitou Island, you should still place your food in metal containers or suspend it in bags from a tree, keeping the bag about 6 feet off the ground. Chipmunks and other animals love to make your next meal a snack. So don’t make it easy for them.

If you enjoy islands, explore some of these other quaint islands in Michigan and the United States:

• 14 Quaint U.S. Islands To Explore
• Mackinac Island Weekend Getaway: The Best Things To See And Do
• How To Spend A Perfect Weekend On Ocracoke Island

Arriving at Waterside at Royal Malewane — a fabulous safari lodge that’s recently opened in Thornybush Private Game Reserve bordering South Africa’s famous Kruger National Park — we were delighted to see several spiral-horned nyala antelopes wandering through camp, many with babies in tow, making themselves at home as they browsed on the indigenous flower beds and took sips from the suites’ private pools. Shaded by a grove of towering fever trees, and beside a broad waterhole where wildlife come to drink, the lodge is unfenced and game animals can, and do, pass through freely.

Waterside is an ultra-luxurious lodge, a spacious sanctuary, and one that has been meticulously planned and executed. It ensures maximum comfort, privacy, and a truly unforgettable safari experience. For anyone contemplating an African safari, this is a destination that should be right at the top of your wish list.

Why We Chose Waterside

We chose Thornybush Private Game Reserve, where Waterside is one of a dozen lodges, for our visit. Thornybush, renowned for its focus on conservation, stretches 29,000 acres and is home to such an abundance of wildlife. Here, you’re almost guaranteed to spot the Big Five (lion, leopard, elephant, rhino, and buffalo) on your visit — making it an ideal safari destination for experts and novices alike. It’s even been the setting for a number of wildlife documentaries.

The Lodge Itself

The exterior of this safari lodge is cleverly designed to blend into the surrounding scenery. Meanwhile, the interiors are colorful, contemporary, and full of carefully curated artworks and décor.

It’s Family Friendly

Waterside welcomes multigenerational families and accepts children of all ages. There’s an excellent kids’ program to keep the little ones entertained between game drives.

Pro Tip: While the kids are otherwise occupied, a visit to the lodge spa for a soothing wellness treatment is highly recommended for parents and grandparents.

Dining

Dining at Waterside is a memorable experience. The menu changes on a daily basis. Every meal is special — and made even more so by the exhaustive wine and cocktail list that includes an impressive range of craft gins, whiskies, and South African wines. Enjoy it all while the sunbirds flit in nearby aloes and the weaver birds chatter in the trees overhead.

Activities And Amenities

From twice-daily game drives to spa visits, world-class wine tastings to spending time in the gym or the yoga/meditation room, curling up with a book in the library to simply unwinding by the pool, Waterside offers endless opportunities to relax and reconnect. 

If you feel like venturing a little further afield, various other activities can be added to your itinerary, including helicopter flights over Blyde River Canyon, the world’s deepest green canyon; golf at Leopard Creek, Africa’s most exclusive bushveld golf course; or perhaps a visit to Moholoholo Wildlife Rehabilitation Centre for injured and abandoned wildlife.

Waterside’s Guides And Wildlife Encounters

The safari guides at Waterside are some of the most qualified, passionate, and experienced in Africa. The guiding team has over 300 years of African bush experience between them, and Waterside, combined with its sister lodge Royal Malewane, has three of only seven living Master Trackers in the world. The Waterside guides are also passionate about photography, and have the patience, dedication, and knowledge to anticipate the behavior and movements of the creatures you are hoping to photograph.

On a game drive, you’ll experience the thrill of encountering wildlife in its natural environment. Case in point: We were on a morning game drive at 8 a.m., and my husband and I were seated in the game drive vehicle. Our binoculars were trained on a herd of 200 or more buffaloes, all making their way down to the waterhole. Big and small, adult and calf, male and female, the herd approached the water. As they lowered their mouths to drink, something startled them and they raised their heads in alarm. A pack of 11 African wild dogs also approached the waterhole, hoping for a drink. The wild dogs were nervous about the buffalo and decided to detour around them. Reaching the other side of the waterhole, they spotted a group of six hyenas lying in the mud. Coming to a sudden halt, the wild dogs looked uncertainly at one another before slipping away into the bush. They were clearly planning to return to the waterhole only once the “crowds” had moved on!

Between the waterhole encounter, finding a pair of lions feasting on a zebra, a leopard stalking an impala in a dry river bed, and another pride of lions lying bloated and full around the carcass of a buffalo, we had incredible wildlife encounters here. Elephants were plentiful, both coming down to the lodge’s waterhole to drink and when we were out on drives. Tracking a pair of rhinos — mother and calf — on foot was another highlight of our visit. Colorful birds, towering giraffes, and a family of warthogs running through the grass with their long tails sticking up above the grass like antennae — the wildlife experiences here were fantastic.

Pro Tip: Alternatively, going on a guided walking safari will give you a detail-focused experience that gets you up close to creatures great and small.

Birding

If birding is your thing, and you’ve got a bird bucket list to work on, you’ve come to the right place. There are over 300 different bird species that call this place home.

Children will find this the perfect place to get an exciting introduction to nature. And for those interested in something extra spectacular, there is also the option of taking to the air and flying by helicopter over the reserve, looking down on the landscape and wildlife below.

More On Kruger National Park And The Greater Kruger

At 4.8 million acres (7,580 square miles), Kruger National Park in northeastern South Africa was the first national park established in South Africa and remains the country’s largest. It is the sixth largest of all of Africa’s game reserves. Originally founded as a nature reserve by Paul Kruger in 1898, it was enlarged in 1926 and made into a national park. In 1927, the park was opened to the public and an entry fee of one British pound was charged (the equivalent of around $100 today). Only a handful of cars visited the new park that year, but by 1935, around 26,000 people were passing through the gates annually. Today, the total number of visitors is around one million a year.

With a size roughly that of Israel or Wales, all of Africa’s iconic safari species — elephant, lion, leopard, cheetah, rhino, buffalo, giraffe, hippo, and zebra — can be found in Kruger. The park is home to over 12,000 elephants, 27,000 buffalo, 2,000 leopards, 2,800 lions, and around 2,500 rhinos. Kruger National Park offers a wildlife experience that ranks among the best in Africa.

Need To Know: The area known as the Greater Kruger comprises Kruger National Park and a cluster of private game reserves on the park’s borders. While the national park itself is perfect for self-drive safaris and budget package tours, the adjacent private reserves offer more exclusive safari experiences, with excellent trackers and guides and expertly guided game drives in open vehicles.

There are several private game reserves in the Greater Kruger area, the main ones being Balule, MalaMala, Sabi Sand, Manyeleti, Klaserie, Timbavati, and Thornybush. The fences between these reserves and the national park itself have been removed, forming one vast ecosystem and allowing for the free movement of wildlife. The area is home to the widest diversity of wildlife in South Africa, and some of the finest game viewing on the continent.

Why A Private Game Reserve?

You may be wondering, Why choose a private game reserve over the actual national park? Public parks tend to be more crowded, meaning you can well find yourself stuck behind a convoy of other vehicles out on safari. It can be frustrating and sometimes mean you miss out on some animal sightings. There are also strict times when you’re allowed to be out on the roads in public parks.

However, staying in one of the private game reserves that share an unfenced border with Kruger National Park gives you a more exclusive experience. Lodges in the private game reserves tend to be more luxurious, and because they are on private land, when you go out on drives, you can go “off-road” for a closer look at special wildlife sightings. With no set opening times, you can even head out after dark should the fancy take you. Private game reserves also limit the number of vehicles that can be at each sighting, meaning you’ll have an uninterrupted view.

Whatever your reason for planning a safari, Waterside is the perfect destination for couples and families who value memorable experiences and the opportunity to reconnect, relax, and spend time together. Fantastic wildlife sightings are right on your doorstep (quite literally at times!) and the guides are some of the best in Africa. Combine this with a great year-round climate, wonderful personalized service, gourmet food, and the beautifully stocked bar, and Waterside is the ideal African safari holiday destination, providing everything you need for a truly memorable safari.

For more on safaris and wildlife in Africa, consider

• 9 Key Tips For Your First Tanzanian Safari According To Experts
• Why This Luxurious New Safari Lodge Should Be On Your Bucket List
• Why This Great African Destination Is The Perfect Place For A Safari

From the steep, granite walls of Half Dome to the endless green expanse of Tuolumne Meadows, Yosemite is among the best-known national parks in the United States. Visitors from all over the world flock to Yosemite to appreciate the epic views and reconnect with nature. 

But with that fame come some of the largest crowds in the National Park System. For the past 3 years, the National Park Service has worked to balance the desire of people to see this natural wonder with the need to protect and conserve all within its boundaries. At the same time, massive infrastructure improvements are underway to make future park visits even better. Combined, this means current visits to the park could be challenging.

However, with some research and preparation, Yosemite can still be enjoyed by everyone. Here’s what the experts recommend for a visit in 2023.

1. Reservations Are Not Required For Summer Entry

For the first time in 3 years, no advanced reservations to the park will be needed this summer. Simply arrive, pay your fee, and enjoy the beauty.

Pro Tip: If you’ll be visiting multiple national parks in the U.S. this year, purchase the America the Beautiful pass for just $80 at the entrance. It will admit you to all national parks and monuments for the next 12 months.

2. All Campgrounds Require Advanced Reservations

Yosemite traditionally offered guests the ability to reserve a campsite in advance or claim one in a first come, first served system. That is not the case this year. All campsites must be reserved online in advance. This applies to all seasons.

3. Tuolumne Meadows Campground Is Closed Again

Thanks to the Great American Outdoors Act, Yosemite has been awarded millions of dollars for infrastructure improvements. One of those projects is the renovation of the park’s largest campground in Tuolumne Meadows including plumbing upgrades, leveling of campsites, and new picnic tables and bear boxes.

Unfortunately, this means the campground will not be available to visitors in 2023. But if you’re camping here in 2024, it will be a significantly better place.

4. Make Reservations For Summer Accommodations Now

Yosemite Hospitality offers a wide range of accommodations ranging from upscale hotels to canvas tents. During the summer these lodgings fill up quickly. So if you’re hoping to stay in one of these places, it’s wise to make your reservations right away.

According to Chelsie Layman, director of sales and marketing for Yosemite Hospitality, the most popular hotels like the Ahwahnee book at least 6 months in advance. However, she also points out that due to cancellations, openings can become available closer to your travel dates.

5. The Ahwahnee Hotel Will Look Different This Year

Built in 1927, the Ahwahnee Hotel is one of the best-known and most-loved lodgings in the entire national park system. But it was desperately in need of renovations, so thanks again to the Great American Outdoor Act, it has been closed for over 2 months to get that work started. Projects include seismic retrofitting, new windows, an improved kitchen, and a new HVAC system.

The Ahwahnee Hotel will reopen on March 3, but there will still be ongoing construction. Guests can expect to see scaffolding both inside and out and the dining room will remain closed until May. When completed, this historic property will be far better and safer for guests.

6. Massive Infrastructure Projects Are Underway

Consult The Park’s Website Before Visiting

Additional infrastructure improvements are underway including the repaving and widening of Glacier Point Road, traffic flow improvements in the valley, and upgrades to the parking lot and restrooms of Bridal Veil Falls. Some of these projects will conclude this summer while others will continue through 2023.

Prior to your visit, be sure to consult the park’s website to learn how you can safely access any sights you’d like to see. Or when you arrive, head to one of the visitor centers to ask for a ranger’s advice about moving throughout the park.

7. Every Season Is Spectacular

Of the park’s annual 4.2-4.3 million visitors, most come during the summer. For those with flexibility in their schedule, Scott Gediman — public information officer (PIO) for Yosemite — encourages people to consider coming another time. Winter is the least busy time of year, and yet it’s beautiful to see Yosemite’s iconic sites covered in snow. Spring brings wildflowers, green meadows, and of course, the fabulous colors of fall foliage in autumn.

8. Take It Slow

National parks saw an explosion of interest during the pandemic. Yosemite’s PIO, Scott Gediman, says this is mostly a positive trend, but he does share some concerns. First, he sees people rushing from attraction to attraction, often focused on getting the perfect picture. He encourages visitors to slow down, focus on just a few sights, and spend more time at each one. After 27 years as a park ranger, he still hasn’t seen everything in the park, so visitors certainly won’t do so during a single trip.

Gediman also wants visitors to drive slower while in the park. The number one reason bears are killed in Yosemite is due to speeding drivers. “Whatever you’re doing in the park, do it slower. I promise you’ll enjoy it more.”

9. Consider A Guided Tour

Trying to decide what to see in Yosemite can be daunting. Chelsie Layman recommends the Valley Floor Tour, a 2-hour narrated bus tour that stops at the most popular sights in the park. It’s a great way to enjoy the park while letting someone else drive and park.

If you’re interested in hiking, backpacking, or rock climbing but don’t know where to start (after all there are 750 miles of trails in the park), consider a guided experience with Yosemite Mountaineering School & Guide Service. They know all the best places — and hidden gems — to explore.

10. Come Prepared

No matter what time of year you visit the park and what you decide to do, preparation is key, according to Scott Gediman. Yosemite varies in elevation from 2,000 to 13,000 feet. That means a warm day in the valley could be quite cold at higher elevations. Always bring layers when you’re taking part in any outdoor activity. And if you’re getting away from park services, be sure to pack water, snacks, sunscreen, a hat, and a first aid kit.

Banff National Park, located in the Canadian Rockies, is known for its beautiful scenery and epic skiing. Established after railway workers stumbled onto a thermal hot spring, Banff became Canada’s first national park in 1885 and today is part of a UNESCO World Heritage Site. Remote although still relatively easy to get to, Banff’s powder and extended winter season attract skiers and snowboarders from all over the world.

Luckily, even if you don’t ski, there’s so much to enjoy and explore here during the extended winter season.

I would not call myself a winter sports enthusiast, and I don’t like skiing (mostly because I am terrible at it and fall a lot). Whether you are looking for après-ski things to do, want to take a break from the slopes, or prefer to enjoy the charm of Banff without getting near skis or snowboards, these activity suggestions will help you plan your fun. Here are eight things to do in Banff besides skiing or snowboarding. 

Banff Lake Louise Tourism provided my trip, and a selection of the activities described below. All opinions are my own.

1. Evening Ice Walk In Johnston Canyon

I went on an evening ice walk in Johnston Canyon with Discover Banff Tours, which was my trip’s highlight.

Suspended Catwalk

Johnson Canyon is a water-formed canyon inside the park. The trailhead is about a 30-minute drive from downtown Banff. Exploring the canyon means walking along suspended catwalks built into the limestone walls of the canyon to reach the canyon’s lower falls, which is the turnaround point. The entire hike is 1.4 miles. If you think walking along a suspended catwalk sounds scary (I did) don’t worry. They’re very sturdy and make the hike easy for just about anyone.

Epic Waterfalls

We stopped a few times along the trail, and our guide pointed out various features in the rocks and ice. At the turnaround point, we got to go through a natural tunnel up to the viewing platform, which offered epic views of the rushing waterfalls. Our guide helped us with pictures and served us hot chocolate and maple cookies before we made our way back to the trailhead — so very Canadian! 

Night Sky Viewing

On our way back, we turned off our headlamps and allowed our eyes to adjust to the night sky. It was a very unique, very peaceful experience. This is a great active adventure for anyone, but if you’ve got skiers and non-skiers in your group, this is a great thing for everyone to do together at the end of the day. 

Evening Ice Walk Difficulty

Overall, this was an easy hike with a few gentle slopes. We were given ice cleats to use (these strap over your boots) and a headlamp. Discover Banff guests get to keep their headlamps as a souvenir. Allow about 3 hours for the tour, which includes transportation to the trailhead and back.

Pro Tip: You don’t have to book a tour to see Johnson Canyon. This is a public trail that’s open year-round and can also be visited during the daytime. 

2. Banff Highlights And Nature Tour

I did a 3-hour Banff Highlights and Nature tour with Radventures. I asked my guide to take me to see frozen waterfalls and spots where I could get great views for pictures. I also expressed an interest in wildlife, so we went to Cave and Basin National Historic Site, which is located inside Banff National Park.

Birds And Boardwalks In Cave And Basin National Historic Site

There’s a network of trails behind the visitor’s center and a boardwalk extending out into the marshlands fed by Banff’s hot springs. The boardwalk has some stairs, and some spots don’t have railings (so you’ll have to take care to stay on the trail!), but most people will find it an easy hike with lots of opportunities to see hardy waterfowl that don’t fly south for the winter.

Why I Recommend Radventures

Radventures is a newer company that focuses on small group tours and giving guests more control over what they get to see. Tours take place in an SUV or a van versus a larger tour bus, and because the groups are small, you get a lot of one-on-one attention (and stories about the area) from your guide. My time in Cave and Basin National Historic Site felt very personal, like a friend was showing me around his city.

Pro Tip: Schedule your tour with Radventures as early as possible in your visit so it can help orient you to Banff as a whole. I did my Banff Highlights and Nature Tour on my third day in Banff, when I already had my bearings and knew my way around. I enjoyed my tour, but I would have scheduled it on my first day if I could have had a do-over. 

Want a more DIY experience? Radventures also rents campervans, kayaks, stand-up paddleboards, and other gear.

3. Forest Bathing 

If you’re thinking forest bathing sounds like a terrible thing to do in the middle of a Canadian winter, let me assure you there’s no getting into the water in the frigid winter temps. 

Forest bathing is a Japanese practice designed to promote wellness through spending time in nature. Shinrin Yoku translates to “taking in the atmosphere of the forest.” Extended time outdoors can lower blood pressure and allows you to reset your focus, promoting sharper thought, improved decision-making, and increased creativity. 

My Forest Fix guide led me in some exercises designed to help me get more in touch with my senses and what was happening in my own body as I experienced the outdoors. I felt more clear-headed and relaxed after our session and found it to be a good exercise in self-care. 

Forest bathing isn’t exclusive to winter or Banff and can be done anywhere, but I thought it was especially beautiful among the snowy pines. If you have mobility restrictions of any type, just make that known when you book your session, and the guide can pick a location that meets your needs.

Forest Fix does individual and small group sessions in Banff and Lake Louise. Contact them directly for pricing.

Pro Tip: Go with an open mind. Even if you think being “at one with nature” sounds a little cheesy (or not quite your thing), you might be surprised at what it gives back to you if you let yourself become immersed in the exercise. 

4. Banff Gondola

The Banff Gondola takes visitors 7,500 feet up Sulpher Mountain and treats them to above-the-treeline views of Banff and the surrounding area year-round. But if you’re visiting Banff during the winter, check out the Nightrise experience, available from early November through late March. 

Nightrise Winter Experience

This immersive, interactive gondola experience includes dynamic lights, projections, soundscapes, and more. Nightrise was created in partnership with the Stoney Nakoda Nation. 

Gondola Accessibility

There are four levels of experiences, both indoor and outdoor, to explore once you reach the top of the gondola. Both stairs and elevators help guests move from floor to floor.

Dining And Gift Shop 

If you want to extend your visit, there’s both a high-end bistro and a more casual cafeteria-style eatery. There are two gift shops — one at the base and one on the second tier of the viewing area. 

The Banff Gondola operates year-round and offers a different viewing experience in the daytime. The hours vary based on the time of year. Kids 5 and under ride free but still need tickets.

Pro Tip: Make advance reservations if you’re interested in the fine dining option. 

5. Banff Medicine Walk 

If you want to really get to know Banff, dig into the area’s indigenous culture. Doing a Banff Plant Medicine Walk with Mahikan Trails, which is owned by Brenda holder, a Cree Knowledge Keeper of Plant Medicine, allows you to connect to the land through an indigenous lens and fosters a deeper personal connection through land-based teachings.

This experience introduces you to Mahikan culture as you walk with a guide who shares their knowledge of medicinal plants found in the forest. Expect to learn about plants that were used traditionally and medicinally by indigenous people. You may find some of these plants closer to where you live, giving you a deeper connection to the land back home, too.

The easy walk (about a mile) lasts about 90 minutes. If you have any mobility restrictions or concerns, reach out before booking.

Pro Tip: In the Banff area, Mahikan Trails enforces minimum group sizes. If you’re traveling solo, as a couple, or with a smaller group, you may be able to join a larger group Plant Medicine Walk.

6. Fat Tire Biking

A fat tire bike has larger tires that are specifically designed to provide traction in snow and ice, making it perfect for winter bike riding. Banff National Park’s trail system has over 1,000 miles of hike, bike, and horse trails, and you can explore many of them during winter on a fat tire bike. 

If you can ride a regular bike, you’ll have no problems with a fat tire bike — you might even find it easier because the bigger tires provide more balance. There are multiple places in Banff to rent fat tire bikes and gear. 

Pro Tip: If you’re a beginner or if you’re nervous about navigating unfamiliar trails, join a guided fat bike tour. 

7. Ice Skating

The Banff area offers a great balance of outdoor rinks and natural ice skating. Popular places to ice skate in the Banff/Lake Louise area include:

• The outdoor rink at the Fenlands Meadow (skate rentals are available for on-site skating only)
• The outdoor rink at the Banff Train Station
• Lake Louise (behind the Chateau Lake Louise)
• Other natural outdoor ice surfaces, including 40 Mile Creek to Vermillion Lakes, Two Jack Lakes, and Lake Minnewanka

I did not get to go ice skating during my visit to Banff National Park because I ran out of room in my schedule, but it’s high on my list for my next visit. Everyone I talked to said Lake Louise is the best place to go ice skating in the area. 

Other places to rent ice skates include Snowtips-Bactrax, Banff Adventures;

Ultimate Sports and Chateau Mountain Sports (Fairmont Banff Springs Hotel). 

Pro Tip: If you’ve never skated on natural ice, make sure to review Park’s Canada’s safety tips and know what to do if someone breaks through the surface. 

8. Shopping

Banff’s main street is walkable and has many boutiques and chain retail stores, such as Columbia, Helly Hansen, and Lululemon. There are also two shopping malls, the Sundance Mall and Bear Street Mall. Neither mall is very big, but you’ll find souvenir shops and candy shops, and Sundance Mall has a tour operator desk with various activities available. 

I’m admittedly not a huge shopper, but I found a few favorite local spots: the Big Bear Trading Company and Rocky Mountain Soap Company. Both are located on Banff Avenue and feature locally made gifts, apparel, and other products.

Even if you’re not big on shopping, Banff Avenue and adjacent Bear Avenue are fun to explore, and the scenery is just stunning. You might even see some ice or snow art. 

Keeping Warm In Banff: What To Pack

All of these amazing non-ski activities in Banff have one thing in common: They take place outdoors. Even shopping has you out in the elements as you make your way in and out of the stores. I live in San Antonio, so I’m pretty quick to call anything below 60 degrees cold.

I recommend investing in a good pair of thermal underwear (top and bottom), a good ski parka, and ski pants for any extended time outdoors. Wool (not cotton) socks and good, waterproof boots are also a must to keep feet warm and dry.

My Reimot winter boots, while probably the least attractive footwear I own, did a great job of keeping my feet insulated. A warm knit cap (Canadians call it a toque), a buff (or neck warmer that can be pulled over your nose and mouth), and a pair of mittens designed for outdoor wear will complete your winter outdoor ensemble. 

Getting To And Around Banff

Although Banff has a very “away from it all” energy, it’s pretty easy to get there. I got a direct flight from New York City to Calgary. There are direct flights to Calgary from most major U.S. airports. 

I took the Banff Airporter Shuttle directly to my hotel. The Banff Airporter takes about 2 hours and costs under $80 each way.

Downtown Banff is walkable, with shuttles to the ski lifts and other recreation areas. Most tour companies will pick you up at or near your hotel. I stayed at the Mount Royal Hotel, which is within easy walking distance of shops, cafes, and restaurants. 

There is no Uber or Lyft in Banff or Lake Louise, but there is a reasonably priced taxi service, Banff Taxi Company. I probably would have walked more if I’d visited during the summer. The outside temps ranged from -10 F to 5 F when I was there!

While living in Rapid City in the Black Hills of South Dakota, I was often asked for advice on where to go and what to do. When I mention Badlands National Park, people would silently hesitate and usually ignore the advice. Sadly, they missed an amazing, unique U.S. treasure. The name must give it a bad rap.

The Badlands can be an unforgiving place. When it rains, the water rushes fast down into the caverns, creating flash floods in the valleys. Winters are cold with little protection from wind, and the summers are dangerously hot and dry.

However, the rugged beauty of the park shines in the springtime when fresh emerald green mixed-grass prairie covers the valley bordering massive pale spikey hills that literally glow during a full moon. Here are a few more reasons why I love visiting the park in the spring.

1. Fewer Crowds

Every year, the nearby Black Hills area of South Dakota draws millions of visitors who find their way to the Badlands as a stopover off Interstate 20. Many arrive after the school year ends, so spring is the best time to take advantage of fewer crowds, especially at the visitor centers and campgrounds.

The Ben Reifel Visitor Center

The North Unit is the largest of two visitor centers and a must-stop to learn about the park’s history, amazing features, and recommended hikes for the day and to browse a well-stocked bookstore. Spring is the best time for a front seat to watch the painstaking work of cleaning fossils at the Fossil Preparation Lab in the basement.

Cedar Pass Lodge & Campground

Right next door is the Cedar Pass Lodge and café, which is extremely crowded in the summer. New eco-friendly cabins were recently built. The campground is suitable for tents and RVs but has no shade, meaning it’s much more comfortable in the spring. The very nice café has a family budget menu of sandwiches, Sioux tacos, and Junior Ranger options such as hot dogs.

White River Visitor Center

The White River Visitor Center in the South Unit of the park is only open in the spring, summer, and fall. Here, maps and Park Rangers tell the park’s story. There are no other services, which leaves Rangers with more time to chat and give advice, such as where the endangered bighorn sheep are grazing.

2. More Parking At Scenic Viewpoints

There are only two main roads in and out of this amazing place, the Badlands Loop Road and Sage Creek Rim Road. Much of the beauty of this park can be seen from a vehicle, and increased summer traffic equates to lots of vehicles driving slowly. Scenic view stopping points — perfect places to take a break, snap photos, or find a hiking trailhead — are scattered along the routes, but the lots are small and fill up fast. 

3. Cooler Weather

Variable and unpredictable, the weather in the Badlands ranges from 116 degrees F down to minus 40 degrees F throughout the year. The summers are usually not only hot but dry with occasional thunderstorms with hail. South Dakota winters could drop up to 24 inches of snow. The Badlands is a beautiful place in the winter, but spring is most reliable for warm/cool weather that’s easily enjoyed in layered clothing.

4. Photography Heaven

Sunrises and sunsets are spectacular when a golden sun streaked with red literally turns the canyon the color of copper. Photographers prefer quiet and fewer visitors to get the perfect shot and have their best opportunities in the Badlands during the spring and fall seasons.

Pro Tip: For sunrises, choose the Big Badlands Overlook, the Door Trail, or the Panorama Point just west of Bigfoot Pass where the first rays of light hit pinnacles facing east. For a sunset, park staff recommend the Pinnacles Overlook, Conata Basin Overlook, Bigfoot Pass picnic area, or a walk along the Castle Trail.

5. Wildflowers In Bloom

In stark contrast to the white-washed canyon wall is the stretch of soft mixed-grass prairies flowing like rivers between canyons. Melting snow in the spring turns the waving tall prairie grasses dark green, and if you stop and look closer, tiny yellow, pink, and blue wildflowers sprout into action, aiming for the sun. They will shrink away in the summer’s harsh sun and lack of rain, but never die, returning each spring.

6. Wildlife Is Easier To Spot

Enduring searing hot summers and frigid cold winters are an inhospitable environment not for the weak, and one might think few animals live in the Badlands. But look closely, and American bison, prairie dogs, black-footed ferret, bighorn sheep, deer, coyotes, swift fox, bobcats, and pronghorn, plus 206 species of birds are just a few of the iconic animals that have cunning solutions to survive in this park. They are easier to find in the spring when they gorge on fresh grasses and insects after a tough winter. 

My favorite are the black-tailed prairie dogs, sometimes called the Pipsqueaks of the Prairie, which create burrows called prairie dog towns all over the park. Over 400 plant species are found in Badlands National Park; however, grasses dominate the landscape in the spring. Western wheatgrass can grow up to 3 feet tall in the summer months, hiding prairie dog towns. Do not miss Robert’s Prairie Dog Town on the Badlands Loop Road or the opportunity to learn more about these adorable creatures at the visitor centers.

7. Wildlife Babies Abound

During a Badlands trip I took in early May one year, I saw bighorn sheep lambs with watchful mothers close by, hanging out along roads. The bighorns were almost exterminated by hunters and were reintroduced in the 1960s. The Badlands is an important and successful recovery program.

Bison roam in the distance with calves frolicking in the spring sunshine. Prairie dogs are quite noisy in the spring, trading warning “barks” between each other because babies are nesting in their burrows.

8. Hike With Your Dog

Pets are not allowed on national park trails, but the Badlands has a nice alternative. In and around the park are scenic back roads that allow dogs, providing an opportunity to hike with your dog. A popular path is the Old Northeast Road just north of Cedar Pass. However, it is highly recommended that you take your dog on this route only in the spring. These gravel roads get extremely hot in the summer, heating the rocks to a dangerous degree for pet paws.

9. Amazing Stargazing

Badlands is surrounded by a rural area. The closest town is Interior with its population of around 100 people. As a result, there is minimal light pollution, and the stars are brilliant most of the year. One year when I was on the board of directors for the nearby Rapid City-Japanese Sister City organization, I took a small group of visiting Japanese students to camp overnight at Badlands. We attended one of the ranger-led Evening Programs and Night Sky Viewings, and the students were mesmerized by how close the stars seemed to be. Their story is retold still today, almost 30 years later.

10. Unusual Full Moon Experience

Note that the stars will be much harder to see on a night with a full moon. That said, I highly recommend experiencing this amazing park in a whole new way on these nights. The canyon walls shine in bright moonlight, and the park eerily resembles being on the moon. The cool spring evenings are the most comfortable, enticing motorcycle groups for slow late-night rides through the Badlands. Hikers are not allowed on the trails because of rattlesnakes, but many drive to their favorite scenic viewpoint for remarkable photographs.

Badlands History

The name Badlands derives from the Lakota people, who lived in the area for hundreds of years and called the area mako sica, which translates to “bad lands.” French fur trappers trading with the Lakota agreed and passed along to those who followed the message that the area was “bad lands to travel across.”

In days of horse and wagon travel, the point was well made. Many parts of the Badlands are not mountains, but deadly hidden caverns in what appears to be a prairie that goes on forever.

Considered to be the birthplace of vertebrate paleontology in the American West, fossils that are over 20 million years old have been found in the South Dakota Badlands. Early specimens found by the Oglala Lakota Nation people are held at the National Museum of Natural History at the Smithsonian Institution in Washington, D.C.

Pro Tip: For more information, be sure to listen to the “Good Rangers, Bad Lands” podcast.

Two of the best-known destinations in Arizona — Sedona and the Grand Canyon — are on everyone’s bucket list when visiting the state. The Grand Canyon, one of the natural wonders of the world, showcasing millions of years of earth’s history, is the primary destination of both national and international travelers. Many visit not only Arizona, but the U.S. just to see it. And the gorgeous red rock formations of Sedona and the town’s art scene are almost as famous.

While both destinations deserve their popularity, those who visit the state have so many more unique destinations to look forward to, many of them are between the two famous landmarks. The following are some of the most spectacular stops on the road between Sedona and the South Rim of Grand Canyon National Park.

1. Sedona

Surrounded by hundreds of red rock formations, and home to a great number of art-filled boutiques, Sedona is known as one of the most beautiful small towns in the U.S. Outdoor enthusiasts will find plenty of trails through gorgeous red rock formations, from easy strolls surrounded by towering rock formations of all shapes to strenuous climbs to the top of them and everything in between.

Some of these sites are vortexes, sites believed to be swirling centers of energy promoting spiritual healing and meditation. The most intense of them are at Airport Mesa, Cathedral Rock, Bell Rock, and Boynton Canyon. You can’t leave Sedona without visiting some of the surrounding state parks, like Red Rock State Park, or Slide Rock State Park, home to the famous 80 feet long, 2.5 to 4 feet wide natural water slide.

The unique shapes and colors of Sedona’s rocks inspired many artists, whose work is showcased in the multitude of art galleries in town. Southwest-inspired souvenir and specialty shops line the streets of Sedona. Restaurants with gorgeous views and resorts, hotels, and motels for all budgets offer opportunities to spend a weekend — or any day or two in the area.

After exploring the red rock world, boutiques, and vortexes of Sedona, drive north towards Flagstaff on AZ-89A, Oak Creek Canyon Scenic Drive, one of the most beautiful winding roads in the country.

2. Stops Along Oak Creek Canyon Scenic Drive

Leaving Sedona, you’ll drive across the steel-arch Wilson Canyon Bridge, also known as the Midgley Bridge, built in 1938 across the spectacular Wilson Canyon. Stop at the picnic site to enjoy the views and even take a short hike into the canyon.

Past the bridge, you’ll drive through Oak Creek Canyon, famous throughout the world for its spectacular scenery. You’ll find plenty of picnic and camping sites along with hiking trails to enjoy the shaded areas along the rushing creek. Drive through here in the off-season or early in the day for the best opportunities to stop, since it gets extremely crowded, especially in the summer.

The best views along the scenic drive are farther north, from a series of switchbacks, while the road climbs out from Oak Creek towards the high country of Arizona. Be sure to stop at Oak Creek Canyon Vista for a spectacular bird’s-eye view of the canyon. As a bonus, you’ll also find displays of Native American jewelry and craft items sold directly by local Native artists who created them.

3. Flagstaff

The scenic town at the foot of the San Francisco Peaks, surrounded by the world’s largest ponderosa pine forest, Flagstaff, sits at an elevation of 7,000 feet. Spend a full day exploring the town and its surroundings, or even stay here overnight. The visitor center in the historic train station offers all the information about the town, including trails in the surrounding mountains. Leave your car at the visitor center and explore historic downtown Flagstaff.

Visit the Museum of Northern Arizona and enjoy the exhibits showcasing the landscape, geology, archaeology, and Native People of the Colorado Plateau.

Drive up to Snow Bowl — any time of the year — for some of the most spectacular mountain scenery in the state. Enjoy a hike through a ponderosa pine forest or through patches of aspens, especially spectacular in fall. You can also take the scenic ski lift year-round to the top of the mountain for even more stunning views.

After a day of sightseeing, and a nice dinner, try one of Flagstaff’s renowned craft breweries for a taste of the city’s unique ales and micro-brews.

Before nightfall, drive up Mars Hill to the Lowell Observatory, and look through the telescope used to discover Pluto.

Pro Tip: If you’re planning a trip to either Flagstaff or Sedona, check out these seven key differences between the two.

From Flagstaff To The Grand Canyon National Park Through Williams

From Flagstaff, you have several ways to get to the Grand Canyon depending on which side you want to end up.

The most popular route is through Williams, ending up at the main entrance to the South Rim of the Grand Canyon National Park. From Flagstaff, you can reach Williams in 40 minutes on I-40.

The historic small town is worth a stop for a uniquely Arizona experience. Featuring historic buildings and shops filled with Route 66 memorabilia, it is a great stop for history buffs. Outdoor enthusiasts have plenty of hiking, biking, horseback riding, and camping opportunities. And those visiting with children, cannot miss Bearizona Wildlife Park.

Mostly though, Williams is the Gateway to the Grand Canyon. This is where the Grand Canyon Railway starts, offering more than just transportation. The train ride is a whole experience featuring western musicians and cowboy characters while riding in old vintage cars.

Or, you can just continue driving toward the Grand Canyon. You’ll reach the South Entrance Station in under an hour on AZ-64 N.

Williams and Flagstaff are both ideal towns to book a Grand Canyon tour from, if that’s your preference. You’ll find a wide variety of tours, from self-guided to professionally guided tours and from helicopter and air tours to bus, van, and river rafting trips. Some of these tours offer hotel pick-ups, so you don’t even need to drive. Tours may take from a few hours to multiple days roundtrip. And besides the South Rim, some take you to the North Rim and the West Rim.

However, my family’s favorite way to visit the Grand Canyon doesn’t involve any tours and takes us through a different route altogether. We prefer to approach it through the Desert View Entrance along the east rim.

This route is usually less crowded, and the road takes us through a more diverse landscape and some of my favorite sites in Arizona.

4. Walnut Canyon National Monument

Named for the walnut trees growing at its bottom, Walnut Canyon National Monument is home to some of the most spectacular cliff dwellings in the state. The museum in the visitor center offers an overview not only of these ruins but also of the ancient people who built them and their descendants, the present-day Native American tribes of the area.

The steep Island Trail takes visitors halfway down into the canyon and walks on the side of the cliff, near and through some of the cliff dwellings built by the Sinagua. Besides the spectacular ruins, the trail offers gorgeous views of the canyon.

Those who can’t hike the steep trail can still see several cliff dwellings and views of the canyon walking along the paved Rim Trail. Other things to do at Walnut Canyon National Monument include visiting pit houses and other freestanding structures on the rim and enjoying scenic views and wildlife in the surrounding forest.

5. Sunset Crater Volcano National Monument

You can’t miss a stop at Sunset Crater Volcano National Monument, showcasing one of the most unique landscapes in the U.S., and around the world, surrounding the youngest volcano in the San Francisco Peaks mountain range. The cinder cone earned its name from its colors on the top, glowing in orange, gold, and red hues, vivid against its black and grey base, evoking the image of an Arizona sunset.

Besides admiring the beauty of the cinder cone and the surrounding lava flow, other reasons to stop here include learning about volcanoes and geology while hiking through a lava flow and onto the top of another cinder cone, Lenox Crater. Between May and October, you can even camp here, in the Bonito Lava Flow, or stop for a picnic any time. Enjoy wildlife, ranger-led programs, and if you camp, one of the darkest skies in Arizona.

6. Wupatki National Monument

Note: While Sunset Crater Volcano National Monument is closed, you can still reach Wupatki easier from the turn-off for Wupatki (bypassing the scenic road through the two monuments).

Farther along the Sunset Crater and Wupatki Scenic Road, parallelling AZ-89, you’ll find Wupatki National Monument, showcasing and protecting more of the spectacular ancient ruins in Arizona.

Stop at the visitor center and museum to learn about the people who built these structures around 1100, about a century after Sunset Crater last erupted. From here, walk through Wupatki Pueblo, the largest site in the area, home to the Tall House (a 100-room structure), a large kiva, and a ball court.

Besides Wupatki Pueblo, stop at the smaller sites, like Wukoki, Citadel, Nalahiku, Lomaki, and Box Canyon Pueblos.

Enjoy the views of the Painted Desert from any of these sites, especially beautiful at sunset. And, if you timed your stop here for sunset, spend the night at your next stop.

7. Cameron Trading Post 

My family’s favorite spot to spend the night before visiting the Grand Canyon, Cameron Trading Post offers more than shopping for Native American arts and crafts.

Established in 1916 near the suspension bridge across the Little Colorado River Gorge, the original trading post was only used by Navajo and Hopi locals to trade. As the population of Arizona grew over time, travelers to the northern areas of the state started stopping here.

Still primarily a trading post and fine art gallery, here you’ll find authentic Native American hand-crafted jewelry, colorful Navajo rugs, pottery, baskets, paintings, and even traditional musical instruments like the Navajo flute.

However, to accommodate travelers, the original trading post now has a restaurant, hotel, RV park, convenience store, gas station, and even a post office.

8. Little Colorado River Gorge

A little-known stop along the way to the Grand Canyon from Cameron Trading Post is the Little Colorado River Gorge. A tribal park of the Navajo Nation, the stop offers an opportunity to enjoy scenic views of the gorge carved by the Little Colorado River, a tributary of the Colorado River.

The gorge, like the canyons within the Grand Canyon, creates a world of beauty and contrasts. The dark red colors of the rocks along the gorge reflect on the waters of the Little Colorado, which borrow the color most of the year. However, in the summer months, the water’s mineral content turns it a shade of robin’s-egg blue.

Besides the stunning views of the gorge and the Little Colorado River, this stop also offers an opportunity to browse small shops and bead stands operated by Navajo locals from nearby towns.

9. Grand Canyon National Park, South Rim

The last stop is your main destination on this trip, Grand Canyon National Park, namely its easternmost side, the Desert View Entrance. A stop at Desert View offers your first glimpse of the Grand Canyon and the Colorado River that carved through it way below millions of years ago. You can discern unique formations inside the canyon, including several buttes, like Temple Butte and Lava Butte.

Walk up to the historic Desert View Watchtower and enjoy the Native American artwork on the walls and the views of the canyon from its top level.

After spending some time here, drive towards the main visitor center, where you can leave your car in the parking lot and use the free shuttle to explore the rest of the park. Walk the interpretive Trail of Time along the rim to learn about the geology and age of the canyon and enjoy the gorgeous views, slightly changing around each bend.

Spend time in the Grand Canyon Village, visit or shop at the Hopi House, walk around the train depot, and dine at El Tovar restaurant overlooking the canyon.

You can spend one day at the Grand Canyon and enjoy all of the above activities. But if you have more time, you should try hiking into the canyon. The most popular trail — and the easiest to access from the village — is the Bright Angel Trail, taking you through spectacular twists and turns into the canyon. It’s enough to hike a short distance to gain a new perspective on this natural wonder of the world.

Or, you can continue the Rim Trail from the village to its westernmost point, Hermits Rest, a historic building designed by Mary Colter and built in 1914. You can also try taking the Hermit Trail into the canyon for another perspective.

The Utah landscape looked barren as I traveled on the roads leading to four well-known national parks, Arches, Zion, Bryce, and Canyonlands. The sweeping desert plains are speckled with immense rugged buttes rising from a sea of sand sprinkled with pinyon-junipers and mixed shrubs.

However, variations in Utah’s topography, geology, elevation, and precipitation combine to create seven zones within the state, resulting in a patchwork of pinyon-juniper, ponderosa, and mixed conifer forests, grasslands, mixed shrubs, and towering red rock ridges popular with mountain climbers.

Capitol Reef National Park is a remarkable place often considered not worth a stop in the rush to see its more photographed natural phenomenal siblings. I fell in love with this little secret place in Utah and had quite a few fantastic experiences that I am glad to share. I started with park rangers in the well-designed visitor center and ended the day with an apple.

1. Scenic State Highway 24

The main route into Capitol Reef National Park, State Highway 24, is a beautiful drive long before reaching the park. After entering the park, pay a small fee to continue following the route’s sidekick leading to historic sites, trailheads, and amazing views. The road ends suddenly, blocked by the impressive monocline and a favorite hiking trail leading towards the massive bulge of rock. Beware of bicyclists who love this less traveled route winding through unusual rock formations created by the earth’s gradual movements.

2. Unique Hiking Trails

15 trails varying in length from half a mile to 4.7 miles provide incredible views and canyon experiences. One pleasant easy trail that winds through the canyon following the river is the Fremont River Trail. The Capitol Gorge trail was once the main gap in the rugged monocline and was the primary travel route for Native tribes and later Mormon settlers.

Other more strenuous trails lead the robust hiker to the top of dramatic cliffs with drop-offs that gave me goosebumps but were well worth the hike with vistas of the Waterpocket Fold. Beware of altitude sickness and carry plenty of water. Trekking poles are recommended on all trails.

3. Abundant Wildlife

Over 100 species of mammals, reptiles, fish, and amphibians call Utah home, along with 239 species of birds and 900 species of plants. Many are found at Capitol Reef. Park Rangers at headquarters sometimes know where to find the rare bighorn sheep that blend in with the canyon walls, though binoculars are helpful. Stop along your hike and look up often. On the Grand Wash Road Trail, a dry streambed, I spotted a peregrine falcon soaring slowly overhead.

4. Petroglyphs And Pictographs

Not far from the visitor center are the first signs of humans who lived thousands of years in this miraculous canyon. The Fremont culture, ancestors of current Hopi, Zuni, and Paiute tribes, farmed the canyon floor that became rich and fertile from rain-induced streams flowing down the canyon walls.

These first Americans left behind their story via petroglyphs (carvings) and pictographs (paintings) dating from 300 to 1300 C.E. Hunted animals such as elk and bighorn sheep are drawn perfectly, while other images are unclear. One interesting figure is thought to be a spacesuit. These interesting drawings are debated even today by tribal leaders and historians as to their meaning. The canyon was abandoned for almost 200 years, leaving only these stone records of their lives.

5. Pick Fruit In An Orchard

The fertile soil and protection from wind create the perfect microclimate for farming and cultivated by Native tribes for thousands of years who created a unique irrigation system by forming culverts for rainwater to flow down into the valley. When the Mormon settlers arrived, the irrigation system was found intact, and they immediately saw the potential.

Soon after arriving, they planted grape, apple, apricot, peach, pear, plum, and nut trees. These historic orchards hold almost 3,100 trees in a three-square mile area that is today managed by the National Park Service — using the same historic irrigation system. Visitors can pick fruit from that day’s designated orchard which is posted at the visitor center and varies by season.

Not hesitating on a sunny September day, I filled a paper bag with perfectly ripened apples. A few locals said the cherry and peach trees are especially beautiful during the spring flowering season. Handpicked fruit is free for snacks; however, a small fee is charged per pound for fruit taken out of the park.

6. The Fruita Rural Historic District

In the center of the canyon lies Fruita, once a small community of hard-working farmers looking for a better life. In the early days, the road through the canyon was rocky and often washed out by flash floods, forcing the isolated community to become self-sufficient. They built their own schoolhouse, blacksmith shop, church, community center, and an interesting post office.

The town was donated to the National Park Service and listed on the National Register of Historic Places — including a famous cottonwood tree used as a “post office.” Mail arrived by wagon from Torrey located 11 miles to the west. Outgoing mail was placed in a bag hung on the tree and picked up by the postman every 3 weeks, adding new mail before leaving. The tree still stands in the picnic area along the Scenic Drive.

7. Gifford House Fruit Pie

Once the area was designated a national park in 1937, residents began to disband, with the last family leaving Fruita in 1969. The Gifford House is beautifully restored and used as a lovely gift shop festooned with period items from settlers. The shop sells freshly baked fruit pies, cookbooks, jellies, and souvenirs. Picnic tables await in the shady yard perfect for snack attacks, mine was a still-warm peach turnover. Don’t make my mistake and only buy one jar of peach jam. I need to get a bigger ice chest!

8. Camp In An Orchard

Unfortunately, I discovered this park by taking an unexpected detour, and already had a hotel room reserved for the night. However, I checked out lodging options in the park which are only campgrounds set in the middle of apple orchards. The sites are complete with picnic tables, fire grates, restrooms, water, and RV dump stations. This is where I picked my apples. One group site can be reserved, and backcountry camping permits are available at the visitor center.

9. Stargazing

Capitol Reef National Park is a designated International Dark Sky Park, and according to my Utah friends has amazing night sky views of stars, mainly because of its isolated location. A few spots recommended by the park rangers include Slickrock Divide and Danish Hill on the Scenic Drive, Panorama Point on State Highway 24 2 miles west of the visitor center, and the Fruita Campground Amphitheater parking lot. Check out this Clear Dark Sky website for the best time to see stars at Capitol Reef.

10. Artist-in-Residence (AiR)

I learned of this program while touring the visitor center. The AiR program offers professional artists the opportunity to express Capitol Reef’s inspiring landscapes. Selected artists will have the use of park housing for their 2–4 weeks residency plus $500 to assist with travel and supply expenses.

The History Of Capitol Reef National Park

Over 75 million years ago, a massive mountain-building event caused an ancient fault to open and create a one-sided fold of rock called the Waterpocket Fold. This elongated formation of horizontal layers called a monocline was lifted more than 7,000 feet and is still moving. Almost 90 miles in length, it is considered the longest exposed monocline in North America. When looking down from the ridge top, the solid rock “fold” resembles ocean waves flowing over a reef.

Another striking formation in this park is a large white round rock that seemingly glows among red boulders. Located along the highest point of the park, the rock can be seen for many miles and was used as a landmark by early settlers traveling west. Reminded of the U.S. Capitol building in Washington D.C., they named the rock Capitol Dome. Both the reef images together with the rock later inspired the name of the park.

It’s virtually impossible to rank the properties in the United States National Park System — that’s an incredibly subjective topic. With 423 national parks that span more than 84 million acres, each park is unique in its own way, offering unique sights, amenities, and experiences. Personally, showing off my inherent bias as a native St. Louisan, it’s easy for me to name my favorite — it’s the Gateway Arch National Park. This park features, you guessed it, the Gateway Arch. 

There’s plenty to do other than go up the Gateway Arch in the park, including exploring walking trails, watching a history video, or visiting the Old Courthouse (subject to reopening after restoration), and you can’t beat the view from the top if you do go up to the top of the arch.

We asked a pair of retired park rangers, Phil Selleck and Marilyn Irwin, to give their thoughts on what they consider their favorite park and favorite sight within that park. Yes, you can definitely visit many national parks in the winter and have an amazing time.

1. Mexican Freetail Bats

Carlsbad Caverns National Park

Located in Carlsbad, New Mexico, Carlsbad Caverns National Park contains 113 underground caves including Lechuguilla Cave, the deepest and fourth longest limestone cave in the United States at 1,567 feet. Irwin suggests that you can visit the park any time of year, but notes that summer offers the greatest variety of activities. 

She said that reservations are required and must be made before heading to the park, but well worth what she described as an emotional experience. “The cave is exciting with its many intricate formations of stalactites and stalagmites,” she said. “Visiting the underground features with a ranger is informative and an adventure, but exploring the cave’s interior is only a preamble to the real show. Do not overlook the evening entertainment at dusk as around 400,000 Mexican freetail bats exit the cave to begin their nightly quest for millions of flying insects. Visiting the caverns is not the main reason I go to Carlsbad Caverns. Seeing the bats exit the caves in the evening is a favorite part of my time there.”

She noted that you will want to stay until dusk and sit quietly in the outdoor amphitheater to see the bats emerge from the cave. This is a sight best experienced in the summer.

2. The Carriage Trails

Acadia National Park

Acadia National Park, the first park east of the Mississippi River, offers hiking, biking, camping, lakes, and more. Made up of a cluster of islands along the coast of Maine, Acadia National Park has more than 130 miles of hiking trails and 45 miles of carriage roads that can be traveled by bike. Irwin recommends taking a ride on what she describes as “roads of broken-stone paving” that were made especially for horse-drawn vehicles. Automobiles are not allowed on carriage roads.

3. Jordan Pond And Jordan Pond House

Acadia National Park

She also said visitors can’t skip the Jordan Pond and Jordan Pond House, established in 1893 and famous for its tea and popovers. Due to the popularity of the Jordan Pond House, Irwin recommends you check the hours and consider arriving before 11 a.m. or after 4 p.m. He offered a tasty tip — “Just don’t miss the yummy popovers!” This journey is also best taken in the summer months.

4. Ute Trail

Rocky Mountain National Park

Established in 1915, Rocky Mountain National Park offers mountain climbing, hiking, camping, fishing, breathtaking views, mountain lakes, and so much more. With elevations ranging from 8,000 feet to 14,529 feet, the park is open year-round, hosts over four million annual visitors, and has different views and points of interest throughout the year. Irwin recommends taking a moment to view the canyon and hiking the Ute Trail along Trail Ridge Road.

“My favorite thing to do is to take a thermos of coffee and a sweet treat, find a soft rock along the trail, and enjoy my snack while gazing into the canyon far below,” she said. “For me, a summer when I do not experience the Ute Trail is not complete.”

Pro Tip: Trail Ridge Road is closed to through traffic during the winter. It typically opens the last week in May.

5. Anacapa Island

Channel Islands National Park

Channel Islands National Park is made up of three islands named East, Middle, and West Anacapa Islands that are almost five miles long and have a total land area of about 700 acres. Used by thousands of birds as a nesting area, the rocky shores of Anacapa are a popular resting and breeding area for California sea lions and harbor seals. Selleck said you must see Anacapa Island and seize the chance to take a hike. 

“The island is a treat when seabirds are nesting or wintering,” he said. “However, be ready for the smell of guano wherever you go. The island is small, so it is easy to hike around it up top for great ocean views, close-ups of sea and shorebirds, cliffside views down to sea lions basking on the beach, and the kelp beds around the island. As you approach or leave the island, there is a great stone arch that tells you it is Anacapa.”

6. View From The Top

Washington Monument At The National Mall

As the centerpiece of The National Mall, the Washington Monument offers spectacular views of the Lincoln Memorial, The White House, and the United States Capitol Building. It is the tallest structure in Washington, D.C., completed in 1894. Selleck recommends that you visit The National Mall and head to the top of the Washington Monument. 

“You can’t miss the view from the top,” he said. “It is a wonderful panoramic view of one of the most historic cities in the world. You’ll get a dramatic view of L’Enfant’s design for the city and how some of the most famous and historic buildings are connected by that design. A sunny morning or late afternoon, when the light is softer, is a great time to see it. You’ll be one of a small percentage of visitors to Washington, D.C. who will be privileged to see it.”

7. Kachina, Owachomo, And Sipapu Natural Bridges

Natural Bridges National Monument

Natural Bridges National Monument sits 6,500 feet above sea level, is home to a variety of plants and animals, and is the oldest National Park Service site in the state of Utah. Offering the chance to explore three natural bridges, Kachina, Owachomo, and Sipapu Natural Bridges National Monument was formed where streams eroded the canyon walls. The monument was established in 1908. Selleck describes the monument as a great out-of-the-way find. 

“Bridges are different from arches in their formation; carved over streams that have eroded them as opposed to arches, which are formed by seeping water and frost,” he said. “So, you have beautiful bridges over a stream bed, which change in appearance according to time of day, time of year, and viewpoint. The arch is off the beaten path, so there is more opportunity for an uncrowded, quiet tour of a unique landscape.”

Pro Tip

There are a couple of things our experts noted or that are recommended in general when it comes to visiting national parks.

• Check out all of the passes available to you, each of which has its benefits.
• Download the NPS app for your smartphone. This app gives you access to over 400 national parks right at your fingertips and comes with lots of great features to enhance your experience.
• Check calendars, websites, hours, closures, and anything else noted online about your park of choice before you visit.

“It’s a wonderful life.” This thought frequently came to mind during my career as a park ranger. The national park sites where I worked represented, for me, the finest examples of what filmmaker Ken Burns described as America’s best idea — the creation of the National Park Service.

One of the most common questions visitors ask park rangers is “What are your favorite spots to see in the park?” Listed below are my answers to that question.

1. Chaco Culture National Historical Park

New Mexico 

Chaco is a place of mystery and beauty amid the high desert landscape of Northwest New Mexico. The park protects the ruins of an ancient culture we now call Ancestral Puebloan. Scattered along a wide, shallow canyon are the remains of well-designed and carefully constructed stone structures called Great Houses that reveal the creativity of the industrious people who lived here. Built between 800 and 1150 A.D., these sites remain a mystery when it comes to why they were constructed, how they were used, and why they were abandoned. When you visit the park, challenge yourself to find your own answers to these questions. 

I have a special affinity for Chaco because it is where I began my ranger career. I spent two summers there assisting the park archaeologist with her field work.

Learning the basic methods of archaeology was by far my greatest joy but exploring the park in my off-duty time was a close second. I discovered a place called Wijiji and returned there many times. Built between 1110 and 1115 A.D., it was the last of the Great Houses and, unlike other sites; it was constructed quickly and abandoned just as quickly. Wijiji is quiet, off the beaten path, and a great place to reflect and relax. It’s an easy 3-mile roundtrip hike along an old dirt road. I suggest allowing three hours to do the hike and view the site.

Pro Tip: For those who desire a less strenuous adventure, you can drive to Pueblo Bonito and view the greatest of Great Houses at Chaco. Pueblo Bonito had 800 rooms and the back wall rises five stories.

2. Haleakala National Park

 Hawaii

Located in Hawaii on the island of Maui, Haleakala National Park protects a landscape that ranges from tropical sea level habitat at Kipahulu to the 10,000-foot, desert-like summit of a dormant volcano. Be prepared for surprises and stunning vistas.

Haleakala means House of the Sun, and this is the place to view sunrise. Today thousands of visitors make the early morning drive to the summit to see this often spectacular event. During my 6 years at the park, I frequently witnessed this event, but never lost the sheer joy in seeing the sun rise above the rim of the volcano. You can count the summit sunrise as my favorite thing to see in the park. 

Pro Tips: If you decide to make the journey, be prepared for the long, dark, pre-dawn drive and changing weather conditions from balmy temperatures at sea level to high winds and freezing rain at the summit. Check the park’s website for more information about sunrise at the summit. Allow 2.5 to 3.5 hours for the drive depending from where you begin.

3. Mount St. Helens National Volcanic Monument

Washington

After 40-plus years, the eruption of St. Helens still reminds us of the power of nature to shape our planet. Following the eruption, I worked at the monument as an interpretive ranger and presented programs at a place called Windy Ridge. The ridge is on the south side of the mountain, only 5 miles from the wide-open crater. On clear days, you can watch steam and gas venting from this still-active volcano.

And yes, Windy Ridge is my favorite place at St. Helens. Driving through a dense forest along a 36-mile, paved road from Randle, Washington, you suddenly emerge into the “blast Zone” that surrounds the volcano. This zone is where the lateral explosion of gas and shattered rock blasted out at over 600 miles per hour and leveled a mature forest as far as 20 miles from the crater. This scenic drive has numerous pull-outs that provide stunning views of the volcano. When you visit the monument, be sure to make the drive to Windy Ridge. 

Pro Tip: The summer months are the best time to visit. Give yourself at least a half day to see these sights.

4. Dinosaur National Monument

Colorado, Utah

I worked at Dinosaur shortly after the blockbuster movie Jurassic Park was previewed in theaters. The park’s visitation rose dramatically with the public’s renewed interest in dinosaurs. Quarry Exhibit Hall is a large building constructed over a massive slab of rock that exposes over 1,500 fossilized bones of giants like Allosaurus (a smaller version of T. rex), Apatosaurus, and Stegosaurus.

During my time at the park, I gave talks, led hikes, and answered questions in the busy visitor centers. One of my programs was at Cub Creek rock art site — my favorite place to go in the park. The site has numerous petroglyphs — images etched into the smooth rocks. They were left by those we now call The Fremont Culture and are open to your own interpretation as to their meaning. Imagine sitting there a thousand years ago and pecking images onto the rock. You are sending a message, but what is it and why did you leave it? The Cub Creek site is a 10-mile drive from the Quarry Visitor Center, and it’s a short walk to the petroglyphs. 

Pro Tip: The park protects over 200,000 acres of high desert environment that straddles the Colorado-Utah border. Summer is the peak visitation season, so be prepared for crowds and temperatures that can soar above 100 degrees F. 

5. Joshua Tree National Park

California

Joshua trees are a mystery. They’re not really trees as they have no annual rings and are more closely related to palms and grasses. They can be 50 feet tall and two feet in diameter and grow almost exclusively in the Mojave Desert — one of the driest places in the U.S.

Joshua Tree National Park is a great destination for rock climbing, wilderness exploring, and hiking. The park covers almost 800,000 acres, half of which is designated wilderness. Located in southeast California, it is the meeting place of two distinct and very different ecosystems: the Mojave and Colorado deserts. If you have never experienced the desert, this is your chance to explore and expand your horizons.

My all-time favorite hike is at a place called Skull Rock. This is a 1.7-mile loop trail that takes you past large, granite boulders, Joshua trees, and stunning desert vistas. Bring your camera for some of the best photo ops in the park. Skull Rock trail is an easy walk with some minor up-and-down sections. The drive from Joshua Tree Visitor Center to the trailhead is about 40 minutes. Ask at any of the three visitor centers for directions. Bring water, a hat, and sunglasses, and wear good hiking shoes. I like this trail because it gives easy access to a typical Mojave Desert landscape.

Pro Tip: When driving in the park, it is recommended you stay on paved roads to avoid getting lost or stuck in the sand. GPS/cell devices often lose service in the park and are known to provide misleading or false directions. 

6. Fort Vancouver National Historic Site

Washington 

My first experience with living history happened at this park. I led guided tours dressed in historic costume from the 1820s.

Fort Vancouver lies along the Columbia River in Southwest Washington state. Stories of people, history, and the settlement of the Pacific Northwest converge in this restored site. From 1824 to 1860, it was the headquarters for the Hudson’s Bay Company — a private fur trading business. Today, the reconstructed fort takes you back to a time when animal fur was called soft gold and European markets required beaver pelts to meet the frenzied demand of the fashion world. 

Be sure to include in your visit a tour of The Chief Factor’s House. This is a tastefully furnished home for the Chief Factor (CEO) and his family and my vote for the best reconstruction project at the fort. Check with the park’s website for tour times and dates.

These are a sampling of my six favorite park sites. I hope you will enjoy your journey to America’s best idea — the National Parks System.

Pro Tips: When you visit national parks and other federal recreation sites, take advantage of the America The Beautiful annual pass. For $80 per family, you have unlimited access for a year. Better yet, if you are 62 or older and a U.S. citizen, you can buy a Senior Pass for $80 and it is good for a lifetime. If you travel to any national park sites, a great resource is the NPS App. This is your guide for accurate, concise, and informative details on weather, trail conditions, and much more at the 400-plus sites in the national park system.

In the Channel, a stretch of the Atlantic Ocean that separates southern England from northern France, are five islands: Jersey, Guernsey, Sark, Alderney, and Herm. These islands are independent of both countries and are self-governing, but they owe their allegiance to the British crown. Geographically, they are closer to France than England and you will find French-sounding place names on the islands. You might even hear a dialect being spoken that’s very close to medieval Norman French. 

Not quite England and not quite France, these islands are interesting and unique places to visit. There’s lots to fall in love with on The British Channel Islands. Here are some of my favorite reasons for loving these beautiful islands.

1. The Beaches Of Jersey

On the island of Jersey, the largest of the Channel Islands, you’re never more than 10 minutes away from a beach. Jersey is a popular island with British tourists and it can get busy in summer. But at Portelet Beach, you have the double-whammy of it being one of the island’s prettiest beaches while also being semi-secluded. The steep climb down to the beach puts families with small children off and it remains quieter for this reason. When you get down there, it’s shaded by the cliffs all around and it’s a natural sun trap, making this a great beach for sunbathing and swimming. Be aware, there are 120 steps to get down to the beach, which is why some people pass it by, and it’s not suitable for anyone with mobility issues.

Pro Tip

Stay at The Atlantic Hotel on the west coast of the island and you’ll have the lovely St Ouen’s Bay close by. This is a flat sandy beach that’s very easy to access and very popular. The Atlantic Hotel has a great position, overlooking the beach and the sea, and also has lush green gardens within its grounds. There’s a golf course next door and there’s fine dining on offer in one of the hotel’s two restaurants. It’s the ideal location to explore Jersey and it has a flat soft sand beach right on its doorstep.

2. Guernsey Food Festival

If you travel to the island of Guernsey in April, and you love food, you’re in for a treat. This month-long event is an opportunity to celebrate some of the best ingredients and flavors found on Guernsey. Whilst the event is a food festival, it is also a competition between local chefs. They test their skills and abilities to create local favorites and legendary dishes, using fresh locally-sourced ingredients such as spider crabs and mussels. Visitors to the festival will be given the opportunity to sample and taste test the chefs’ works, and later vote for their favorite dishes. Occurring in venues across the islands, the gastronomic month of April will be a fantastic chance for visitors to experience Guernsey’s variety of seafood, dairy products, and seasonal veggies, whilst meeting the local faces behind them.

Pro Tip

The only five-star hotel on the island, The Old Government House Hotel is a historic hotel that was originally built in 1770 as a private residence. As the name suggests, it was the home of the governor of Guernsey, but it’s been a hotel since 1858. The hotel has uninterrupted views over St Peter’s Port and out to sea. It’s a great location from which to explore the island. You can also enjoy three restaurants and two bars while you’re here, as well as a heated outdoor pool, spa, and pretty gardens perfect for afternoon tea on the lawns.

3. Birdwatching On Herm

The tiny island of Herm is usually visited by day-trippers from Guernsey. It’s so small you can walk the entire island in just 2 hours, so most people come here for a few hours and no more. There are no cars on the island at all; walking is the only way to go, but it is a lovely place to take a walk. It’s a hilly island and it’s a lovely place to hike and walk the coastal trails, with some incredible views. It’s also become a haven for wildlife and if you like birdwatching, this is the perfect place for it. You can observe puffins and other protected seabirds from some spectacular vantage points. On the east side of the island is the stunning Shell Beach, which rivals any Caribbean beach in its beauty, and is often deserted. There are some water sports here, but not many facilities.

Pro Tip

There’s a yoga retreat on Herm that runs for just a couple of days in November and March. It’s limited, but if you’re planning a trip at this time of year, it’s a great way to enjoy the harmony of the island. The retreat on Herm includes accommodation at the White House Hotel, tuition in yoga postures, breathing exercises and relaxation, as well as healthy breakfasts and evening meals. If you like yoga or fancy getting into it, this is a unique setting for some stretches, mindfulness, and meditation.

4. Stargazing On Sark

Measuring just 3 miles long, the small island of Sark has a very distinctive personality, very different from the other Channel Islands. The island was ruled by hereditary feudal lords since 1563 and was Europe’s last remaining feudal state until 2008 when it joined the rest of the Channel Islands. I think its history makes it feel different, ancient, and special. Today, Sark is the world’s first dark sky island and offers once-in-a-lifetime opportunities to see the constellations. With its lack of light pollution and status as a car-free island, Sark’s magical oasis provides unmatched opportunities for stargazing with many visitors claiming never to have seen brighter stars or darker skies. From Sark’s Observatory, built in 2015 and located at the center of the island, planets and constellations can be seen from its 10-inch Meade telescope.

Pro Tip

It’s a 50-minute ferry ride from Guernsey to Sark and traveling by boat is the only way to get to the island. You can also travel by boat from Jersey, but that’s even longer at 1 hour and 10 minutes. You can get to Sark from the UK in Portsmouth, but you have to travel to Jersey first. As this is the only way to get to the island and it’s quite a long time no matter where you’re traveling from, you need to be comfortable traveling by boat.

5. The History Of Alderley

In size, the island of Alderley is somewhere between the two smaller islands of Sark and Helm, and the two larger islands of Jersey and Guernsey. Alderley is around 10 miles in circumference, so you can easily walk the coastal path or cycle around. During WWII, the Channels Islands were the only parts of the UK to come under nazi occupation and there’s evidence of this piece of history everywhere you go. On Alderley, there were four concentration camps, or forced labor camps, during the war. Although the camps were demolished, the original gate posts to one of them — Lager Sylt — still remain and there’s a plaque on one of the posts commemorating the people who lost their lives. Whether you like history or not, this is a moving and historically important site.

Pro Tip

Alderley is the closest of all the islands to the coast of the UK, so it’s a much shorter trip by boat directly from southern England. But you can also fly to the island on small planes from Jersey, Guernsey, and various airports in the UK. We’re not talking about your usual air travel here. Alderley is still a small island and there aren’t large groups of people wanting to fly here every day, plus it still isn’t big enough for an airport with long runways. You’ll be on what feels like a private jet with your own personal pilot. It’s a pretty special way to travel and adds to the experience of the trip.

6. Jules Verne Tour

You can take a 7-day tour of all of the Channel Islands, with the exception of Alderley, so you don’t have to choose between them. On the Jules Verne Tour, you’ll begin in Jersey and travel by boat to Sark, Herm, and Guernsey. You’ll spend your nights on Jersey and Guernsey in three- and four-star hotels, and you’ll spend your days exploring the islands. The tour takes in all the highlights of the islands, including castles, ports, museums, stately homes, and gardens. It’s a great introduction to the Channel Islands and a great way to get an overview of what they have to offer.

Pro Tip

This is a brand new tour that’s running on select dates in May, June, and September, avoiding the height of summer when conditions are hotter.

For more on the British Channel Islands, check out these articles:

• 7 Beautiful Islands To Explore In The UK
• Jersey Island: How To Spend A Perfect Weekend
• Guernsey Island: The Best Things To See And Do

I think I’m going to hike the Grand Canyon.

The words felt preposterous as they tumbled out of my mouth at a pre-holiday girls’ night out. But they also felt true. The only thing more surprising than this sudden verbal outburst was when a friend, Carver, said she’d join me.

Maybe the fact that I had turned the page on my 40s and was stepping off into my 50s weighed on my mind. Perhaps it was the fact that I was a soon-to-be empty-nester. Regardless, I couldn’t stop thinking about trekking to the bottom of the canyon.

That evening, armed with a glass of Cabernet and aided by a Google search bar, I made the necessary reservations to stay at the Phantom Ranch, reachable on foot or by mule, almost a year to the day later.

Have I mentioned that I had zero hiking experience at the time?

I began preparing for the trek with weekly training hikes. As it turns out, the trail is an excellent teacher. Here are nine lessons I learned as I prepared to hike the Grand Canyon.

Be Prepared

According to the National Parks Foundation, hiking to the bottom of the Grand Canyon — or a Rim-to-Rim hike — is a classic bucket-list adventure. An adventure that can end in catastrophe for the unprepared. The site offers assurance that the trek is well worth it for those who have appropriately trained, have the correct gear, and know what to expect.

Since I was new to hiking, I joined a couple of online hiking groups; one was specifically for folks contemplating a hike into the Grand Canyon or having completed one. Many of them were locals with loads of intel about the area. And all of them were happy to share logistical information, training tips, and how to stay safe on the trail — a particular concern for me as a woman traveling solo.

These days, it’s easy to find a group for practically any endeavor you can imagine. Take advantage of the many people who have been there before you and are willing to share.

Hiking Boosts Mindfulness

Spending time in nature without devices and distractions helped me become more mindful and in the moment. I felt genuinely alive. Placing one foot in front of the other, over and over, I began to notice my breath and bodily sensations while becoming more aware of my intention to connect with something bigger than myself.

I turned down the constant chattering of my inner monologue and put physical distance between myself and the hectic pace of everyday life while enjoying the beauty and majesty of the great outdoors.

Reconnecting With Nature Is Good For The Soul

I knew it when I was a kid. I’d just forgotten.

We are meant to explore and be outside, not stare at a screen for most of our waking hours. Venturing out and immersing oneself in nature is a proven stress buster. I learned (or rather relearned) to slow down and notice my surroundings, taking pleasure in the tiniest details.

No one can take in a panoramic view, listen to churning water as it tumbles over rocks, watch a blazing desert sunset, or gaze upon a field full of wildflowers without feeling more connected to yourself and the universe.

By reconnecting with nature, I reconnected with myself.

Hiking Is Better Than The Gym

Hiking is an excellent exercise, offering both cardiovascular benefits and muscle strengthening. As with any good cardio workout, you’ll lower the risk of heart disease, improve blood pressure and blood sugar levels, and help to control weight. Hikers burn anywhere between 400 and 700 calories per hour depending on their size and the terrain. The bonus is that this all happens with lovely views, fresh air, and the sounds and smells of nature. It has been proven that people who exercise outdoors are more likely to stick with it.

How about a mood boost? “Research shows that walking outdoors has a positive impact on combating the symptoms of stress and anxiety,” says Gregory A. Miller, Ph.D., president of the American Hiking Society. “Being in nature is ingrained in our DNA, and we sometimes forget that.”

Kick Fear To The Curb

Don’t get me wrong. Some concern is a good thing; it can keep us safe. But it can also be crippling.

My hiking buddy, Carver, had to bow out of the trek unexpectedly. It wasn’t until the last minute that I reluctantly made the trip solo after nearly a year of preparation. As I stood on the rim the night before my hike, the canyon stretched out before me, at once breathtaking and formidable. I began having doubts. Panic swelled in the back of my throat as fear crept in. I took a couple of deep breaths, reminding myself of the training I had put in — all of the preparation.

What if, just this once, I trusted the training? Once I made the conscious decision to do so, like magic, those negative thoughts disappeared, and I had an incredible experience.

Solo Travel Is Incredible

Admittedly, the idea of traveling for a week solo and embarking on a serious hike was scary. In fact, it was downright terrifying. But I did it and discovered the pure joy of solo travel. For me, a trip in which all decisions were made solely by me, with no one else’s opinions or preferences to be taken into consideration, was pure unadulterated joy.

Get up at 5 a.m. to catch the sunrise in Sedona? No problem. Moroccan food at 9 p.m. after an afternoon hike? Delightful! Going solo allowed me to travel at my own pace and do exactly what I wanted when I wanted, even if that meant doing nothing at all at times.

Pro Tip: If you are apprehensive about solo hiking, remember that popular trails, such as the Bright Angel Trail and South Kaibab Trail I used, are usually quite busy. It was rare to go more than 10 or 15 minutes without seeing another hiker. Be sure to let someone know what trails you’ll be using and when you expect to be back.

Nothing Meaningful Is Easy

It’s just not. Think about it. Have the most meaningful moments or things in your life been given to you, or have they been earned?

We all live in a culture of fast fixes and instant gratification. On the trail, I worked hard for those views, for the chance to experience things that few do. I braved the elements, logged the miles, and climbed the mountains.

It wasn’t always easy, but I conditioned myself to sit with discomfort for a short period to achieve my goals. Once I’d learned to sit with some discomfort, I could move forward, knowing it was only temporary and would pass. That I will attain my objective.

Even now, 5 years later, when faced with a difficult task, I can look back and know I can do hard things.

One Step Is Progress

No matter how small that step is, it’s progress if you move forward. If it’s hard, take one step. Then take another. Keep moving in the direction of your desire. It doesn’t matter how long it takes. Progress is progress.

After my hike out of the Grand Canyon, I was asked by another hiker how long it took me to complete my trek. Overhearing the question, a woman at the bar piped up, “Who cares how long it took? This morning she was down at the bottom; she is now, this afternoon, drinking a beer at the top!”

You know what? She was right! Who cares how long it took? I did it.

And at the end of the day, that’s all that mattered.

Don’t Forget To Look Up

It’s easy to become so single-mindedly focused on the goal that we miss the entire journey. Head down, heart-thumping, pushing through, we rush to the end with dogged determination.

I learned to stop and look up now and then. To take it all in. After all, wasn’t this what I’d come for? Sometimes it was discouraging to look ahead and see how far there was left. When that happened, I learned to turn around and look behind me. I was always astonished at how far I’d come.

I’ve found that the lessons I learned during my hike are equally applicable in everyday life.

Hiking the Grand Canyon reminded me that nothing is impossible, that I can achieve anything.

The hardest part was deciding to go.

We often hear about visiting national parks in the summer, but there are a number of beautiful parks that are even better in the winter. Well, bundle up! Retired park rangers Rebecca Harriett, Marilyn Irwin, and Greg Jackson shared their favorite national parks to visit in winter with TravelAwaits. 

1. Acadia National Park

Maine

It’s called the crown jewel of the North Atlantic coast. Acadia National Park is home to Cadillac Mountain, the highest point on the eastern seaboard; the views of Bar Harbor and Frenchman’s Bay are stunning. In the summer, you can also sink your toes into the sand at Sand Beach.

A fun summer activity in Acadia National Park is taking horse-drawn carriages along 57 miles of carriage roads, but Irwin says in winter, the roads become excellent snowshoeing trails. Hiking trails are accessible with traction footwear and trekking poles. Snowmobiles can be used on unplowed fire roads, the Park Loop Road, and the road up Cadillac Mountain — a wonderful place to view the sunrise. 

Part of the park becomes inaccessible in winter, but you can take scenic drives along the rugged coastline with waves crashing against rocks, weather permitting. You can enjoy ice fishing in several of the lakes, and if you’re a birder, winter is a good time to look for many bird species because the trees are bare of leaves.

2. Black Canyon Of The Gunnison National Park

Colorado

Known as the Grand Canyon of Colorado, Black Canyon of the Gunnison is located in western Colorado, near Montrose, Crawford, and Gunnison. This national park is about a 5-hour drive from Denver. The Gunnison River follows along the bed of the Black Canyon, which gets its name from its high walls that do not allow much sunlight to illuminate them. 

Winter is an excellent time for visiting Black Canyon of the Gunnison, says Irwin. Backcountry camping, snowshoeing, and cross-country skiing are fun ways to experience the park. Hiking trails and several nature trails are accessible with winter footwear and trekking poles. Some trails bring you very close to steep drop-offs into the canyon, so caution is necessary. Because Black Canyon is away from urban areas, you can observe a brilliant night sky.

3. Yellowstone National Park

Wyoming, Montana, Idaho

Yellowstone and all of its glory was the country’s first national park, established in 1872. This amazing park contains 60 percent of the world’s geysers and hot springs, including the most famous, Old Faithful. The national park service has an estimated geyser eruption resource. You can also hike Yellowstone’s Grand Canyon. 

While Harriett usually tries to stay away from parks, or anywhere for that matter, when the temperatures drop below freezing, she makes an exception for Yellowstone. 

Visiting Yellowstone at any time takes careful and early planning; winter is especially no exception. Because of the logistics of traveling in Yellowstone during the winter, Harriett went on a small group tour where lodging and transportation were part of the package. While they didn’t see as much of the park as I did during a summer visit, winter in Yellowstone is unquestionably magical. Seeing wolves run through the snow on an early-morning wildlife walk or listening to them howl on a cold, dark night is beautifully haunting. Cross-country skiing around a geyser basin on a clear blue sunny day when the air is so crisp that it sparkles is enchanting. For Harriett, toasting the New Year with newfound friends as Old Faithful erupted under a starry sky was indescribable. She’s ready to go back!

4. Cuyahoga Valley National Park

Ohio

Cuyahoga Valley National Park is a hidden gem in Ohio, near Cleveland and Akron. This is the only national park in Ohio and one of seven in the Midwest. The 33,000-acre park protects the rural landscape along the Cuyahoga River, and more than 2.2 million people visit each year. A unique way to see the park is on the Cuyahoga Valley Scenic Railroad. 

Greg Jackson notes that winter activities at Cuyahoga Valley National Park can be hit-and-miss, depending on the weather. If it’s a good snow year, you can enjoy cross-country skiing. There are two downhill ski areas that make snow Brandywine and Boston Mills. You can also enjoy tubing. The areas are available as long as the winter is cold enough to make snow. If there are at least 4 inches of snow on the ground, you can borrow snowshoes at the Mills Visitor Center.

You can also do a little ice fishing in the park — just be responsible on the ice. Large-mouth bass, crappie, and bluegill are a few of the big catches. The park encourages catch-and-release fishing.

The hiking trails remain open in the winter, and some of the animals are very active.

5. Rocky Mountain National Park

Colorado

Rocky Mountain National Park is about a 2-hour drive from Denver and features 76 mountains and 400 square miles. It is open all year round, easily accessible via airport and highway, and winter is often a great time to visit. While some of the summer highlights are closed, you can enjoy the park in its winter splendor while snowshoeing or cross-country skiing. A great place to start is the Estes Park Visitor’s Center, just outside the national park.

Irwin spent her career as a ranger at this park. In winter, she says hiking trails in the park become cross-country ski and snowshoeing trails. As with other parks in the winter, to navigate most trails, you need stabilizing devices that can be attached to hiking boots and trekking poles for balance. For lovers of cold weather and snow, backcountry camping is a great way to experience Rocky’s wilderness. Herds of elk can be seen in the meadows and bighorn sheep are often spotted near park roads.

Note: Much of Trail Ridge Road, the highest, longest continuously paved highway in North America, is not accessible by vehicle in winter because of large amounts of snow.

6. Cedar Breaks National Monument

Utah

Cedar Breaks National Monument is in southwest Utah. The grand staircase in the park sits at 10,000 feet and looks into a half-mile-deep geological amphitheater. It’s also often referred to as a miniature Bryce Canyon. The bristlecone pine, one of the oldest trees in the world, grows in this beautiful park. 

Jackson recommends this park because of its easy access in the winter. It’s a particularly great place to snowmobile with a guide. You can also join a snowshoeing tour — it’s a good way to try it in a group. 

This part of Utah can be a little finicky when it comes to the winter weather. The storms hit hard but then clear quickly, and you can enjoy perfectly sunny days. 

7. Olympic National Park

Washington

This diverse park covers more than 1 million acres in the state of Washington. You will see snow-capped mountains, old-growth temperate rainforests, and over 70 miles of wild coastline. The park is home to a wide variety of animals, including whales and dolphins offshore and cougars and bears on land. 

Olympic National Park’s mountains are breathtaking in the summer but off limits in the winter, with one exception: the ski area at Hurricane Ridge. Jackson says this is not your typical downhill skiing or snowboarding adventure. Essentially, you have two rope tows, a Poma lift, and a tubing park. It’s really about the experience of skiing at 5,000 feet in the Olympic Mountains.

You can also cross-country ski on closed roads for the novice or the backcountry for the most advanced. Another option is taking a ranger-led snowshoe walk.

Pro Tip: Winters there are wet, but not necessarily cold and snowy; however, if you’re driving up there, you’re going to need chains on your tires because there is not a commercial shuttle. The road crews are well experienced, and the road is well traveled.

For more from our experts, read:

• 6 Fabulous Winter Experiences At U.S. National Parks — From Mild To Wild
• 3 Beautiful Desert National Parks To Visit During Winter
• 15 Best Hidden Gem National Parks To Visit In The U.S.
• Retired National Park Rangers Share Their Top 8 Spots For Fall Camping

Everyone strives to be the best, but in one very specific category, Congaree National Park is the best.

Located 2 hours northwest of Charleston, South Carolina, Congaree National Park is “the largest intact expanse of old-growth bottomland hardwood forest remaining in the southeastern United States.” Congaree Swamp National Monument was established in 1976 and re-designated Congaree National Park in 2003.

These 20,000-plus acres of federally-designated wilderness are made for exploring on foot (our plan), kayak, or canoe. My husband, Dean, and I traveled to this park in February (a little side jaunt on our snowbird trip), and I found it to be full of treasures. Let’s take a look…

Pro Tip: If you use a GPS device or app to get there, use the park’s address — 100 National Park Road, Hopkins, South Carolina — to get to the right place.

1. Unusual Speed Limit Signs

One of the first things you’ll notice in Congaree National Park are the unusual and memorable speed limit signs, which made me smile. The idea is that perhaps people will notice the unique 27-mph speed limit and slow down.

2. The Boardwalk Loop

Most hiking trails start at the Harry Hampton Visitor Center and a great one to try is the 2.4-mile Boardwalk Loop. It’s rated easy and a great introduction to the beautiful trees and terrain of the park. In some spots, it’s elevated as much as 6 feet above the forest floor. Grab a self-guided walking brochure at the visitor center and walk the boardwalk, following the numbered route that corresponds to the numbers and information in the brochure.

Pro Tip: As of now, there’s no fee to visit Congaree National Park.

3. Home Of National And State Champion Trees

The trees are old, they are big, and they are awesome. Some 25 trees in the park boast being the largest of their species. How does Congaree grow these giant beauties? The website explains, “Waters from the Congaree and Wateree Rivers sweep through the floodplain, carrying nutrients and sediments that nourish and rejuvenate this ecosystem and support the growth of national and state champion trees.”

Some of the trees are more than 130 feet tall, making Congaree one of the tallest deciduous forests in the world. Its award-winning tree varieties include bald cypress, tupelo, hickory, boxelder, oak, maple, and more.

4. Dorovan Muck

Is mud a treasure? In Congaree, it is! It’s so important that it’s even got a distinct name: Dorovan muck. It looked like ordinary mud, but the brochure told us it was 8 feet deep at Stop #2. This mud, or muck, is special because it’s a mixture of clay and leaves that filters water and turns would-be pollutants in the delicate forest ecosystem into harmless elements. 

5. A Rare, Open View Of The Forest

While the forest was quite thick around the boardwalk in parts, Stop #7 on the boardwalk features a rare and open view of the forest. From this vantage point, the brochure told us we could see trees at every stage, from the tiniest seedlings and cypress knees to towering tree champions and decaying logs. This forest has a story to tell in the full cycle of forest growth on display.

6. Bald Cypress Trees

Bald cypress trees are plentiful and amazing. They can live to be more than 1,000 years old, and the wood is nicknamed “wood eternal” because it’s rot- and water-resistant. Because it decays slowly, Native American Catawba and Congaree tribes used this wood to build their canoes, some of which remained in perfect condition after even 100 years of use.

Cypress Knees

The bald cypress is also unique for extensive root systems that rise above the water to form what are called “cypress knees,” which can be as tall as 7.5 feet. Scientists believe these cypress knees give the tree extra structural support during high winds and flooding.

7. Dwarf Palmettos, Water Tupelos, And Loblolly Pines

Besides bald cypress trees, Congaree is filled with other treasures, including:

• Dwarf palmettos (Stop #14) are related to the cabbage palmetto, the state tree of South Carolina. They like sun but apparently are also quite hardy, and freezing temperatures don’t phase them.
• Water tupelo trees are known for their swollen trunks. They grow at the lowest elevations because they like an abundance of water.
• Loblolly pines are the tallest trees. (We saw one that towered more than 150 feet.) Unfortunately, that also makes them a target for lightning strikes. To the trained eye (not mine), rings in a fallen loblolly pine display the tree’s history of fire, drought, and rainfall.

8. Stop #15: An Old Still

Congaree has a checkered past, which made it even more intriguing. Passed in 1919, the 18th Amendment outlawed the sale and consumption of alcohol in the U.S. For moonshiners and bootleggers, the tall, forested landscape of Congaree made it a great hideaway to continue operations illegally. As we walked the boardwalk, the brochure at Stop #15 pointed out an iron box that was an old still, a remnant of those days!

9. River Reflections

Congaree is full of simple treasures, like the way the trees were perfectly mirrored in the Congaree River and the Wateree River that flow through this floodplain.

The Congaree River is special because the river is home to the Congaree River Blue Trail, a 50-mile recreational paddling trail. The trail starts in the capital city of Columbia and follows the Congaree River downstream to the endpoint: Congaree National Park. The Cedar Creek Canoe Trail is another (shorter) option and winds approximately 15 miles through the Congaree wilderness. We didn’t do this, but I thought it looked fascinating — if you like to canoe or kayak.

10. Park Benches To Enjoy The Quiet

A 2.4-mile walk on a boardwalk is not necessarily taxing, but it’s still good to take advantage of park benches along the way. Sit down. Breathe. Listen to the sounds of the forest. There are treasures in the quiet, too.

11. The Weston Lake Hiking Trail

The 4.5-mile Weston Lake hiking trail, just off the boardwalk, is another treasure. Remember the tall trees the park is famous for? We hiked past uprooted tree roots that were taller than Dean. Park literature says this trail is great for spotting wildlife. We didn’t see anything but birds, but maybe that has to do with our February timing.

As we followed brown blaze #3, I was fascinated by Weston Lake as an oxbow lake, a term I had never heard. “An oxbow lake starts out as a curve, or meander, in a river,” says National Geographic. “A lake forms as the river finds a different, shorter course.”

Pro Tip: Most of the park is in a floodplain so the terrain is generally flat, but many trails are in wilderness areas and can be affected by felled trees and flooding, which can happen suddenly. Be sure to check the forecast and current conditions.

12. Mosquito Meter

Back at the visitor center, I noticed someone has a sense of humor. At least, it was funny in February when daytime temperatures average in the mid-50s and the “Mosquito Meter” was “All Clear.” Perhaps I wouldn’t find it so amusing in summer, when the pesky little critters undoubtedly create the need to declare Congaree a warzone.

Pro Tip: Depending on the season, make sure you are prepared with insect repellent. 

13. Unexpected Poetry

Outside the visitor center, I saw another treasure. I don’t think my husband had the same appreciation, but the English major in me was delighted to see a whiteboard with these handwritten words, “These woods are lovely, dark, and deep.” Stopping by Woods on a Snowy Evening by Robert Frost is one of my favorite poems and so fitting at Congaree. These woods are lovely, dark, and deep.

Bonus: Francis Beidler Forest Audubon Center And Sanctuary

On the way back to Charleston, stop in Harleyville at the impressive Francis Beidler Forest Audubon Center and Sanctuary for another 16,000-plus acres of mostly bald cypress and tupelo gum hardwood forest and swamp. It’s another beautiful forest with another beautiful boardwalk trail. Eagle-eye Dean spotted the resident barred owl, perfectly camouflaged in the tree, and I was thrilled to get some photos of him.

A Hidden Gem

Congaree National Park is a hidden gem. It doesn’t get the fame of more popular national parks, but it also doesn’t get the crowds. When you go, I’m sure you’ll find many reasons to treasure the natural simplicity and beauty of this little-known park.

Pro Tip: Review the park’s basic info and know that cell phone reception is sometimes unreliable/unavailable here.

Related Reading:

• 4 Reasons I Chose To Retire On South Carolina’s Beautiful Grand Strand
• 12 Charming Small Towns To Visit In South Carolina
• My 7 Favorite Beaches To Visit In South Carolina

Many of us have a national park bucket list. The majesty of some of these outdoor spectacles is beyond words. We asked our retired park rangers which parks we should put on our must-visit list for 2023. Marilyn Irwin, Greg Jackson, and Phil Selleck recommended several unique parks, plus some fan favorites, for the upcoming year.

1. Bryce Canyon National Park 

Southern Utah

Next year is the 100th anniversary of Bryce Canyon National Park in southern Utah. The park received federal protection in 1923 and was designated a national monument by President Harding. Retired ranger Greg Jackson, who patrolled national parks for over 25 years, says the 100th anniversary is a wonderful time to visit not just the park, but the surrounding area as well.

This beautiful park is only 78 miles from Zion National Park. It’s a simple park to get around because there is only one way in, one way out, and one main road that travels north and south. The hiking is spectacular, and there are options for all skill levels. You can also enjoy the winter festival in February or, if you’re really adventurous, sign up for the Bryce Canyon Ultra Races in May.

2. Sagamore Hill National Historic Site

Oyster Bay, New York

Sagamore Hill National Historic Site is a hidden gem about 30 miles northwest of Long Island, It’s the private retreat of former president Theodore Roosevelt. A visit to this park offers you an inside look into this president’s life.

Roosevelt is credited with protecting over 230 million acres of public land as national forests, national wildlife refuges, and national parks. Phil Selleck, a former ranger who worked for the National Park Service for 30 years, says this lesser-known park is 83 acres full of history and includes Roosevelt’s home and a beachfront on Long Island Sound.

The house interior is about 95 percent original. Roosevelt added the North Room in 1906, incorporating it into his summer White House. Reminders of his distinguished life are there. In his library are his desk, the clay pencil holder he made as a child, and a mantle adorned with Frederick Remington bronzes. 

After you’ve toured the house, complete your orientation by walking the path through the woods to the beach, where he walked and rowed. Some of the large old trees are the very same ones there when Roosevelt and his family walked the grounds.

3. Isle Royale National Park

Lake Superior

This national park is absolutely on my bucket list! An island in Lake Superior, Isle Royale is the most remote national park in the lower 48 states. Access to the island is by ferry from Minnesota or Michigan. Cars are not allowed on the island.

Hiking is the way to see the park, according to former ranger Marilyn Irwin. There are many trails of various lengths for day trips. For the avid backpacker, the Greenstone Ridge Trail is a 4-day, 3-night trek that covers 40 miles. There are 36 campgrounds in the backcountry, as well as less primitive accommodations of hotels in the front country.

Irwin, who served as a park ranger for 29 years, enjoyed the quaintness of Isle Royale. She liked the old-fashioned feel and serenity.

“Because the island is remote,” Irwin says, “it is a haven for many animals, such as moose, red fox, the illusive gray wolf, and loons with their eerie call. Those enjoying scuba diving can explore shipwrecks in the waters of Lake Superior around the island.”

4. Badlands National Park

South Dakota

Growing up in neighboring Minnesota, I’d driven past this national park but never stopped to explore until 5 years ago. And it is stunning!

Badlands National Park is a rich example of Great Plains plants, animals, and landforms. The landforms, which the Lakota called mako sica, translated into English as “badlands,” were sculpted by water and wind. The layered peaks, canyon complexes, and the famous Badlands Wall change colors with the light throughout the day and after a rain. 

Selleck highly recommends watching a Badlands sunset or the miles-off approach of a turbulent Great Plains thunderstorm. You can drive the loop through the park from Cactus Flats to the town of Wall to look for mule deer, antelope, and prairie dogs. If you’ve never seen prairie dogs you’re in for a treat. These little guys pop up all over the place.

Leave the beaten path and you may have the opportunity to find bighorn sheep and bison. And don’t forget to look into the incredible fossil record the area is noted for and the lives of the Lakota people, who still call the badlands home. There is so much to see and explore in this national park.

5. Wupatki National Monument

Near Flagstaff, Arizona 

Wupatki National Monument captures the story of the ancient Puebloan people that lived there in the 1100s, when the land was less dry and farming was possible. The National Park Service has stabilized and partially restored several ruins to give an impression of what the trademark pueblos, or adobe homes, looked like.

Though the high desert can look barren, the shrubs, cacti, and seasonal wildflowers occasionally show their colors. Check with the park to pinpoint the best chance of seeing the desert blooms. 

The revealing experience for Selleck was driving through beautiful, uninhabited desert and seeing countless piles of red rocks on high points along the way. What surprised him was learning that the rock piles were once dwellings, showing that his abandoned desert was once populated and busy with Puebloan people growing their crops and living their lives all over the landscape.

6. Shenandoah National Park 

Virginia

This spectacular national park extends along the Blue Ridge Mountains in Virginia. It’s located about 75 miles outside of Washington, D.C., and draws up to 1.6 million visitors each year.

Shenandoah National Park’s diversity can capture the imagination of any visitor, according to Irwin. 

The Skyline Drive, which winds through the park for 105 miles, can give a valuable experience to visitors without leaving their cars. There are numerous overlooks and parking areas from which one can take pictures or walk short distances. The views of the Blue Ridge Mountains are always spectacular, even when observed in the frequent foggy conditions.

For those wanting a wilderness experience, most hiking trails, from easy walks to extensive backpacking trips, are accessed from this drive. The Appalachian Trail goes through the park and beckons one into the dark, dense forest.

Irwin has visited Shenandoah three different times. She started down the Appalachian Trail at one point and quickly realized that she could get very lost if she wandered off the path. It was very dense and very dark, even in daylight.

This park does have its share of black bears. Even though Irwin was a ranger in Rocky Mountain National Park, she was a little wary that there was a bear around every turn.

Shenandoah is often suggested as an autumn vacation destination, but summer, with its sunny days and mild temperatures, should not be overlooked.

7. Congaree National Park

Near Columbia, South Carolina

Congaree National Park was once called Congaree Swamp, is named for the Congaree people. This park covers more than 26,000 acres. It has 25 miles of hiking trails and 2.4 miles of boardwalk. You can enjoy this park near Columbia, South Carolina, by foot or by water.

Selleck says what makes the park special is the diversity. You can take in the forest from the low wet areas along the Congaree River to the drier uplands. The land in the park periodically floods, and the receding waters leave rich plant nutrients behind; combined with the climate, it is an ideal plant nursery. 

Much of the park has never been logged, so the old-growth forest shows you firsthand what happens with ideal growing conditions. Fifteen species of the tallest trees in the United States are found there. 

For example, the loblolly pine champion stands at 167 feet, and the sweetgum at 157 feet. It is just incredible to walk through a grove of huge (over 100 feet tall) bald cypress, knowing they have been there for an eternity and will continue to stand tall and undisturbed for future generations. You just have to see the sheer size and height of these trees to appreciate them.

8. Yellowstone National Park

Wyoming, Montana, And Idaho

Yellowstone was established in 1872 and was the beginning of one of the best ideas the United States has ever had: setting aside lands for national parks. Yellowstone’s 2.2 million acres are so diverse that it takes many days to really investigate all that Yellowstone offers. In every season, this area is active with dramatic geysers, colorful hot pools, and boiling mud pots. Old Faithful Geyser is well known and faithfully erupts about every 90 minutes. 

Irwin admits she’s always impressed by the geysers in the nation’s first national park.

Seeing wildlife is an exciting part of the Yellowstone experience. There are over 67 species of mammal in the park, many of which one can spot. Bison can be seen in great numbers and sometimes even cause traffic to come to a halt. Grizzly bears and gray wolves are less often seen but add much to the experience when observed at a safe distance.

The Grand Canyon of the Yellowstone, with its yellow-toned rock walls, shows how it got its name. The Upper and Lower Falls give a dramatic backdrop for stunning photography.

If you’re someone whose hometown is at the mercy of a plummeting thermometer in winter, it might be time to start thinking about where you can steal away for a seasonal thaw or enjoy a getaway during the post-New Year’s winter slump.

The Southern Hemisphere, Southeast Asia, and even many regions of the U.S. have fabulous weather in the winter months, so come that February chill, there is no shortage of warm destinations to escape to. Get ready for beautiful beaches, wine al fresco, hiking, and cultural celebrations. We hope this list of the best warm places to visit in February, which includes February highs and lows, helps when planning your winter vacation.

1. Fort Lauderdale, Florida

High: 78 Degrees

Low: 62 Degrees

Catering to a mature and sophisticated crowd, Fort Lauderdale is one of the premier destinations in Florida for high-end shopping, elegant cocktails, live music, and, of course, the beach. Water is the way of life in the “Venice of America,” dubbed so as it is built on a system of canal-like waterways. This brings in a luxurious yacht vibe, shiny hotels, and A-list restaurants.

Most of the activity hums around Las Olas Boulevard, which is flanked by high-end shopping and dining. Be sure to brunch at Big City Tavern, a local rite of passage. We hear the banana Nutella French toast is to die for.

Pro Tip: Traveling with kids? Disney World and the rest of Orlando’s theme parks can be reached in just a few hours by car.

2. The Maldives

High: 87 Degrees

Low: 80 Degrees

Peppered with lagoons, luxury resorts, overwater bungalows, and sunsets that set the sky on fire, the Maldives are paradise. The best attractions in the Maldives truly are the A-list hotels, which are among the best in the world. One even has its own splurge-worthy underwater restaurant. But visitors will want to begin in the capital, Malé, which is the best place to see local life. Take in the vibrantly colored houses, the aromatic markets, and the culture at the National Museum.

Diving is an obvious attraction in a nation that is made up mostly of ocean space. Feeling adventurous? Try Hammerhead Point in the Rasdhoo Atoll for some of the best hammerhead diving. Rasdhoo Divers is a local dive shop that arranges tours to see the sharks.

3. Kauai, Hawaii

High: 72 Degrees

Low: 54 Degrees

For outdoor adventure in a deliciously warm climate, there are few better destinations than the island of Kauai. Definitely not for resort lubbers, Kauai will dazzle anyone who lives for adventure, from helicoptering through emerald valleys and zip-lining through treetops to hiking to gushing waterfalls and zigzagging around imposing cliffs.

Begin your Kauai adventure by setting the scene with a Blue Hawaiian helicopter tour of the Waimea Canyon. Adventurists can also hike the 11-mile Kalalau Trail for an up-close and personal look at the rugged cliffs.

Pro Tip: Permits are required to hike the full trail. For a lower-impact experience, consider taking a dip at Poipu Beach Park or Kalapaki Beach.

Kauai’s natural environment has remained relatively undisturbed. No town surpasses 10,000 people and no building is taller than a coconut tree, which is mandated by law.

4. Cape Town, South Africa

High: 84 Degrees

Low: 63 Degrees

When it comes to picking a winter vacation spot, none may be as perfect as Cape Town, South Africa. The weather is particularly appealing, with hot, sunny days and cooler evenings. The end of the holiday season in Cape Town also means kids are back in school and residents are back at work. It will be decidedly less crowded, and flights will likely be cheaper.

The twinkling city, a congruence of culture and cuisine, creeps up the side of the epic and iconic Table Mountain National Park. Cape Town is also a haven for surfers, hikers, mountain bikers, and more. It’s also a beautiful hodgepodge of cultures that blends the area’s traditional African heritage with its Christian, Muslim, Jewish, and Hindu influences.

Just outside the city are two of South Africa’s most prominent wine countries: Stellenbosch and Franschhoek, so if you are something of an oenophile, these will be must-visits on a trip to Cape Town.

5. Hong Kong

High: 66 Degrees

Low: 57 Degrees

Hong Kong is a city that hums with magnetic energy. It’s a true melange of culture and can be an incredibly approachable city for travelers who are first-timers in Asia. February is a wonderful time of year to visit this former British colony, with its dry and mild temperatures.

Hong Kong is a cross-section of traditional and modern, where towering skyscrapers rub elbows with ancient temples. Foodies flock to Hong Kong to sample everything from late-night street food to elegant, Michelin-starred meals. It is also a shopping mecca where you can get everything from night market trinkets to custom-tailored suits and dresses.

Hong Kong is also a wonderful destination for active travelers. Away from the apartment buildings and imposing steel structures is a vast network of mountainous national parks and forests veined with hiking trails that open up to impressive views over the city. In fact, 40 percent of Hong Kong is green space. Two of the best places for Hong Kong visitors are Dragon’s Back and Lion Rock Country Park.

Pro Tip: Review the U.S. State Department’s Travel Advisory for Hong Kong when considering travel to the People’s Republic of China (PRC), including the Hong Kong Special Administrative Region (SAR).

6. Tenerife, Spain

High: 69 Degrees

Low: 58 Degrees

The Canary Islands archipelago is made up of seven volcanic islands, the largest and best-known of which is Tenerife. Tenerife is the jewel in the Canary Islands’ crown, known for its white sandy beaches, beautiful resorts, and a laid-back lifestyle, even by Spanish standards. The cuisine and local wine are outstanding, with fresh seafood, tropical fruits, and the garlicky, peppery mojo sauce that accompanies pretty much everything.

Tenerife is dominated by Mount Teide, a volcano that peaks at more than 12,000 feet (the highest peak on Spanish soil) and is popular for hiking, astronomy tours, and spectacular views between the cable car and the summit. Teide National Park is a UNESCO World Heritage Site and one of the most naturally beautiful landmarks in the Canary Islands.

7. Greater Palm Springs, California

High: 75 Degrees

Low: 48 Degrees

Vacationing in Palm Springs means enjoying the playground for the glitterati of the 1950s and ’60s. Palm Springs has a retro vibe that coexists nicely with the area’s 21st-century luxuries.

February is a wonderful time to visit Palm Springs because the weather is, in a word, perfect. Think cooler temperatures in the morning and warm and sunny conditions during the day. You won’t have to worry about the blazing summer sun. It’s a prime golf location and a haven for campers, specifically in Joshua Tree National Park. There is also camping at Lake Cahuilla, and other activities like fishing, hiking, and horseback riding. Speaking of hiking, La Quinta Cove has a range of hikes that vary in difficulty, all with stunning views across the landscape.

8. New Orleans, Louisiana

High: 66 Degrees

Low: 47 Degrees

You don’t have to be in the Mardi Gras mood to have fun in New Orleans in February. (Though if it does interest you, it is February 21 in 2023.)

New Orleans is a foodie favorite year-round, with old-school classics (think oyster po’boys) plus elegant and refined fare at haute restaurants like Herbsaint. It’s a city of music and celebration, from the Mardi Gras festivities to Jazz Fest. It truly is one of the great American cities — with a blend of Caribbean, African, and European influences that’s just about as American as it gets.

Stroll through the historic architecture, take a streetcar through the French Quarter, marvel at the stately homes in the Garden District, and listen to the trumpets wailing into the wee hours along Frenchman Street.

9. Los Cabos, Mexico

High: 81 Degrees

Low: 61 Degrees

With so many warm weather places to whisk away to in Mexico, it can be almost impossible to choose! Look to Los Cabos this winter. Not only is it an absolutely stunning place where red rock desert meets deep blue sea, but new hotels are opening there left and right.

A couple of hotels that are worth your consideration are the Hard Rock Los Cabos and Nobu Hotel Los Cabos (a joint venture between famous Japanese chef Nobu Matsuhisa and actor Robert De Niro). Los Cabos is also developing the eastern side of the Baja Peninsula, known as East Cape, and a Four Seasons was opened there.

Los Cabos is an outdoor paradise. While many of the beaches are not suitable for swimming (because of the strong surf), there is jet-skiing, snorkeling, kitesurfing, diving, hiking, and more. Consider a visit to Cabo Pulmo National Park, a heaven for divers and one of the last few remaining boho beach escapes in this part of Baja California.

10. Savannah, Georgia

High: 64 Degrees

Low: 42 Degrees

Sophisticated Southern charm meets a whole lot of American history in this Southern belle of a city. Georgia was the 13th and final British colony, after all. Picture iconic antebellum mansions, oak trees draped in moss, green space, cuisine, and craft breweries. Shall we go on? Savannah is a stunning city known for its delectable soul food, vibrant arts scene (it’s home to the Savannah College of Art and Design), and eerie past. Many of its historic buildings are said to be haunted.

If you love to shop, Savannah is the place for you, especially if your tastes swing boutique. Many of the boutiques in Savannah are devoted to local products. Visit Satchel, which is SCAD graduate–owned and known for its handmade leather goods.

Get a taste of Savannah in a glass by sampling some of its locally brewed beer. Southbound Brewing Company, Coastal Empire Beer Co., and Moon River Brewing Company are just a few to mention.

11. San Diego, California

High: 66 Degrees

Low: 51 Degrees

Sunny southern California beckons snowbirds with average temps in the 60s. It may be too chilly to take a dip in the Pacific, but San Diego still offers plenty of outdoor activities in February, including fascinating walks and hikes. Stroll around Balboa Park’s 1,200 acres of rolling hills, trails, hidden gardens, museums, international cottages, and — with the blessing of a mild, Mediterranean-like climate — outdoor festivals and performances year round. It is also to some of the most gorgeous gardens in the city, as well as the San Diego Zoo.

Watch the sun go down at Sunset Cliffs National Park, explore Pacific Beach, and have a cocktail at the Hotel del Coronado. Fantastic restaurants and craft breweries delight the palate. Cruise up the coast about 20 minutes to La Jolla to see the view from Torrey Pines State Natural Reserve.

12. Phoenix, Arizona

High: 72 Degrees

Low: 48 Degrees

Known for year-round sunshine and warm temps, Phoenix is the perfect place to while away winter days. The Valley of the Sun offers stunning Sonoran Desert scenery alongside world-class spas and golf courses. February offers wonderful weather for outdoor activities, a highlight being hiking Camelback Mountain.

There are also plenty of things to see and do that do not involve hiking. Highlights include meandering around the Desert Botanical Garden, dining al fresco, exploring nearby national parks, and visiting unique museums.

13. U.S. Virgin Islands

High: 83 Degrees

Low: 74 Degrees

Looking for a tropical island escape that doesn’t require a passport? This group of Caribbean islands is just the ticket! Known for white-sand beaches, crystal-clear waters, coral barrier reefs, and lush green hills, the U.S. Virgin islands encompass St. Croix, St. John, and St. Thomas, among several lesser islands.

Head to St. Thomas for hustle and bustle, nightlife, and shopping; St. Croix for laidback authentic Caribbean culture; and St. John for unspoiled natural beauty. Stay at a luxury resort on St. Thomas and soak up the winter sun at Magens Bay Beach. Each island offers activities ranging from boat tours, kayaking, snorkeling, and other watersports to shopping and dining. Take in the beautiful views by cable car — or zipline for the more adventurous!

Related Reading:

1. 9 European Towns That Are Better In The Winter Than The Summer
2. The Perfect 5-Day Oahu, Hawaii Itinerary For Couples
3. 8 Things We Learned Finding Our Perfect Snowbird Destination

If you haven’t heard of Venezuela’s Angel Falls, just picture a real-life Indiana Jones adventure deep in the jungles of South America, and you’ll be off to a good start. Buried deep in the heart of the southeastern jungles of Venezuela is a natural marvel so phenomenal that it has to be seen to be believed. Angel Falls, the highest waterfall in the world, explodes from the top of a pink-hued mesa thousands of feet above an emerald-colored jungle and plummets dramatically into a churning pool of water below. The waterfall, located within Canaima National Park, is impressive in its own right, but what makes it even more special is that it takes passion and determination to get there.

Named not for the celestial being, but for Jimmy Angel, an American bush pilot who crashed his airplane atop the sandstone-capped mesa in the 1930s, Angel Falls has always been a mysterious and mesmerizing place. The mesa, Auyantepui, is buried in lush wilderness with no road access. The only way to see the falls today is from the air, by boat trip up the river through Devil’s Canyon, or by a short hike to the viewpoint of the falls.

It is the trip of a lifetime. However, as with most things that are once-in-a-lifetime, it requires a bit of extra legwork to make happen. Still, for those with the drive to see this natural marvel, the experience is absolutely worth the work.

TRAVEL ADVISORY: The U.S. State Department has Venezuela listed as Level 4: Do Not Travel. We strongly advise that you read their report before considering a trip to Venezuela at this time.

Where Is Angel Falls?

Angel Falls (Salto Ángel in Spanish) is located within Canaima National Park in the Gran Sabana region of Bolívar state. Spanning more than 11,500 square miles in the wilderness of southern Venezuela, the park is a UNESCO World Heritage site and one of the most impressive places in the world. The majority of Canaima is covered with table mountain formations with breathtaking cliffs and beautiful, arching waterfalls, including Angel Falls, which, at 3,000 feet, is the world’s highest waterfall.

Canaima National Park sits on the southeastern border of Venezuela near Guyana (another destination that is definitely worth a Google search!) and Brazil. It is difficult to reach, but its remoteness is part of what makes it so attractive.

Fun Fact: Before it was known as Angel Falls, indigenous Pemon people called it Kerepakupai Merú or Parekupa Vena. In the Pemon language, Kerepakupai Merú means “waterfall of the deepest place,” while Parakupá Vená means “the fall from the highest point.”

How Do You Get To Angel Falls?

First, it’s important to note that it is not possible to reach Angel Falls by car, since there are no roads in the area. The most popular way to visit the Falls is by flying to the town of Canaima, Venezuela. There are no direct flights to Canaima from Caracas, Venezuela — you must first fly to Ciudad Bolívar, Venezuela, or Puerto Ordaz, Venezuela.

Angel Falls Package Tours

Purchasing a package tour that includes the trek to the falls, as well as accommodations, flights, and meals, is the easiest and most cost-effective way to see the natural marvel. Most visitors who visit Canaima do so through these package tours. The tours that include airfare are the most convenient for travelers, since flights tend to sell out far in advance.

Angel-Eco Tours

Booking your tour in advance is key and there are many tour companies to choose from. One that consistently receives good reviews is Angel-Eco Tours, which offers a three-day, two-night Canaima National Park experience. The tour includes assistance getting to and from Canaima from Caracas. On the first two days, visitors tour other sights in the area, and on the third day, they depart for the falls in a motorized canoe from Ucaima Port. The tour features moderate hikes to nearby lookout points. If you’re looking for something more adventurous and challenging, Angel-Eco Tours also offers a nine-day trek that includes Angel Falls and a visit to Roraima, Brazil.

Osprey Expeditions

Osprey Expeditions is another highly rated tour operator that offers treks to Angel Falls and other popular vantage points along the way. The company also assists with airport transfers to and from Canaima.

Hotel Package

Another way to visit the falls is to go through a lodge. Wakü Lodge is one of the better boutique lodges in the region and offers customized packages for visiting Angel Falls. Many of these packages include airfare to and from Puerto Ordaz.

Flyover Tour

You can also book a flyover tour of the falls if the boat ride is too much of a time commitment.

When Is The Best Time To Visit?

Again, we advise you to read the U.S. State Department’s advisory on traveling to Venezuela at this time.

The busiest months of the year to visit Angel Falls are July, August, November, December, and January. This is when prices go up considerably, and you’ll be competing for the picturesque views with other visitors. Visitors who want to make a flyover tour can schedule them year-round, but if you’d like to visit on foot, you must arrive during the rainy season, from June through November. This is because the park has to ensure that the Carrao River level is high enough for the water to make it all the way to the falls. During the dry season between January and May, there aren’t any organized trips to the area, but the park is still accessible.

What Will You See At Angel Falls?

The height of the falls is reason enough to add them to your bucket list. Picture a plummet that is 16 times higher than Niagara Falls! Already you’re starting with something incredible. Beyond that, the Venezuelan waterfall sits in the heart of the wilderness, with no road access, making the adventure to get to it the trip of a lifetime. Buried in the misty, jade-hued jungle, Angel Falls explodes onto the scene, plunging from the mountain above. Most of the visitors to the falls get their first glimpse of them on the short trek from the river that brings all the boat tours in. You’ll emerge from the bush to see bright blue skies; majestic, rose-colored cliffs; and the impressive cascade gushing down the sheer rock face into the verdant valley below.

Where Should You Stay?

Wakü Lodge

Wakü Lodge is one of the most popular places to stay near Canaima National Park; it’s located near the lagoon offering views of the area’s seven waterfalls. There are 19 rooms, one suite, and each room has its own balcony. Wakü Lodge’s tour packages include flights to and from Canaima, lodging, sightseeing, expeditions, and all meals. Visitors can choose a full-day expedition to Angel Falls or an overnight option.

Campamento Canaima

Campamento Canaima is another option for visitors to the park with 120 rooms in stand-alone cottages overlooking the lagoon. The cottages come in doubles, triples, and quads, all with daily room service, hot water, private bathrooms, and spectacular views. A bar and lounge round out the facilities. The hotel offers day trips to the falls as well as flyover tours.

Jungle Rudy’s Ucaima Camp

Jungle Rudy’s Ucaima Camp is yet another lodge with packages for visiting the falls. There are five cabins with balconies, hammocks, private bathrooms, and more. A dining room and salon with a view round out the amenities. Ucaima also has two cabins near the falls for visitors who are making the overnight trip to see them. Both cabins offer outdoor grills and spectacular views of the falls. The lodge’s packages include various amenities, tour services, and extras like a welcome cocktail, insurance, and more.

What Else Is There To Do Near Angel Falls?

There are so many natural wonders and impressive sites on the way to Angel Falls that a trip to the falls is really the cherry on top. This part of Venezuela is home to undulating savannas, palm forests, rivers, towering cliffs, and table-top mountains called tepuis.

Canaima itself is a remote village — its biggest claim to fame is that it is the jumping-off point for exploring Angel Falls. However, the rest of Canaima National Park is beautiful and well worth exploring. At the center, the Laguna de Canaima (Canaima Lagoon), a reddish-colored reflective lagoon, features palm trees and pink sandy banks. The red and pink hues are due to tannins from decomposing plants over the decades. Seven stunning waterfalls tumble from the lagoon and most tours to Angel Falls include a short boat trip and hike that allow tour goers to explore these other falls as well.

The park is also home to Uruyén Canyon and the sacred Kavak Caves, which are thought to have been the site of mystic shaman ceremonies. Angel-Eco Tours offers hikes from Uruyén to Kavak or vice versa. The trip to the waterfalls of Kavak includes hiking, wading, and swimming in the canyons before reaching the powerful waterfalls that tumble in the distance. The hike from Uruyén to Kavak is about 5 miles and takes roughly 3 hours to complete at a leisurely pace. Accessing the caves requires an additional 1.5-mile walk on slightly steeper terrain.

The spiny ridgeline, the enormous views, the chains bolted to rugged cliffs — Angels Landing is a YouTube and Instagram sensation for a reason.

The trail, located near Springdale in southern Utah’s Zion National Park, really does have it all. Its aura of danger satisfies thrillseekers, while its stunning beauty delights photographers and sightseers alike. All of its attributes have combined to make Angels Landing a world-renowned bucket-list adventure.

On paper, Angels Landing’s 5.4 miles (round trip) and 1,500 feet of elevation gain might sound comparable to many moderately difficult day hikes out there. At least that’s what I thought before I got to the trail. But I soon realized that the trail has some unique qualities that have nothing to do with mileage and grade — namely its sheer drops, abrupt rises, and notorious chain section in the last half-mile. Its challenges combine for a strenuous hike, and most people take 3 to 5 hours to complete it.

Utah’s state tourism website calls Angels Landing “a spectacular day trip for well-conditioned hikers who have no fear of heights.” Even with those qualities, though, there are a few things that can help make the hike safer and more enjoyable when visiting Zion.

Here are 13 things to know before you go.

1. A Permit Is Needed

In an effort to reduce crowding on the popular trail and to address safety concerns, the National Park Service began requiring a permit for visiting Angels Landing in April of 2022.

The Zion NPS website notes that visitors can get Angels Landing permits in a seasonal lottery or in a different lottery the day before their planned hike. The lottery is a pilot program, and the park will adjust it as needed.“Angels Landing is one of the most iconic destinations in Zion National Park, and issuing permits will make going there fair for everyone,” park Superintendent Jeff Bradybaugh said in a December 2021 news release. Information about the permit process and the fees is available on Zion National Park’s permits and hiking page.

2. It Might Be The Scariest Hike You Ever Try

I’ve done some moderately scary day hikes over the years, including up and down both the North and South Rims of the Grand Canyon, the slippery Mist Trail at Yosemite, and Arizona’s highest peak, Mount Humphreys. Angels Landing may not be the most strenuous hike I’ve ever done, but there’s no doubt it is the scariest.

For me, what set Angels Landing apart was what I call the “double drop” — areas where a chasm opens up on both sides of the trail, and you have a brief feeling of being on a tightrope. Usually, you’ll have a chain to help you out in those areas, but sometimes you’re on your own for a short distance.

Add in the crowds, the steep sandstone steps, and the volatile weather conditions, and Angels Landing makes for a precarious outing.

Still, you can do a few things to lessen the danger. For one thing, I recommend watching weather reports and avoiding times of snow, ice, and thunderstorms. This trail is risky enough on a clear, warm day; a snowy or rainy hike seems unnecessarily reckless to me.

Another factor to consider is the popularity of the trail. Zion National Park attracts about 5 million visitors a year, and many of those visitors have Angels Landing on their must-do list. That translates to throngs of hikers. I recommend timing your hike to avoid the crowds as much as possible.

3. An Early Start Is Crucial

With that in mind, perhaps the most important tip is to get an early start… That means getting to the shuttle bus as soon as possible in the morning to access the Angels Landing Trailhead.

The shuttle schedule changes depending on the season, so be sure to check on shuttle times on the park’s Zion Canyon Shuttle System page. The website includes details on seasonal changes in shuttle times at the Zion Visitor Center parking lot, as well as the Springdale Line Shuttle schedule.

As with other busy national park attractions, it’s best to try to time your Angels Landing hike for the middle of the week rather than the weekend.

4. Spring And Fall Are Optimal

Weather-wise, the best times of the year to visit are spring and fall, which typically feature warm, sunny days and cool nights. Along with cooler temperatures, the shoulder times of March, April, October, and November have lower visitation numbers.

Park visitation numbers show that June is the busiest month, with more than 675,00 visitors in 2021. It is also one of the hottest months, with average high temperatures reaching the high 80-degree Fahrenheit range. June and August attract nearly as many visitors, and they also register average highs in the 80s and low 90s.

Pro Tip: Regardless of the season, it’s important to be prepared for the sun by wearing a hat and sunscreen.

5. The First Section Is Grueling

Although Angels Landing’s last half-mile ascent gets much of the attention, remember that you have to climb about 1,000 feet in elevation over 2 miles to get to that point.

Don’t underestimate the difficulty of the first part of Angels Landing. The first 1.5 miles involve a continuous climb over largely shadeless terrain before you reach Refrigerator Canyon, a short shady section. On a hot day, the first part of the trail can be a bit of a slog that can sap your energy. The upside is that the views along this section are stellar, often with the entire valley spread out below.

Next up is Walter’s Wiggles, a section of 21 tight switchbacks that climb steeply toward Scout Lookout. I actually preferred Walter’s Wiggles to the previous climb, because it offered shade, and I was able to gauge my progress along the switchbacks. And as you approach the top, you’re treated to cool views of the twisting route below.

6. There’s No Shame In Turning Back

After climbing Walter’s Wiggles, you will soon emerge to views of the final segment — the massive rocky reef bisected by a thin trail. Scout Lookout ends the first portion and begins the second section up the spine to Angels Landing. A stop here is advisable, both to catch your breath and to soak up the sweeping views.

It is also the time to evaluate whether you want to continue on to the summit. Plenty of people decide that reaching Scout Lookout is enough of an achievement. Especially if you have a fear of heights, this might be the time to either turn back or find some shade and wait for your hiking companions to complete the summit. Also, if you’re feeling drained or fatigued from the first section, it’s best not to continue on. Know your limitations and proceed accordingly.

Pro Tip: Scout Lookout is also an opportunity to take a restroom break. The Zion website notes that there are restrooms at Scout Lookout and The Grotto Trailhead. In addition, there is a water filling station at The Grotto.

7. The Second Section Is Exhilarating But Frightening

If you do decide to head upward, Scout Lookout is where the hiking gets serious. After crossing a natural bridge-like walkway, you will begin the treacherous climb up. Here, you’ll navigate steep steps, sheer drop-offs, and rocky crevices.

Because the narrow route allows for only one-way traffic, the upward-moving crowd must often wait for people heading back down, and vice versa. It sometimes seemed to me that there was nowhere safe to pause alongside the trail, and the oncoming hikers appeared endless.

My recommendation for this section: Go with the flow. And when traffic starts moving upward or downward again, be ready to join in.

8. The Chains Are Your Friends

This section is where the trail’s infamous chains will be crucial. Do not hesitate to keep your hand firmly on those chains as you move forward. And be forewarned that along with the scary drop-offs, you will also encounter plenty of very steep sections where the chains will help you propel yourself upward.

This is the most thrilling part of the hike, so enjoy it. Still, it’s not the time to be gawking side to side while you’re climbing. I recommend that you take in the views while you’re stopped, but keep your eyes straight ahead while you’re moving.

Pro Tip: For photos, a GoPro or other action camera can come in handy here. I saw one woman hike the entire trail with a GoPro strapped to her shoulder.

9. Carry Hiking Gloves And Plenty Of Water

As I navigated the chains, I was happy that I had heeded the advice of a friend about the need for hiking gloves. The chains can be rough on your hands, and gloves will give you a bit more traction as you pull yourself upward. They will also give you more control on the treacherous downward hike.

For warm-weather hiking, I recommend fingerless gloves with a good grip in the palm.

Carrying plenty of water is also crucial on the Angels Landing hike, especially during hot weather. The Zion NPS website recommends carrying and drinking one gallon per person per day.

10. Opt For A Streamlined Pack

Just as important as hiking gloves is the right kind of daypack. I mistakenly used a waist pack with a large water bottle on each side. Through the narrow rock corridors of the final ascent, my pack repeatedly got stuck, and the bottles were not stable enough.

I recommend a streamlined CamelBak or narrow backpack for this hike.

11. Fitness Is Key

As is often the case with difficult hikes, age did not appear to be the main determining factor for people hiking Angels Landing. Much more important was the level of fitness. I encountered hikers of all ages struggling on the trail, while plenty of fit hikers, old and young, appeared to be holding their own. (Note that Angels Landing is not recommended for young children.)

Before attempting Angels Landing, I recommend training on trails that have intervals of super-steep climbs. Also, some experience with rock-hopping would be helpful.

For 50+ hikers, it’s also important to get in some hot-weather conditioning. For me, it seems that hiking in the heat has become more and more difficult over the years. But working up to a big hike can help. Also, this is probably not the hike for people with knee issues.

12. Remember To Soak Up The Views At The Top

After that arduous climb up, you deserve a treat, and you’re in for one at the top of Angels Landing. The Zion Canyon is spread out below you, and the park’s Virgin River is a shiny ribbon in the distance. Take some time to wander from side to side on the rocky mesa, and be sure to sit down for a refreshing drink and a snack.

Pro Tips

• At Zion, as with any National Park adventure, it’s important to leave no trace of your visit and always pack out any garbage you have along the way.
• You are likely to encounter a bevy of chipmunks while resting along the Angels Landing hike. You might be tempted to feed them, but the National Park Service cautions against it. “In spite of their ‘cuteness’ and tiny size, they can bite, and human food is harmful to them,” says the Zion website.

13. The Downward Hike Can Be Challenging, Too

As you lounge at the top of Angels Landing, it is natural to indulge in a feeling of accomplishment. You did it! But it’s also important to remember that you still have the perilous hike down to contend with, so don’t let down your guard too much. In fact, it was during the downward hike that I experienced the most “What was I thinking?” moments.

My advice is to take the hike down as slowly as possible. And once you’re back at Scout Lookout, take a moment to look back up at the ant-like hikers moving slowly up and down. This is the time for a long breath of relief and a high five.

Pro Tips

• The mid-sized city of St. George, Utah is less than an hour’s drive from Zion National Park and makes a convenient base for exploring the region. 
• For the nearest lodging to Angels Landing, visitors can stay at the historic Zion Lodge, located in the heart of the park and offering stunning views of the famous sandstone cliffs. Several campgrounds are also available.

Visitors during peak times should remember that Zion’s scenic drive is accessible only on shuttle buses from March through late November. “Private vehicles are allowed to access the scenic drive only when the shuttle system is not in operation,” says the park’s website.

I thought Montana was big until I moved to Texas. When I began planning a trip to Big Bend National Park, I discovered the park was almost a 10-hour drive from my house near Houston.

Since Big Bend ranks in the top 10 for the biggest national parks in the lower 48, I expected getting around to its attractions would take time; thus, staying in or as close to the park as possible became a top priority. My friend, a fellow outdoor enthusiast, photographer, and adventurer, and I wanted to spend our time enjoying outdoor activities in the park rather than driving to and from it. Visiting Santa Elena Canyon, hiking along the Rio Grande, and photographing the Chihuahuan Desert’s blooming cacti were on the list.

A quick search showed the park had only one lodge — Chisos Mountains Lodge — a coveted place to stay with only 72 rooms, a restaurant, and a central location. Reservations for rooms opened in June for the following year. Needless to say, since I was planning the trip just a month prior, I missed that deadline and the chance to stay there. The reservation clerk politely told me I could call the day before my arrival in case someone canceled. He stopped short of saying I had a snowball’s chance in hell to get a room, but it was implied — and he was right. March and April are exceedingly popular months to visit, he said. It’s not too hot, and the bluebonnets are blooming.

RVing, camping, and backpacking are good options if you have the gear and inclination, but I lacked the gear and campsite reservations that you need to make well in advance. (As an aside for backpackers and campers, you can either stay in designated campgrounds or get a backcountry pass. For more information, visit Big Bend’s website.)

Then, I hit the jackpot in the town of Terlingua, nicknamed Terlingua Ghost Town. I had read about an annual chili cookoff in a ghost town, never realizing Terlingua was just 7 miles from the park’s boundary. My “Oh, no, I can’t find a place to stay in Big Bend next month” became “I get to see Terlingua and Big Bend!”

By necessity, I stayed in Terlingua; by choice, I’ll return on my next trip to Big Bend National Park and Big Bend Ranch State Park. Here are the reasons Terlingua was the perfect place to stay when visiting Big Bend National Park:

1. It Lives Up to Its Motto: Viva Terlingua!

In reading about this tiny town, I’d seen it referred to as Terlingua Ghost Town. Turns out, it’s both a living (and lively) town and a ghost town.

Terlingua began as a mining town in the 1800s. Its population swelled to 2,000 people in 1900 with the discovery of cinnabar, a form of mercury noted for its red color, that the Chisos Mining Company would mine. The last of the mines ceased their operations after World War II ended. When the last of Terlingua’s residents moved away, the town became a ghost town.

In the 1960s, a few people settled in Terlingua — whether they were looking for plenty of open space, a beautiful view of the mountains, easy access to Big Bend, or freedom from traffic, I can’t say. Terlingua certainly has all of those. Those early re-settlers resurrected the ghost town, started the annual chili cook-off in 1967, and put the town back on the map as Terlingua Ghost Town.

Terlingua, population of 110, is authentic, artsy without attitude, and full of character. Mom-and-pop establishments are the norm, with no Starbucks on the horizon. It certainly lives up to its motto of “Viva Terlingua!”

2. Unique Terlingua Accommodations

If you’d like to stay in an adobe guest house, you’ll find it here. If you favor glamping, you’ll find that, too. And if you want to stay in someone else’s camper, you can do that as well.

Basecamp Terlingua

Terlingua is all about unique lodging. You won’t find multi-story hotels and chain motels. Take, for example, the climate-controlled Bubbles, Tipis, and Lotus Tents at Basecamp Terlingua. All of them fill fast, especially from March to May and November during the chili cook-off. The Bubbles with unrestricted views of the night sky are immensely popular.

Basecamp Terlingua also offers casitas, a retro trailer, and campsites.

La Posada Milagro Guesthouse

La Posada Milagro Guesthouse was built upon an old foundation remaining from the town’s mining days. It has six guest rooms and great outdoor spaces from which to admire the mountains and night sky. It is pet friendly and within walking distance to the town’s restaurants.

Bonus: Rent A Camper

I opted to stay in a caravan offered through Airbnb. Staying in a rented camper — whether through Airbnb or RVShare — is all fun without the responsibility of ownership. The camper had two separate sleeping areas — a perfect arrangement for my situation. It had a full bathroom, a kitchen, an outdoor sitting area, a picnic table, a fire pit, and a grill. It did not have Wi-Fi, but I had uninterrupted cell service. 

3. Terlingua Restaurants

Even if you’re not in town for the chili cookoff held annually in November, Terlingua has several restaurants to choose from. 

Starlight Theatre Restaurant And Saloon

The Starlight Theatre Restaurant and Saloon serves steaks and burgers, antelope strips, and chicken. They have live entertainment Monday and Thursday through Saturday. A number of big names have performed here.

Pro Tip: Add your name to the waitlist, then browse in the Terlingua Trading Company next door. They accept reservations for parties of 10 or more. The restaurant is wheelchair accessible.

High Sierra Bar And Grill

High Sierra Bar and Grill serves Tex-Mex food both indoors and on their patio. They have live entertainment on weekends. Check out their Facebook page for upcoming performers.

Taqueria El Milagro

Taqueria el Milagro serves tacos, Tex-Mex, burgers, and hot dogs from 5 p.m. to 10 p.m. Wednesday through Saturday. Dining is outdoors at picnic tables with a view of the mountains. If you want more than soft drinks or tea with your tacos, it’s BYOB.

Espresso Y Poco Mas

For breakfast, visit Espresso y Poco Mas, a quaint cafe in a rustic setting. Dining is outdoors in a garden setting on their shaded patio. They’re open from 7:30 a.m. to 2 p.m. every day.

Bonus: DB’s Rustic Iron BBQ

Between Terlingua Ghost Town and Study Butte, a neighboring town on the way to Big Bend, check out DB’s Rustic Iron BBQ. Their brisket comes highly recommended.

4. Terlingua Trading Company

Earlier, I mentioned Terlingua Trading Company, located next to the Starlight Theatre. Terlingua Trading Company is an entire mall in one rustic room, with different rooms serving as galleries for jewelry, Christmas decorations, gifts for cooks, and clothing. It has an impressive book and map room where you could easily pass the time while you’re waiting for a table at the Starlight Theatre.

They don’t seem to mind if you buy a cold brew here and quench your thirst while you browse through their book collection.

5. Earth And Fire Gallery

Near Espresso y Poco Mas, the Earth and Fire Gallery is an art gallery that showcases work by local photographers, jewelers, and painters. The store also imports handicrafts from Mexico.

Closer to Study Butte, Quilts by Marguerite sells handmade quilts in a variety of sizes and motifs. Local art, mainly framed fine art photography, is for sale here, too. The store doesn’t have a website, but hours listed are Monday through Friday 10 a.m. to 5 p.m., Saturday 10 a.m. to 4 p.m., and Sunday 1 p.m. to 4 p.m.

Pro Tip: For the mundane things in life, like groceries and gas, head to Study Butte. A gas station and limited market with some souvenirs is at the junction of Highways 170 and 118. Highway 118 continues on to Big Bend’s Maverick Junction.

Also on Highway 118, the Cottonwood General Store has groceries, firewood, camping gear, and a Kuerig ready to brew a cup of coffee.

6. Historical Sites

Scattered ruins from Terlingua’s past remain throughout the town and provide evidence that the town was once much larger than it is today. In fact, remnants of stone houses are intermingled among the inhabited buildings, and you can explore them freely.

Terlingua Trading Company has a small museum that briefly covers the town’s history through newspaper articles. Well before the men mining mercury days, dinosaurs roamed. A few fossils are on display.

Registered as a National Historic Site, the Terlingua Cemetery is a popular attraction. Some graves are ornate. Some are simple piles of stones marked with wooden crosses. It makes for an interesting backdrop for night photography. If there are, in fact, ghosts in town, they didn’t seem to mind the intrusion.

7. Terlingua Chili Cookoff

As CASI’s (Chili Appreciation Society International) website states, they’re all about chili, charity, and fun. Officially, the first Saturday of November is the big chili cook-off, but the festivities begin the Wednesday before.

If you plan to visit Big Bend this week and stay in Terlingua, book your rooms well in advance.

Pro Tip: Terlingua Ghost Town is near the west entrance to Big Bend National Park. The nearest city with an airport is Odessa, serviced by the Midland-Odessa airport 239 miles away. Alternatively, El Paso is 300 miles away.

When you travel to iconic Yellowstone National Park, it’s hard to know how to tackle this spectacular 2.2-million-acre beloved treasure. My husband Dean and I spent a week there (my first time and his first time as an adult), and it’s the kind of place that eventually has you saying, “so many hydrothermal features, so little time.”

Credited as the first national park, Yellowstone National Park has more than 10,000 hydrothermal features (more than half of the number that exists in the entire world), making many of its sites a must-see. That includes classics like Old Faithful and the perpetually gorgeous Grand Prismatic Spring (my fave), but it also includes the lesser-known but still spectacular Mammoth Hot Springs.

Let’s take a closer look at the reasons why, when you go to Yellowstone, you won’t want to miss this incredible stop.

1. The Springs’ Unique Look

While I’d never say, “Seen one geyser, seen ’em all,” I have heard of people who avoid touring the many Yellowstone geysers on consecutive days. Can it get old to behold a geyser? Does “geyser fatigue” set in?

Not so with Mammoth Hot Springs. During our week in Yellowstone, we didn’t see anything that looked quite like this did. With its series of numerous terraces and springs, I think it’s unique.

One early visitor described Mammoth Hot Springs this way, “No human architect ever designed such intricate fountains as these. The water trickles over the edges from one to another, blending them together with the effect of a frozen waterfall.”

Pro Tip: Visitors are required to purchase an entrance pass to access Yellowstone National Park.

2. The Approach From Grand Loop Road

Everywhere in Yellowstone, something is bubbling, spewing, gurgling, venting, and/or roaring. When you get up close and personal with Mammoth Hot Springs, it has many of these same qualities, but from Grand Loop Road as we approached Mammoth Hot Springs, the view is quite distinctive. It’s a distinct white blob!

We’re from Minnesota and the only thing that looks that white from a distance is a pile of snow. We couldn’t wait to take a closer look.

Pro Tip: Be sure to check current conditions in Yellowstone before you go so you’re aware of any closures due to construction, weather, or wildlife.

3. A Chance To See The Area’s Famous Elk Herd

As we drove into the northern parking lot, we saw two elk — a mama and a baby — strolling across the road into the parking lot. The town of Mammoth (hence, the name Mammoth Hot Springs) is famous for an elk herd that frequents this area.

Later, when we strolled through Mammoth (the namesake of and the location of Mammoth Hot Springs), we saw a bull elk, 14 other females, and youth on the lawn in front of a private residence. Signs told us to stay at least 75 feet away from them and a park ranger was nearby to ensure compliance.

4. Liberty Cap — An Impressive First Impression

At 37 feet tall, Liberty Cap is the first big Mammoth Hot Springs feature we saw, right off the parking lot. It was created by a hot spring that built mineral deposits into a cap-shaped feature. The moniker comes from its resemblance to the peaked, knitted caps from the French Revolution era.

5. The Dramatic Palette Spring And Terrace

The Palette Spring and Terrace were our first chance to see travertine terraces up close. Steaming pools of water flowed over limestone and rock for a color palette of khaki, deep oranges, chocolate brown, and that trademark Mammoth Hot Spring white.

Pro Tip: If there’s no snow, Palette Springs and Canary Springs are wheelchair accessible. The distance from the north parking lot (at Liberty Cap) to the end of the boardwalk at Palette Spring is about 135 yards.

6. Easy-To-Traverse Boardwalks

Since this is a fragile thermal area, a network of boardwalks helped us move safely around the hydrothermal features. We walked up and along various springs that encircled the main terrace: New Blue Spring, Cupid Spring, Grassy Spring, Dryad Spring, and, at the very end of the boardwalk, Canary Spring.

7. Lookout Platforms For Expansive Views

We appreciated various lookout platforms on the boardwalk that allowed us to stop and take in the expansive views along the way.

There was a day when these hot springs were promoted to those seeking relief from various ailments; they could come here for a mineral water soak. Today, soaking in the waters is prohibited.

8. The Vast Array Of Colors

I also loved seeing the variety of colors from microscopic organisms called thermophiles (thermo for heat, and phile for lover). I remembered the concept of this good lookin’ bacteria from our visit to Yellowstone’s Grand Prismatic Spring.

9. Steam Rising Near Grassy Spring

Once again, being early risers paid off. We got to Mammoth Hot Springs on a September morning at 7:50 a.m., which means we had the place almost to ourselves. The downside of this timing is that we dealt with temps in the 40s until the day eventually warmed up, but we had layers to keep us warm early on and to shed later!

I saw a solitary visitor standing at a corner of the boardwalk enveloped in steam, with Grassy Spring in the foreground. It was a perfect, peaceful place at this time of the morning. What a view!

10. Two Terraces And Two Ways To See Them

There are two sets of terraces: the Lower Terrace and the Upper Terrace Drive. We explored the Lower Terrace in the time we had. The trail from the Lower Terraces to the Upper Terraces includes steep boardwalks and hundreds of stairs, so it’s identified as a strenuous trail.

In the summer season, there are three driving options if the boardwalks aren’t feasible. We didn’t do these drives, but the park website (scroll down to the “Go on a Driving Tour” section of the website) provides more information.

11. The Sweeping View Of The Town Of Mammoth

As we continued along the boardwalk, we loved the panoramic views of the area. From one of the high points on the boardwalk, we could see the little town of Mammoth, now in the distance.

12. Proximity To The Roosevelt Arch

After you’ve toured Mammoth Hot Springs and hopefully seen the elk, drive to the north entrance of Yellowstone (if you haven’t already done so) to see the beautiful Roosevelt arch. In 1903, President Theodore Roosevelt ceremoniously set its cornerstone in place. During the commemoration, the president offered a speech praising Yellowstone as “something absolutely unique in the world.” Indeed, it is.

Pro Tip: The arch is impressive to drive through. However, don’t miss stopping at the parking areas before or after it to walk through the doorways on either side of the arch. Also, if you’re hungry after all this exploring, we liked lunch at Wonderland Café & Lodge about five miles north in Gardiner. Dean enjoyed a pulled pork sandwich and French fries. I thought my Mexican chopped salad was great.

We loved our time at Mammoth Hot Springs. It’s so unique that I think it’s a “must-see” when visiting Yellowstone. The travertine terraces, steam, colors, and views all add up to an extraordinary experience that reminds me once again what a treasure our national parks are.

Located in the southernmost tip of the Appalachian Mountains, West Virginia is almost entirely mountainous. About one-third of the state is in the Appalachians’ Allegheny Range, with a dense and diverse forest clambering up and down its foothills.

The New River Gorge within it is one of the many spectacular canyons formed by the intense New River. The river — one of the oldest in the world — flows north and has carved out gigantic limestone cliffs estimated to be 330 million years old. It flows fast and furiously down the area’s slopes, creating one of the most scenic recreation sites in the U.S. It provides a venue for exhilarating raft and kayak trips or calm canoe rides, lots of fishing opportunities, and a forest that changes persona with every season. This natural treasure became our nation’s 63^rd national park in 2020.

Soon after New River Gorge National Park and Preserve was announced, I followed thousands of previous outdoor adventurers to learn why this gorge is worthy of protection. I also visited the Canyon Rim Visitor Center (which should be your first stop for maps and rangers’ advice on how to best experience and navigate this hazy-bordered park). What I learned was that the New River Gorge has been a treasure since humans first saw it, and it has been lovingly protected ever since. As a result, in and just beyond the national park boundaries are some of the finest gems in our nation, cared for by West Virginians who adore their home. 

Below, in no particular order, are must-stops when visiting New River Gorge National Park and Preserve.

1. Canyon Rim Boardwalk

Near the main entrance of the Canyon Rim Visitor Center is a boardwalk trail guiding visitors to a patio with amazing views of the famous New River Gorge Bridge. Spanning the river near Fayetteville, the bridge connects two mountains at 876 feet high — the third-highest bridge in the U.S. Designed to blend with nature, the bridge follows the horizon where mountains touch the sky.

After a week in this area, the patio at the Canyon Rim Boardwalk Trail turned out to have one of the most photogenic views of this iconic bridge, and sadly, many visitors pass right by it. Keep walking further down, and the boardwalk will eventually take you to the river, providing more amazing views.

2. Endless Wall Trail

Over 100 miles of maintained trails are scattered through an unbroken mesophotic forest within the New River Gorge area. A favorite of most visitors is the Endless Wall Trail, winding through an emerald forest scattered with wild pink rhododendrons and snow-white mountain laurels. When I was on the trail in May, the dogwood trees were in full bloom, sparkling inside the dark forest. The trail ends on high above the canyon, surrounded by sheer dropoffs, with views of an endless wall of rugged limestone cascading down to the pristine river.

3. Sandstone Falls State Park

In Sandstone Falls State Park, the largest waterfall on the New River drops almost 25 feet around a series of boulders and islands. A short trail on an accessible boardwalk takes the visitor to various beach accesses for fishing or just hanging out with family. 

Stop at the Sandstone Visitor Center on I-64 to learn about a daring man in the early 1800s who built his river raft out of simple logs. The exhibits are designed especially for youngsters to learn more about rivers. The beautifully tiled floor, designed as a map of the river and park, is mesmerizing.

4. Babcock State Park

Located in the hub of the national park near the town of Clifton, Babcock State Park is best known for the photogenic Glade Creek Grist Mill, a fully functioning replica of the former Cooper’s Mill, once nearby. The park’s 4,127 acres of serene yet rugged forest also houses a beautiful campground with four accessible sites and a central bathhouse. An unspoiled stream flows through the park.

5. Grandview

A peaceful place to unwind is Grandview, an unincorporated community in Raleigh County now part of the national park. It offers many foot and bicycle trails. My favorite spot is the Turkey Spur Overlook at 1,400 feet above the river, offering panoramic views of an active railway and the quaint town of Quinnimont. Many of the old country roads throughout the area are narrow, with white-knuckle switchbacks.

6. Bluestone State Park

Located near Hinton where the New River splits, creating the Bluestone National Scenic River, sits the beautiful Bluestone State Park. This natural phenomenon makes this one of the most scenic campgrounds in the area, with a few campsites only accessible by boat. I spied hearty waterproof-pants-clad people lining the shores fishing for smallmouth bass, rock bass, and bluegill in this casting paradise.

7. Pipestem Resort State Park

I have been to many state parks during my 30 years of traveling across the U.S. but have never been to a state park resort! This 4,000+ acre park on the southern tip of the New River Gorge area is complete with a striking log-strewn lodge as well as restaurants, two golf courses, a mini golf course, a splash park, a lake, a zip line, horse stables, cabins, hiking and biking trails, and wooded campgrounds. Did I forget to mention the tram that takes visitors to a restaurant on the valley floor? My lunch at the cafe inside the lodge overlooking the valley was delicious.

8. Hinton

A bustling town famous for its large railroad roundhouse and bridge over the New River, Hinton is considered the gateway to the New River Gorge area. The scenery is stunning, with restored historic homes turned into lodges with views of a pristine river. I took a very interesting walking tour guided by volunteers from the Summers County Historical Society.

9. Tamarack Marketplace

Located in the Beckley Travel Plaza off Interstate 64 is Tamarack Marketplace, the perfect place for Appalachian handcrafted goods. The unique circular building houses a juried collection of over 20,000 items handcrafted by West Virginia artists. Much of the art is inspired by the beauty of New River Gorge, and it is portrayed differently by each artist, from quilts to wood carvings to delicate hand-blown glass. Hands-on classes in culinary arts, glass blowing, and mixed media are offered. I can vouch for the glass-blowing class as a perfect afternoon activity.

10. The Greenbrier

Drawing people in with its rich autumn colors every fall season, The Greenbrier is an amazing place for a leaf-peeping break. The hotel is east of the national park in the Greenbrier Valley, a side road trip worth taking. 

Sometimes called the Old White, the historic hotel and mineral spring spa resort was built when John Quincy Adams was president. It is frequented by rich diplomats from Washington, D.C, a 2-hour train ride away. 

Resembling the White House, the majestic lodge held a secret until discovered in 1992 — an underground Cold War bunker designed to be an emergency relocation center for members of Congress. No longer in use, tours of the bunker are available.

11. Monroe County Scenic Backways

I spent one day birdwatching, hiring a local bird guide to take me to the right places. We headed into Monroe County south of the national park, a feast for eyes and a utopia for 170 species of birds. We cruised on so many amazing scenic roads that I later found a brochure to keep them straight in my head. 

It’s hard to pick a favorite, but if vintage farms are of interest, don’t miss Wolf Creek Road, a 25-mile route through the Pickaway Rural Historic District. With permission from a farmer, we ended the amazing day creeping up a meadow to watch bobolinks zoom upward from nests hidden by prairie grass to catch insects, then gracefully circle our heads before dropping to feed their young.

Lodging In New River Gorge

Lodging possibilities are endless in New River Gorge National Park and Preserve and beyond. I stayed in and highly recommend the Adventures On The Gorge resort. As a travel professional, they allowed me to review different styles of cabins, which tastefully combined rustic with luxury, and eat delicious meals in both onsite restaurants (I have such a tough job). I would have participated in their river rafting activities but was busy exploring the surrounding area.

For more information concerning nearby charming towns and sites, contact the West Virginia tourism department and surf our West Virginia category.

The Rocky Mountains’ Teton Range is famous for its dramatic views; mountains seem to spring up from ground level with very little transition. When my husband Dean and I drove into Grand Teton National Park for the first time, we expected to see the impressive, towering mountains, wide open spaces, and pristine lakes, but we didn’t expect to see a beautiful, paved bike trail that runs parallel to the popular Teton Park Road and the Grand Tetons themselves.

We love to bike. It’s one of our favorite activities in our home state of Minnesota and the neighboring state of Wisconsin. How could we not know about this? 

Perhaps we had spent a disproportionate amount of time researching the wonders of Yellowstone and not enough time checking into the wonders of Grand Teton National Park. This 300,000-acre northwestern Wyoming gem, about 20 miles south of Yellowstone National Park, is famous for mountains, wildlife, and beautiful alpine lakes.

Surprisingly enough, there are several cycling options in Grand Teton National Park. We chose a Moose to South Jenny Lake roundtrip. Here are our tips to get the most from the ride.

Note: When we visited, high-altitude smoke from West Coast wildfires cast a haze in the sky, so the mountains in these photos aren’t as crisp and clear as they’d otherwise be. Still beautiful!

1. Know Your Options

We learned that the paved, multi-use path we had seen on the drive into the park was the Grand Teton Pathway, which extends from the town of Jackson (where we were staying) in several directions.

After reviewing the map (PDF) and options, we thought biking right along the Grand Teton mountain range (with elevations of up to 13,770 feet) was surely the cream of the crop! We decided to do the 7.3-mile ride from the town of Moose to South Jenny Lake, and back to Moose.

Pro Tips

• Even if you aren’t up for a 14.6-mile roundtrip ride, the bike path (which can also be used for walking) has big payoffs in scenery no matter how far you go.
• Before you go, check the bicycle regulations and safety tips.
• There is an entrance fee to the park.  

2. Where To Rent A Bike

If you go to Grand Teton without a bike, the first task will be renting one. Fortunately, Adventure Sports at Dornan’s is ready to help. Dornan’s is a family-run resort in Moose and is located just off the Grand Teton Pathway. They rent bikes by the hour (there was a 2-hour minimum when we rented), which was a great way to go, since we didn’t know how long it would take us and we were in no rush.

Pro Tip: The multi-use pathway is closed from dusk to dawn because of wildlife and for public safety. Other than service dogs, pets are not permitted.

3. Take In the Views Crossing The Snake River

Soon after leaving Dornan’s, the pathway crosses the Snake River, the largest tributary of the Columbia River. Bike onto the long bridge and stop to take in river views. Check upstream and downstream for wildlife.

4. Admire Native Sagebrush

The bike trail was largely flat and took us through large sections of sagebrush. On the park website, I learned about an effort underway to replace approximately 4,500 acres of former non-native grass fields with native sagebrush steppe habitat. “A healthy sagebrush ecosystem in Grand Teton is vital for the diversity and abundance of native plants and wildlife species like elk, bison, moose, pronghorn, and sage grouse that rely on them.”

5. Go At Your Own Pace

We had a beautiful day for this ride. We stopped if we saw something of interest or if I wanted to take more photos. At one point, we passed the trailhead for the beautiful Taggart Lake hike — but that was another adventure for another day.

6. Appreciate The Buck Rail Fencing

Until recently, buck and rail fences, or buck and pole fences, were commonly found throughout Grand Teton National Park. We did see some on the bike pathway, and I loved seeing these old-fashioned fences, reminiscent of days gone by.

7. Traverse Bridges Along The Way

The pathway crosses several creeks and bridges that will carry you over the water. I liked seeing the variety along the trail and appreciating the natural beauty all around us as we rode.

8. Honor The Memory Of A Teenager

At southern Jenny Lake, almost to our turnaround point, we saw a simple sign that was a tribute to Gabriella Axelrad, a 13-year-old teen who died in a car/bike accident along Grand Teton Park Road in 1999. Her tragic death was part of the impetus for more off-road biking trails in Grand Teton National Park. Something beautiful was made from something so sad. It made me think of how much I have to be grateful for.

9. Explore Jenny Lake

South Jenny Lake was the turnaround point for our bike ride, and since we had already hiked around part of Jenny Lake earlier in our stay, we turned around to start biking back to Moose.

If you take this ride and haven’t yet explored Jenny Lake, there’s plenty to see and do there. It’s a great spot to talk to a ranger (often found at the visitor center), hike, check out the gift shop, and take in more sweeping mountain and lake views.

Pro Tip: We didn’t do this, but I see there’s a Grand Teton National Park app and a Jenny Lake Explorer app available for free download, which could also be helpful.

10. Watch For Pronghorn On Teton Park Road

The pathway runs parallel to the busy Teton Park Road, a popular place for wildlife sightings. Of course, there are no guarantees, but we saw pronghorn and elk on this stretch of road during our time in the park. If there is a wildlife sighting, you’ll be able to tell from quite a distance since cars will be pulled over and people will be clamoring to get a photo.

Pro Tip: Per the safety tips on the park website, “Animals may be on or near roads or the multi-use pathway. Never feed, approach, or harass a wild animal. Maintain a distance of 25 yards from bison, elk, moose, and other animals, and a distance of 100 yards from bears and wolves.”

11. Extend Your Biking To Jackson

If you’re feeling ambitious, don’t return the bikes quite yet. Stay on the Grand Teton Pathway past Moose and turn right (south) to bike on the multi-use trail another 13 miles to Jackson.

Once in Jackson, don’t miss (not that you could) George Washington Memorial Park, more commonly known as the Jackson Town Square, which has a dramatic elk antler archway at each of its four corners. Jackson also has great shops and restaurants to explore.

Bonus: Stop At The Chapel Of The Transfiguration

After we returned our bikes to Dornan’s, we drove to the nearby Chapel of the Transfiguration, a small log chapel built in 1925, also located in Moose. It’s been called “a spiritual heart in the park.”

The chapel is positioned on the land and designed so that, from inside, you can look through a large window past the altar and see a “framed” view of the Cathedral Group of peaks in the Grand Tetons. We visited the park in September 2020 and took photos of the outside, but unfortunately, no one was allowed inside due to COVID-19.

I never expected to bike at Grand Teton National Park. We had heard about the Jenny Lake hike and boat ride, and we ended up doing some great hiking at Taggart and Bradley Lakes, but I never thought biking would even be a possibility.

Our national parks are treasures, full of unexpected surprises and delights. When you go, I think you’ll like this easy bike ride along the mountains. It’s filled with wonder, and these tips will help you get the most from it.

Pro Tip: If you go in spring, know that the pathway opens only after the snow has melted and maintenance workers have swept it. Also, the section of the pathway from Jackson’s National Elk Refuge to Gros Ventre Road is closed from November 1 to April 30 because of elk migration.

Related Reading:

• 10 Essential Ranger Tips For Visiting Grand Teton National Park
• 13 Tips For Hiking Jenny Lake In Grand Teton National Park 
• 9 Best Experiences In Gorgeous Grand Teton National Park

National parks are awe-inspiring natural sanctuaries, but some restrict access during the winter. Escape frigid temps this winter and head to these lovely locales instead.

We asked former National Park rangers Marilyn Irwin, Rebecca Harriett, Phil Selleck, and Greg Jackson which national parks they like to visit during winter. Their answers range from Virgin Islands National Park, where you can swim with sea turtles to Hawai’i Volcanoes National Park, which is home to the largest volcano on the planet. Read on to find out the best national parks to visit during winter according to experts!

1. Big Bend National Park

“Big Bend National Park is an isolated park in Southwest Texas. One has to want to visit this park as no large communities are close by. Winter is the best time to visit Big Bend as daytime temperatures are in the 60s and all trails are hikeable. Big Bend encompasses the Chisos Mountain Range and much of the Chihuahuan Desert. Because of the large range of ecosystems, the park has more types of birds, bats, butterflies, ants, and scorpions than any other U.S. National Park. It provides ample opportunities for wildlife viewing with caution as many species are on the ‘watch-out’ list. The park is packed with unique plants of the mountains, forests, and deserts. As with the wildlife, some can be poisonous and harmful to people. Because Big Bend is so isolated, it provides the best of night sky viewing.” — Irwin

“If you want crisp, cold nights but not frigid temperatures, you might try the Chisos Basin Campground at Big Bend National Park. The Chisos Mountains in the park, surrounded by the Chihuahuan Desert, offer Arizona pine, Douglas fir, and pinyon stands, where you’ll see a variety of wildlife including bears.

“The campground is by reservation only. The road to the campground is not suitable for trailers over 20 feet or RVs over 24 feet, so camping there may tend to be more low impact. Consider watching the sunset through The Window when you camp there. The campground, at 5,400 feet is a jumping-off point for trails that reach over 7,000 feet. And the desert is just a short drive away.

“With a little more driving, there is Castolon and Santa Elena Canyon on the Rio Grande. From the Chisos area, with a little effort, you can experience panoramic views that reveal the massive size of this undeveloped and permanently protected desert and mountain park. Though there is a lodge and restaurant nearby, remember you will be 77 miles from the town of Marathon and 106 miles from Alpine.” — Selleck

2. Redwood National Park

“The National Park Service and the California Department of Parks and Recreation team together to protect and manage this park. Winter is a good time to visit as crowds are smaller and temperatures are moderate. Rain is often part of the day and, knowing that, one should carry raingear for the possibility. Redwood trees are the giants among trees and can grow to over 300 feet tall. Walking among these splendid trees makes one grow quiet and observe the ‘hush factor.’

“Redwood National Park is actually more than the trees. It also encompasses prairies, rivers, and 40 miles of the Pacific coastline. Many activities are available, such as scenic drives which allow wildlife watching and lovely coastal views. Some roads are unpaved and do not allow RVs to travel on them. Biking through the park can be challenging but also a wonderful experience. Short walks to hiking on multi-day trips can allow the visitor to become very familiar with the park’s beautiful features. Fire is part of California culture, so one must be aware of changing situations in regard to fire.” — Irwin

3. Virgin Islands National Park

“As a person who is not fond of cold weather, when someone asks me about ‘winter’ parks, my mind automatically goes south. Escaping cold weather becomes my goal. While there are many parks that fit that description, my favorite (so far) is Virgin Islands National Park. After the long cold blasts of winter have taken their toll, who would not want to escape to a tropical paradise to swim with sea turtles?

“Sections of the national park are on both St. Thomas and St. John’s islands, but St. John’s is where you want to center your attention. Hiking, swimming/snorkeling, kayaking, or just lounging on the beach will fill up your days.

“Lodging on the island varies, but in 2021, the Cinnamon Bay Beach & Campground (an authorized NPS Concessioner) opened, providing eco-tents for glamping, tent platforms, group sites, and cottages. Of course, there are also private motels, B&Bs, or villa rentals. In fact, the Friends of Virgin Islands NP has an online villa auction fundraiser every fall. Everything from small one-bedroom beach cottages to multi-room island mansions are bid on for winter vacations. And if Virgin Islands National Park does not keep you busy, you can always take a seaplane over to St. Croix, the third island, and explore another member of the NPS family, Buck Island Reef National Monument.” — Harriett

4. Death Valley National Park

“If you have ever wanted to visit Death Valley National Park, and not just to have your photo taken by the Visitor Center’s large outdoor thermometer when it is reading 125 degrees, then winter is the season. Death Valley is the largest national park in the lower 48 and will not disappoint, but regardless of season, you must be prepared for anything. Getting updated park information at the Furnace Creek Visitor Center upon your arrival is a must.

“Opportunities for hiking salt flats and slot canyons abound, but everyone wants to experience Badwater Basin, the lowest point in North America, but the superlatives don’t stop there. Driving through Artists Palette, climbing Mesquite Sand Dunes, hiking around Ubehebe Crater, wandering through Golden Canyon (where a part of Star Wars was filmed), summiting Dantes View, or sunrise or sunset at Zabriskie Point are just a few of the stunning landscapes that Death Valley has to offer.

“And don’t forget the glorious night sky as a designated International Dark Sky Park. For professional as well as amateur astronomers, the park hosts an annual Dark Sky Festival in February, bringing together the general public with NASA scientists and other space professionals, including those associated with the newly deployed Webb Telescope.

“Don’t let the name discourage you from visiting, Death Valley is full of life. One cautionary note: Death Valley experienced major flooding this past summer, so many roads are still impassible, but the NPS and CADOT are working hard to get the major roads open by this winter.” — Harriett

5. Dry Tortugas National Park

“Florida’s Dry Tortugas National Park is a great place to visit in the winter. However, many people go south then, so plan ahead. This group of seven islands is 68 miles west of Key West and is actually the dividing line between the Gulf of Mexico and the Atlantic.

“Camping is an adventure because you must bring everything and be totally self-sufficient — food, drinking water, a tent, and charcoal if you intend to cook in the campsite grills. There are eight campsites on Garden Key and an overflow area; no reservations, except for the group site. Your reward is spending the tropical night with few other people and a night sky without light pollution. Away from the park generators, you’ll hear just waves and wind.

“This is the place to fish, SCUBA dive, snorkel, and see what the rest of Florida must have been like years ago. Clear waters, seagrass, coral reefs, and bright sandy patches make this a special place. Endangered birds such as sooty and noddy terns live on the islands, along with magnificent frigate birds.

“Fort Jefferson, the largest brick fort in the U.S., was a Civil War outpost and prison, with Dr. Samuel Mudd imprisoned after the war. You can reach the park by commercial ferry, seaplane, or your own boat. Before you go, check the park website for dos and don’ts.” — Selleck

6. Everglades National Park

“Want the feel of the pine woods without the cold of winter? Consider staying at the Long Pine Key Campground at Everglades National Park. It is a short distance from Homestead and Florida City but surrounded by Everglades. Where dry land rises out of the surrounding sawgrass, ‘pine islands’ evolved. They are a species of pine called slash pine, with palms and palmetto mixed in. The campground is a mixture of RV and tent sites, and you should reserve your campsite since many people head south in the winter.

“Winter is generally the dry season there, so wherever water collects, birds and alligators tend to collect. The campground is a short distance off the Main Park Road (MPR) and close to some of the most scenic parts of the park. Head north to the Anhinga Trail at Royal Palm to see alligators and water birds, including anhingas. Head south from the campground on the MPR and watch the sunset from Pahayokee Overlook — a wonderful “big sky” view across Everglades. Take the boardwalk through Mahogany Hammock to get an immersive look at a hardwood hammock, with its dense canopy and bromeliads perched in trees. At the end of the MPR is Flamingo and Florida Bay with American crocodiles and manatees. Eco Pond is there, where you can get great views of wading birds, ducks, and gators. There is so much within reach from Long Pine Key Campground.” — Selleck

7. Hawai’i Volcanoes National Park

“Aptly named, Hawai’i Volcanoes National Park lets you [experience] Earth’s most active volcano, Kīlauea, and Mauna Loa, Earth’s largest volcano. It is an International Biosphere Reserve and UNESCO World Heritage Site and offers 123,000 acres of wilderness.

“You can hike on a variety of trails from short to long, easy to difficult. You can explore from your vehicle by taking the crater rim drive and Chain of Craters Road. You can even go underground to explore an ancient lava tube.

“Volcanic activity can result in restrictions and closures, so check the park website for updates when planning your trip and before you depart.” — Jackson

Related Reading:

1. 6 Fabulous Winter Experiences At U.S. National Parks — From Mild To Wild
2. 3 Beautiful Desert National Parks To Visit During Winter
3. 9 Gorgeous Island National Parks Perfect For A Winter Getaway

Although Utah is extremely popular for many of its national parks and monuments showcasing the state’s unique beauty, few people visit Natural Bridges National Monument. Even fewer realize that it was the first national monument declared in the state in 1908. Natural Bridges might not have the number of spectacular rock formations of Arches, Canyonlands, Zion, or Bryce, but its bridges and remoteness make a visit worthwhile. 

Natural Bridges National Monument protects three natural bridges formed by millions of years of water and erosion. The names of the bridges, Kachina, Owachomo, and Sipapu, honor the Ancestral Puebloan people who lived in the area hundreds of years ago.

After driving miles in a desolate corner of the Southwest, once you are in the park, stop at the visitor center to learn about the park, its geological and human history, and its importance in sustainability as home to one of the first solar panels in the world. 

The following are some of the most amazing experiences in the park. 

1. Driving The Scenic Loop Road

Once past the visitor center, a one-way loop road leads through the park, featuring gorgeous views of the surroundings and offering several stops at overlooks and trailheads.

This nine-mile scenic drive is a must for anyone visiting the park since it offers the easiest way to see the bridges. Stop at each overlook and walk to the viewpoints to see the bridges from above. 

However, if you have time and it’s not too hot, hike at least part-way down into the canyon, closer to the bridges for the most spectacular views.

2. Hiking

Sipapu Bridge

The largest and most spectacular of the three bridges, Sipapu Bridge, was formed over thousands of years, though it is geologically speaking middle-aged, older than Kachina, but younger than Owachomo Bridge. 

Named after the Hopi term that denotes the opening between worlds, Sipapu Bridge has a rounded opening and smooth sides that are witnesses to the countless floods that formed it. The best way to see it is hiking down to it, or at least halfway, where you’ll find a better view than from the very top. 

The trail to the bridge is a steep drop of 500 feet in 0.6 miles. Though relatively difficult, the hike is fun and interesting, using stairways and Pueblo-style ladders. Halfway down, you can rest at a viewpoint under a large rock outcropping. This is my favorite part of the trail, especially on a sunny day. 

Once at the bottom of the canyon, the trail crosses the creek several times, passes under spectacular rocks and cliffs, and leads through a wooded area until you stand under the bridge. 

The Canyon Bottom 

From there, you can climb back out the same way, or continue the trail on the bottom of the canyon to Kachina Bridge, and climb out on the Kachina Bridge trail. 

You can also continue on the canyon floor for the full 12-mile-long loop trail, winding through oak and cottonwood groves, connecting all three bridges.

Horse Collar Ruins Overlook

The next stop along the scenic loop road is the Horse Collar Ruins Overlook. One of the best-preserved Ancestral Puebloan ruins in the area, Horse Collar Ruin, got its name from two of its structures with doorways resembling horse collars. Scholars believe people left the area, and thus the structure, over 700 years ago. 

Because of the site’s remoteness, few people knew about it, so visitors didn’t disturb it. This is why the site is still in such an excellent state of preservation.

The mesa-top overlook is a short hike on a slick rock from the parking lot, and there is no trail leading down to the ruins. However, serious hikers who take the trail at the bottom of the canyon from Sipapu Bridge to Kachina Trail pass close to it for a better view. 

Kachina Bridge

The youngest of the three bridges, and also the widest, Kachina Bridge got its name from the petroglyphs and pictographs of dancing figures found on its side, believed to be kachina dancers. 

Enlarged in our lifetime, in 1992, when about 4,000 tons of sandstone fell from the inside of its opening, Kachina Bridge proves these bridges are still constantly changing.

To see it, stop at the parking lot about halfway along the scenic loop drive, and walk the paved trail to the viewpoint. From here, you have an aerial view of the bridge. For a closer look and a different perspective, you can hike down to the bridge. Although, this is not an easy feat. 

The 1.4-mile round-trip trail to the base of the bridge has an elevation change of 462 feet and is extremely steep. Thankfully, a wooden ladder, rock stairs, wooden stairs, and switchbacks make descending easier, or at least more fun.

Owachomo Bridge

The final stop along the scenic loop road, Owachomo Bridge, is the perfect end of the drive. The most accessible and most photographed bridge in the park, Owachomo Bridge is the oldest of the three. It is also the thinnest, which makes it more spectacular, even if it’s smaller than the other two. 

Named after a rock formation on top of the east end of the trail, its name means “rock mound” in the Hopi language.

A paved trail leads to the viewpoint, with benches in the shade of junipers along the walkway. However, there is no need to stop at the viewpoint here. The half-mile round-trip trail leading to the bottom of the bridge is also relatively flat and visible in its entirety from the viewpoint. Here, all it takes is a short walk to see this ancient wonder up close, from underneath. 

3. Camping

Though you can visit the whole park in a day, especially if you don’t hike down to all three bridges, the best way to experience Natural Bridges National Monument is to camp in it. 

The campground is near the visitor center, at the start of the scenic loop, making it a convenient start-up point for the visit. 13 sites, only available for tents, are surrounded by juniper trees. They all have a tent pad, a grill, and a picnic table. You need to bring your own food since there is no camp store to buy anything. 

You can take a stroll along a short trail leading to the amphitheater, where you might see rangers talk about the canyon, its geology, animal and plant life, or the night sky. At night, they offer the perfect opportunity for stargazing in the park.

4. Stargazing

The world’s first International Dark Sky Park was certified on March 6th, 2007. Natural Bridges National Monument offers some of the best stargazing opportunities. Far from any light pollution, in a remote corner of the Southwest, the night sky in the park is as dark as it was 800 years ago when the Ancestral Puebloans were looking at the stars. 

Since all the trails are open day and night, stargazing is possible anywhere in the park, from the campground to the trails. During our latest trip to the park, it was a new moon, and the sky was clear, so we had perfect views of the stars, planets, and the Milky Way right outside our tent. We watched the night sky from the campsite, but we noticed several campers driving out on the loop road. Since all trails are open even at night, they could watch the Milky Way rising behind the silhouette of Owachomo Bridge, since that hike is easy enough to hike in the dark.

If you visit in May or September, you may take part in an astronomy event hosted by the rangers. 

5. Solar Power And Sustainability 

Solar cells power all of Natural Bridges National Monument. You can see the solar field from the visitor center and campground. You could also visit the solar field. 

This panel is one of the oldest solar systems in the world. At its dedication, in 1980, it was also the largest. 

The original batteries, even then, provided the energy source for the park for ten years. After sitting deactivated for two years, in 1992, they added more efficient batteries, which still provide the energy source for the park today. 

It offers a cost-effective and pollution-free energy source for the park in this remote location, proving that solar power is effective, especially in the sunny and bright Southwest. 

Best Times To Visit And Other Tips 

The best time to visit Natural Bridges National Monument is fall or spring when the mild temperatures offer the best time for experiencing the park. This makes the shoulder seasons the busiest times, but because of its remoteness, the park is still quiet.

When hiking in Natural Bridges, make sure you carry enough water and use sun protection. You are still in the dry environment of the high desert. If you hike down to the bridges, wear comfortable hiking shoes with a good grip, since you’ll be walking on slick rocks that can get slippery, especially if wet.

The Mighty Five.

It sounds like the name of a John Wayne western, but the term often refers to Utah’s five magnificent national parks. Zion, Bryce Canyon, Capitol Reef, Canyonlands, and Arches National Parks stretch from west to east across southern Utah’s high desert. Each park boasts unique and jaw-dropping geological features and captivating landscapes. From towering rock walls, natural arches, and distinct stone pillars — all decorated in otherworldly colors from earthy reds to shining pinks to deep purples — these parks have inspired countless geologists and artists.  

Tourists from across the globe descend upon Utah’s parks, many only spending a day or two. However, these natural wonders are worthy of longer visits to further explore, experience, and enjoy these special places. Regardless of how long your trip is, however, the park service offers numerous educational programs to do just that. These programs provide visitors with in-depth knowledge and a broader context of aspects of each park, from wildlife to geological makeup to human history. Best of all, they’re free.

Here’s a look at some of the best.

1. Ride With A Ranger In Zion

Zion National Park draws the most visitors to Utah’s parks. When you’re standing in the middle of the park’s eponymous canyon, fixated on the sheer sandstone walls towering 2,000 feet above you seemingly painted in shades of dusty brown, rusty red, and smokey white, it’s easy to understand why.

If these canyon walls could talk, they would spin wonderful tales of the region’s past, but another option is to sign up for the popular Ride with A Ranger Program (typically runs late spring through early fall). On this two-hour tour, you’ll take a bus into Zion Canyon with a park ranger providing detailed stories and fun facts about the park’s many wonders.

Each tour covers a particular subject. For instance, you may learn about the humans who have passed through this region over the millennia. According to park service historians, evidence of human activity in Zion dates back to 6,000 BCE. Ancestral Puebloans later developed societies in the region, cultivating both squash and corn — no small feat in this desert climate. By the time Mormon settlers arrived in the mid-1800s, southern Paiute Indians had called the canyon home for more than 700 years. 

Pro Tip: Check in at the visitor center for updated information on this program. Also, sign up early as the tour fills up fast.

2. Geology At Sunset Point

The scenic drive through Bryce Canyon National Park entices visitors with its bountiful overlooks, but perhaps none as sweeping or breathtaking as Sunset Point. From here, the park’s mesmerizing geologic features, hoodoos, fins, and rock walls stretch out for miles. In the sunlight, they glow like embers of a fire. As enchanting as the view is, it’s hard not to wonder how this strange, magical scene came to be.

Fortunately, the park holds daily Geologic Talks from the overlook where tourists learn about the park’s fascinating history. Park staff explain that oxidized iron deposits laid down tens of millions of years ago lend Bryce’s sandstone features their glorious red and pink hues. Speaking of those features, the hoodoos, those stone pillars the park is known for, are formed as a result of water seeping into the sandstone walls. Due to Bryce’s higher elevation, it experiences wide temperature swings. When the water freezes, it expands causing the sandstone to fracture. As this process repeats itself over millennia, you get one of the most memorable landscapes on earth.

3. Why Capitol Reef Is Worth The Visit

It’s hard to imagine, given how desiccated Capitol Reef National Park’s rocky, dusty landscape appears today, but 280 million years ago, the park was underwater. Indeed, the region has undergone many transformations over the eons, from a beach-like environment to a swampy rainforest. This geologic backstory and much more are covered in the daily Geology Talk, which serves as an excellent introduction to a park visit.

Capitol Reef is the least-visited of Utah’s national parks, but, in fairness, the competition is stiff. Those that do visit are rewarded for their effort. As explained during the talk, the park owes its name to white dome-shaped rock formations that early pioneers thought resembled the Capitol Dome in Washington, D.C. The park is also part of a 100-mile-long ridgeline that proved a significant impediment to travelers in the 1800s. So, the area was dubbed a “reef” for being an obstacle to land travel in the way that coral reefs are to ships. Today it is a destination, not an obstacle.

4. Caves And Cowboys At Canyonlands

Of Utah’s “Mighty Five,” Canyonlands National Park reigns as the mightiest — in terms of acreage, anyway. Canyonlands is the state’s largest and most remote national park. Divided up into four districts, most tourists visit the park’s northern district, Island in the Sky. Perched on a plateau, this region boasts viewpoints where you can gaze into the endless canyons.

The less-visited Needles District has its own set of attractions — and ranger programs — including the Cave Spring Guided Walk. On this ranger-led hike, participants gain a deeper understanding of the area, particularly human history. As its name suggests, the Cave Spring Trail sports both a reliable water source — rare in these parts — and a natural shelter from those scorching midday rays.

Along the trail, hikers find the remnants of a cowboy camp dating back to the late 1890s. Indeed, ranchers used camps like this into the 1970s. The ranger guide will point out evidence of human activity in this area that is far, far older though. Near the small spring that has been a lifeline for centuries, pictographs decorate the rock walls, made by distant ancestors of today’s Native Americans.   

5. Windows And Mazes At Arches

Just 5 miles outside Moab, Utah, sits the entrance to Arches National Park. Home to the largest concentration of natural arches in the world, the park also houses other geological formations, like balanced rocks and petrified dunes. But, nothing beats standing beneath the park’s namesake geological features.

From spring to fall, rangers lead guided walks through the Windows section of the park. This section of the park is popular because several awe-inspiring formations are situated near each other. The one-mile loop trail passes the North and South Windows as well as Turret Arch. Rangers go into detail about the geological history of the area, uncovering the mystery of how these rock formations came to be and how the power of erosion continues to shape the landscape.

More adventurous and experienced hikers will want to sign up for the guided Fiery Furnace Hikes (there is a charge for these). Rangers lead visitors through the maze that is the Fiery Furnace area of the park. This hike is more challenging, so do your research before committing to it.

6. The Stars Come Out At Night

When the sun goes down on the Mighty Five, the southwest landscape may disappear, but a whole new spectacle unfolds. The night sky sparkles as far as the eye can see, an increasingly rare phenomenon in the developed world. Utah’s national parks are all designated International Dark Sky Parks and Sanctuaries — perfect destinations for the budding astronomer. All five parks offer astronomy or night sky programs at varying times throughout the year. Check each park’s website or visitor center for an updated schedule.

Pro Tip: If you’re visiting in the summer but plan to participate in an astronomical ranger program, don’t forget to pack some warmer clothes. Utah’s canyons can get chilly in the evenings.

Over 40 years ago, my husband and I first experienced Rocky Mountain National Park (RMNP) on our honeymoon. We’ve returned to the park almost every year since — first as newlyweds, then as young parents, middle-agers, and, finally, as seniors. While we believe that RMNP is timeless, of course, we are not. As 30-somethings, we took many long — and steep — hikes. Nowadays, though, various health concerns prevent us from embarking on the more arduous adventures of our youth, so we look for other ways to enjoy the park. Here are some of those ways.

1. Walk The Loop And Have A Picnic At Sprague Lake

Sprague Lake has easily accessible, paved trails with spectacular mountain views. Mountain peaks (Flattop and Hallet) on the Continental Divide can be seen clearly from the east shoreline. At 8,688 feet of elevation, the Sprague Lake Trail is an easy, 0.5-mile loop trail around the 13-acre lake. The trail is handicap-accessible and features boardwalks and wooden bridges, as well as tons of benches. Sprague Lake is also a fly fisherman’s paradise. If you’d like to fish, you’ll need a Colorado fishing license (16 or older).

Sprague Lake has lots of parking and a large picnic area along Glacier Creek with more than 25 picnic tables, 15 fire grates, and flush restrooms (yay!). It’s very popular, so get there early to snag a table. We especially like the picnic table in the back by the creek. Ground squirrels and birds will investigate your spread closely. You might even see, as we did, moose in the lake or elk running through the picnic area!

2. Take A Stroll Around Lily Lake, Then Eat Lunch (Or Dinner)

The Lily Lake Loop is one of the easiest hikes in RMNP. At this peaceful spot, you can hike, picnic, fish, and relax. With only 10 feet in elevation change across the entire trail, the 0.8-mile Lily Lake Loop is more of a walk in the park than a hike. To reach the trailhead from Estes Park, drive 6.3 miles south on Colorado Highway 7 to the Lily Lake parking area. You can park at the lake or across the highway at the old Lily Lake Visitor Center (now closed).

3. Bear Lake Is The Starting Point Of Many Trails

Bear Lake has some of the best views in the park and is the gateway to a variety of hikes for adventurers of all skill levels. It’s one of the most popular hiking loops in RMNP. The 0.8-mile Bear Lake Trail is rated “easy.” With an elevation gain of just 45 feet, it’s relatively flat. Bear Lake provides amazing views of aspen, making it a spectacular location for viewing fall foliage. The trail hugs the lake, occasionally weaving through stands of pine trees. Since Bear Lake is unbelievably popular, you may want to take the shuttle, instead of your car, to the trailhead.

4. Nymph, Dream, And Emerald Lake Are Popular Trails Rated ‘Easy’ To ‘Moderate’

Although the Nymph, Dream, and Emerald Lake Trails are rated “easy” to “moderate,” the first part, to Nymph Lake, is on the steep side. Here, it will feel even steeper if you are not in tip-top shape, or if you are not used to the altitude. We needed many rest stops along the first part of the hike, but it gets easier as you go (except when there’s ice or snow melt!). A good pair of hiking shoes, with hard soles and plenty of support, will help.

This is an out-and-back trail with an elevation gain of about 700 feet. If you get to Emerald Lake (the third and last lake), the hike is about 3.3 miles round-trip. You’ll be rewarded with impressive views of Hallett Peak, Flattop Mountain, and Longs Peak.

5. Endovalley/West Alluvial Fan Area Offers A Waterfall And Picnic Tables

The Endovalley/West Alluvial Fan picnic area has 32 picnic tables and 30 fire grates. You can even bring your own portable grill. There is a short, paved path you can take to the Alluvial Fan, which is basically a waterfall. There’s plenty of parking, but it’s still best to go early or late in the busy summer months.

6. See Waterfalls At Wild Basin Trailhead

Wild Basin Trailhead (Copeland Falls) is a series of waterfall cascades on St. Vrain Creek. The hike to the cascading waterfalls is a fairly shady, easy hike that is really more of a walk. After this 1-mile round-trip outing, enjoy a picnic at one of the Wild Basin picnic areas. The trailhead/picnic area is off Highway 7, between Meeker Park and Allenspark, to the west of the highway.

7. Spot Wildlife Around The Park

Elk can be seen any time; a popular viewing period is the fall rut, or mating season. Look for elk in meadows and where meadows and forests meet. Elk spend much of their time at or above treeline during the summer, moving to lower elevations in the fall, winter, and spring. Their favorite feeding times are at dawn and dusk.

Bighorn sheep are commonly seen at Sheep Lakes from May through mid-August. Moose also frequent Sheep Lakes, as well as willow thickets near waterways, Sprague Lake, and several areas on the west side of the park. Sheep Lakes also attracts coyotes, ground squirrels, and elk. This area is especially popular during the fall elk rut, so be sure to arrive early for parking. 

Mule deer are common and can be seen anywhere. They are most often found at lower elevations in open areas.

Marmots and pikas favor rocky areas. Marmots are best seen on the alpine tundra along Trailridge and Old Fall River Roads. They are also prevalent at the Alpine Visitor Center. Pikas — small, light-colored mammals — are common in rock piles. Listen for their sharp, distinctive bark and watch for movement.

8. Rent An Electric Bike At Backbone Adventures And Cruise The Estes Park Paths

Want to zip along without pedaling? Rent an e-bike from Backbone Adventures. You can ride right from the shop to the Lake Estes bike path. There are lots of paths and you’ll be able to complete any of them in 2 hours. Make sure to bring your camera as wildlife is often seen on these trails. Check here for types of e-bikes, prices, and tours. The company is located at 1851 North Lake Avenue in Estes Park. They are open from 8 a.m.–4 p.m. in winter, and 8 a.m.–5 p.m. the rest of the year.

9. Drink Great Coffee While You Sit Outside And Enjoy Nature

Not in the mood for hiking? Have coffee at one of Estes Park’s fabulous coffee shops. We especially enjoy Coffee on the Rocks at 510 Moraine Avenue in Estes Park. They offer a “backyard” with jaw-dropping mountain views, comfy Adirondack chairs, and local wildlife near a trout pond. Stop by in winter for a hot latte. In the summer, try their iced coffee while you feed the ducks.

10. Go Fishing For Dinner At Trout Haven

Here, you’ll have to work for dinner, although, it’s actually fun! No fishing license is needed, and Trout Haven will gut and clean your catch! Your fee includes all equipment needed. Beware, though, you need to keep what you catch, and it’s a bit pricey. But who can put a price on a great experience — and dinner to boot?

We are sure the trout at Trout Haven are healthy and tasty. How do we know this? During our visit this past summer, an osprey swooped down and snagged a trout out of the pond right before our eyes. Now that’s a satisfied customer!

The pricing is as follows: $1.35 per inch for what you catch, $1 per fish to clean, and $4 to rent a rod. Trout Haven will pack, freeze, and store your catch for pick-up when you leave.

Trout Haven is located at 810 Moraine Avenue in Estes Park. Its summer hours are Monday–Sunday, 9 a.m.–6 p.m; and its winter hours are Thursday–Sunday, 10 a.m.–7 p.m. Fishing with Trout Haven is handicap-accessible.

11. Sign Up For A RMNP Ranger-Led Program

Free Ranger-led programs offer a peek into RMNP’s ecosystem, as well as its history, wildlife, and vegetation. There is even a stargazing program.

Evening campfire programs are probably the most popular at the park. During the summer, campfire programs are given at most of the campgrounds every night. They are also given nightly at the Beaver Meadows Visitor Center (near Estes Park) and weekly at the Kawuneeche Visitor Center (near Grand Lake).

Don’t have much time? Head to one of the rangers’ short talks. They last about 30 minutes and are given at several locations in the park. In the summer, catch the bighorn sheep talk at Sheep Lakes. The Alpine Visitor Center hosts a variety of talks, including one on animals on the tundra and another about the history of Trail Ridge Road. Sometimes, a bear talk is offered. In fall, a popular experience is the nightly elk talk in Horseshoe Park. This talk is given during the elk mating season, so you are very likely to see some.

There are also several ranger-led walks in the park. Actually, they are very easy strolls. You can take wildflower walks, history walks, and geology walks. We took the tundra walk, where we learned how fragile the tundra is, how it’s home to several animals who have adapted to survive, and how to help protect it. After the tundra walk, to this day, I can’t help but ask other visitors to “stay on the path” or “leave the rocks where they are.” I’ve become a vocal advocate for the park.

Pro Tip: Dress warm, pack water and snacks, and put on sunscreen!

12. Take A Hike At 12,000+ Feet

The Alpine Ridge Trail and Tundra Communities Trail are both high-mountain trails that are rated “easy.” While the round-trip distance for each is relatively short, these trails are demanding because of the elevation gain and the extreme altitude. The hikes top off at more than 12,000 feet, so dress warm and bring water and sunscreen.

The Alpine Visitor Center Trail is 0.6 miles long and reaches a maximum of 12,005 feet. From the Alpine Visitor Center parking lot, the Alpine Ridge Trail is a short hike to a completely open view of the Rockies. Although the hike is short, it includes 225 manmade stairs that lead to the peak of the trail. It’s easy to see why the trail’s nickname is “Huffer’s Hill.”

Tundra Communities Trail is an easy 1.1-mile trail that begins at Tundra Communities Trailhead and reaches 12,285 feet in elevation. The trail sits on what feels like the top of the world.

13. Let A Horse Do The Work!

Not a fan of the exertion required to trek up the mountains? Go horseback riding. There are several good stables that offer this experience. One of our favorites is Hi Country Stables, located right next to Sprague Lake. You can check prices and book here. 

Pro Tip: You’ll need a Bear Lake Corridor reservation to access these stables.

14. Spot Wildlife As You Drive Big Thompson Canyon

Up for a drive? Colorado’s Big Thompson Canyon goes from Estes Park to Loveland along US 34. This two-lane, paved road is built high above the Big Thompson River so it can withstand the rising waters during flood season. Granite walls tower thousands of feet in the air, and you might spot bighorn sheep, deer, elk, and hummingbirds.

The 25-mile trip takes about 40 minutes to navigate one-way.

As you can see, there are plenty of outdoor activities for the folks who don’t hike. These are also great options for folks whose “dogs are barking” from their hiking adventures.

Be sure to also check out all of our Rocky Mountain National Park content, including:

• 12 Excellent Estes Park Vacation Rentals For Your Next Rocky Mountain Retreat
• The Best Hikes In Rocky Mountain National Park
• The 8 Best Short Hikes In Rocky Mountain National Park

A visit to historic Riding Mountain National Park takes you to places where bison roam, cinnamon buns are legendary, and a hike puts you at the cabin of one of North America’s greatest imposters. 

While it’s been a popular destination for more than a century, the Manitoba park’s western reaches has become the province’s hippest vacation spot thanks to recent refreshes of all your old favorites. Clear Lake — as it’s known to perennial visitors — promises classic touches of yesteryear laced with the most modern of accommodations, shops, and dining options.

We visit Riding Mountain National Park several times a year to be wrapped in the boreal beauty of soaring spruces, roaming elk, and a vast canvas for stargazing. With its historic buildings, unending hiking trails, and impressive dining options, it feels like a vacation far, far away, even though it’s only a couple of hours from our home.

1. Shop ‘Til You Drop

A stroll down Wasagaming’s main drag yields tempting options for those in search of retail therapy. At Moon Lake Trading Company, pick up a one-of-a-kind piece of pottery by a local artisan or stock up on Charleston & Harlow candles including the signature spicy scent called Wasagamazing — a play on the formal name of the townsite, Wasagaming.

Friends of Riding Mountain National Park is a volunteer-run group that works hard year-round to bring awareness to the natural and cultural treasures of the park. And their gift shop is always a must-stop. Take your pick from books, toys, and outdoor gear including bear bells, a good idea if you’re planning a hike.

2. Shop Some More!

While it’s technically not in the park, Poor Michael’s Emporium is a must-stop. It began in the tiny front room of a vintage building in Onanole in 1992. Since then, Murray Evans and Lei Anne Sharratt have added some space — namely a post-and-beam addition — that houses more books, fair trade coffee, light meals, gifts from their wintertime travels to the Far East, curated pieces from local artisans, and, most recently, vinyl. It’s also home to a summer concert series that sees fans gather on the patio to hear musicians, authors, and poets.

Pro Tip: Evenings in Riding Mountain National Park can get cool. Wrap yourself in stylish comfort with a Beyond Borders blanket available at Lakehouse.

3. Go For A Cruise

Sunsets over Clear Lake are the stuff of dreams, and there’s no better place to soak up the spectacle than aboard The Martese. The 1-hour cruise departs the Clear Lake Marina as the sun is setting, promising Insta-worthy vistas of the boreal landscape surrounding the park’s biggest lake.

4. Decadent Dining

For more than two decades, T.R. McKoys has been dishing up Italian-inspired fare in the space that was once home to The Park Luncheonette. Generations of visitors gather inside the log-clad room over steaming plates of penne with Italian sausage and chicken and poached salmon with coconut curry and fresh mango salsa.

Pro Tip: Leave room for the apple berry cobbler.

5. Classic Cocktails

At 1929 Dining & Lounge, locals gather in the lounge post-shift throughout the busy summer season, sipping Caesars that come in five variations including the Darth Vegan — spiked with hot sauce and chili flakes. The French martini is divine, featuring raspberry-rich Chambord, vodka, and pineapple juice. Or crack open a pale ale from Winnipeg’s Fort Garry Brewing Company.

Pro Tip: 1929 Dining & Lounge is legendary for its Outrageous Nachos, a heaping plate that comes with sour cream and salsa and easily serves four hungry hikers. The bacon cheeseburger comes fully loaded with seasoned beef, bacon, onion, tomato, and cheddar.

6. Tee Off

The first nine holes of the Clear Lake Golf Course were designed by renowned architect Stanley Thompson, who gets high marks for his work on Alberta courses in the tourist parks of Banff and Jasper. Designers of the back nine followed Thompson’s lead to build a course that is, well, no walk in the park. Almost every vehicle along the main thoroughfare through the park stops to watch the sunset. It’s most often a beauty, throwing veins of golden light into the streaky clouds and painting an angler’s line in a glowing arch across nearby Clear Lake.

7. Soak Your Troubles Away

Let your hands and feet be wrapped in warm towels as your scalp is gently massaged at Solstice Spa. The Rainbow Chakra treatment is 90 minutes of spa-scented bliss. Leave some time in your day to enjoy the revitalizing mineral pool, steam rooms, and Swiss showers.

8. Where The Bison Roam

Venture down the 18-mile gravel road that leads to the park’s most visited residents — a herd of roughly 40 captive bison. Along the way to the Lake Audy Bison Enclosure, keep your eyes peeled for moose, bear, and elk.

Back in 1931, 20 animals were relocated from Alberta in an effort to bring a little bit of wild back to the park. They’ve been delighting visitors ever since by nudging up against vehicles on the drive-through roadway that offers an up-close-and-personal experience.

Pro Tip: Look for a solitary bull making a beautiful picture without even knowing it, his heavy black coat cutting a fine silhouette against the reddening sumac and that last Prairie blanket flower of the autumn.

9. Superb Stays

The sister properties of Lakehouse and Arrowhead score high when it comes to capturing the lake life vibe. Lakehouse’s 15 rooms feature crisp white linens with reclaimed wood furnishings and are accented with buffalo check details. A Nespresso coffee machine and Treevival sound amplifier are standard in each room. Arrowhead has a room style for every family, from a studio room to a three-bedroom loft suite. There’s even a pet-friendly room so your fur baby can come along.

10. The Whitehouse Bakery

This bakery is known across the Prairies for its iconic and irresistible cinnamon buns. The process of deciding which flavor — maple, cream cheese, or regular — is no easy task. In high season, cottagers, campers, and daytrippers line up outside the door at the bakery. It’s important to get your fill because the shop is open only seasonally. 

11. Who Was Grey Owl?

A short drive north of the townsite is a trailhead parking lot that offers several choices for your hike of the day. Grey Owl Trail is named for Brit Archie Belaney, who took on an Indigenous identity (not good) and spread the conservation word to audiences beyond Canada (good) after spending time in Riding Mountain National Park. His cabin still stands at the end of the trail, offering visitors a glimpse into his life in the park.

Pro Tip: The hike is classified as moderately difficult and is roughly 5.5 miles long.

12. The Foxtail Cafe

Foxtail Cafe’s woodfired pizzas are beyond delicious, and a concoction called Cinder + Smoke, which is loaded with chicken, charred corn, bacon, red pepper, and mozzarella and finished with a smoky chipotle aioli, is among its most popular dishes. Make your plans to visit in the summer because, like many restaurants in the region, it closes for the winter. 

13. Throw A Cast

Clear Lake comes by its name honestly. The cold and clear waters are home to a variety of species in the area’s largest lake. For a quieter experience, throw a few casts from the dock at Lake Katherine, one of a whopping 1,900 lakes inside Riding Mountain National Park.

Northern pike is the dominant species in this lake, and if you tie into a sizeable specimen, you’ll be in for a good fight. McKinnon Creek and Scott Creek are home to brook trout, a favorite for the fly anglers in the crowd. Learn more about fishing in the park here.

14. Family Fun

Vintage family fun is waiting at the Clear Lake Lawn Bowling Green. Tucked into a residential area surrounded by century-old cabins, these outdoor greens challenge players of all ages. See who can place those “bowls” closest to the jack!

15. A Winter Wonderland

While Riding Mountain National Park throbs with activity in the summer season, it doesn’t sleep in winter.

Winter Hiking In Riding Mountain National Park And Wasagaming

A sunrise walk through Ominnik Marsh is a tender way to greet the day. The relatively short hike (1 mile) largely on a wooden boardwalk affords sweeping views of sparkling cattails and perhaps a weasel in its winter white coat out for a look around. Because the trailhead is right in the townsite of Wasagaming, it’s a convenient outing.

For a longer hike, pick up the South Lake Trail (primarily a biking trail in summer) that heads for the shoreline of Clear Lake then makes a loop back. 

And for those in search of a heftier workout, the South Shore Trail is roughly 8 miles long and skirts the entire southern shoreline of Clear Lake.

Ice Skating On Clear Lake And In Wasagaming

Bring your skates to Clear Lake! In addition to areas cleared by enthusiastic souls on the big lake as well as the marsh, the town site boasts two rinks. The courtyard at Arrowhead Resort is strung with twinkling lights where guests can literally step out their front door and go for a skate. And behind the Riding Mountain National Park Visitor Centre is a lighted rink complete with a warm-up shack for lacing up your blades in comfort.

Pro Tip: Riding Mountain National Park is becoming more popular as a winter destination with each season. Still, several businesses and attractions close for the season. Check ahead of time to see what will be open and closed during your visit.

Travel is back and multigenerational family vacations are hot right now, especially trips that are heavy on outdoor time. Many of us have spent the past two years away from extended family, or at least not spending as much time with kids and grandkids as we would have liked to, and we’re eager to make up for it.

Some travelers remain concerned, in varying degrees, about large indoor events and crowds. Many vacationers are looking to national parks and activities to enjoy in the open air. The National Parks Service’s newest national park, New River Gorge National Park and Preserve in southern West Virginia, just might be the vacation spot that checks all the boxes for a family vacation.

I was the guest of Adventures on the Gorge, an adventure resort in Fayetteville West Virginia. Adventures on the Gorge provided my meals, lodging, and activities. I’m originally from West Virginia and this is one of the most beautiful parts of my home state. All opinions are my own.

1. Easy Access For Travelers Coming From The East Coast Or The Southeast U.S.

New River Gorge National Park and Preserve is located in Fayetville West Virginia, which is 60 miles from Charleston. Visitors can get a flight from most places in the U.S. It’s a small airport so a connecting flight may be necessary. Fayetteville has Amtrak service from Washington DC. if you’re coming from the East Coast or Southeast. New River Gorge is within what most travelers would consider a manageable one-day drive. 

2. It’s A Choose-Your-Own Adventure

While many of the activities described below may be geared toward people with minimal mobility restrictions and a strong sense of adventure, this park can still be enjoyed by visitors who don’t want to scramble up rocks and zipline through the treetops. There are lots of places in and around the national park to find solitude and ponder the beauty of the region or sit and enjoy visiting with loved ones. The sunsets are particularly beautiful. Adventures on the Gorge had a viewing area with Adirondak-style theater seating. Mother Nature puts on quite a show.

The park and surrounding areas inspire you to choose your own adventure. Groups can choose to do activities together or split up for the day and gather for dinner or end the day around a campfire. Charleston and Greenbriar Valley are about an hour’s drive (each way) away. So, if the adventure activities aren’t your cup of tea, there are other activities such as golfing, shopping, drinking craft beer in taprooms, and more to enjoy. You can also take a quick trip into the small city of Fayetteville, which has a handful of shopping and dining options. 

3. Whitewater Rafting

Whitewater rafting is the most popular activity choice at New River Gorge National Park and Preserve. The New and Gauley Rivers run through the park and white water rafting season (May through September) is much anticipated by fans of fast water. If white water rafting doesn’t sound like your thing, don’t worry. There are lots of other things to do. 

The Upper New River has Class I through Class III rapids, so rafters and kayakers can expect a gentler run, although some people may not think it is gentle. I did this run with my husband and two tweens in June and the second-to-last set of rapids (aptly named Surprise Falls) was pretty intense. Our guide called it “a doozy.” That was an understatement. 

We booked our rafting tour with Adventures on the Gorge. They also offer tours of the Lower New River and the Gauley River, which are a little wilder — Class IV and up rapids. Safety equipment (helmets and flotation devices) are provided so non-swimmers can participate in this activity, but you’ll need enough mobility to get in and out of the water, paddle, and take direction from the river guides. If you have physical limitations or mobility restrictions, I recommend talking to the guides before booking the trip to see what’s possible.

4. Hiking Around The Park

There are over 100 miles of hiking trails in New River Gorge National Park, ranging from flat, smooth walking trails to steep, challenging terrain. The trails range from 0.25 mile to 7 miles. Some trails can be connected for a longer hike. If you’re not sure what trail is right for your group, talk to a ranger at one of the visitor centers. Paper maps are available but I find it easiest to use a hiking app like All Trails for navigation. Make sure to download the map so you can access it without a cell signal. 

If you’re up for hitting the trails but want a guide, Adventures on the Gorge offers two and three-hour guided hikes. If you’re hesitant about exploring on your own or just want someone who knows the lay of the land to show you the best scenic overlooks and picture spots, this could be an option for you. 

There’s some private property inside the national park, so make sure you heed any warnings on posted signs.

5. Canyon Rim Visitor’s Center

The Canyon Rim Visitor’s Center is a great spot to learn about the history of the park and this part of West Virginia in general. You’ll find an interpretive center with photographs and artifacts, a scale model of the entire park and preserve, and a theater. The theater shows an 11-minute movie played on a loop that tells the park’s story. 

The gift shop is well-stocked with typical national park souvenirs and has a great selection of books. You can also get your national parks passports stamped here. The outside porch is a great place to get a look at the river. I took lots of pictures from this vantage point and not one of them did the actual view justice, so I recommend seeing it in person. 

There’s an accessible boardwalk viewing area as well as a staircase that goes down to a second overlook. The 150 steps down treat visitors to a unique view of the New River Bridge from below.

6. New River Gorge Bridge Walk

A lot of the activities I’ve described fall into the “active vacation” box. Other than being able to walk 2 miles, The New River Gorge Bridgewalk isn’t a particularly strenuous excursion. That said, nothing, including flipping my kayak in Surprise Falls, got my heart racing quite like my walk across this bridge.

Completed in 1977, the New River Bridge is 876 feet tall and ranks third on the roster of America’s tallest bridges. There’s a 24-inch wide catwalk directly underneath the bridge. For $72, you can be harnessed in and take a guided tour across the bridge. There’s a railing you can hold on to if you’re nervous (that was me!) and your safety equipment is clipped to an overhead cable. That said, I was terrified the entire time I was up there. My kids and most of my other companions described the experience as “thrilling” and “exhilarating” so the takeaway definitely varies from person to person. I will admit the views from up high are spectacular, but I think this is a one-and-done for me.

The tours are guided by someone who knows the history of the bridge. You must be on a tour to participate. The trek across the bridge is one-way. A bus will drop you off at one end and pick you up on the other side. Kids must be at least eight years old to walk the bridge. If you have physical limitations, wear a prosthesis, or use a wheelchair or cane, you may be able to participate. Call for details. 

Bridge Day is celebrated every October to commemorate the completion of the bridge. The bridge is closed to vehicular traffic and visitors can enjoy watching BASE jumpers and rappellers in addition to the regular bridge walk tours.

7. Flat Water Activities

Lake Summersville, one of the largest lakes in West Virginia, is located about 20 miles from New River Gorge National Park. If you enjoy the water but don’t want the thrill of the rapids, lake life is an option during summer. 

This reservoir was created when the Gauley River was dammed in the 1960s. The lake is released six weekends during the fall for Gauley River Rafting. Summer visitors can swim, rent a pontoon, paddleboard, or just enjoy the views of the water. Adventures on the Gorge has some options for lake adventures you can book during spring, summer, and fall.

8. Amenities At Adventures On The Gorge

In addition to the tours I’ve already mentioned, Adventures on the Gorge offers ziplining, laser tag, horseback riding, rock climbing, team-building exercises, and more. Guests can be as active — or as sedentary — as they want. All activities must be booked separately, although there are some combo packages available. 

There’s a pool, a children’s playground, patios with spectacular views, and several scenic overlooks. There are two onsite restaurants plus a coffee shop serving light breakfast options. Most of the bookable activities require guests to be at least eight, with the exception being the Timbertrek Adventure Park, which is open to kids as young as four. The Timbertrek Adventure Park and the half-day rock climbing are easy “spectator sports” for parents or grandparents who want to see their kids participate without signing up for the activity. 

There’s a variety of lodging available, from luxury cabins that sleep up to 14 to campsites. We stayed in a bunkhouse-style cabin that sleeps ten people. We found it comfortable, but a bit rustic. It worked because we were very active during our trip to New River Gorge, only returning to the cabin to fall into bed at the end of the day. If you envision more family time in and around your lodging and amenities are important to you, you may want to look at other options. 

Ace Adventure Resort and Glade Springs offer similar types of accommodations, although I don’t have firsthand experience with either property. Airbnb and Vrbo also have lots of options for vacation homes to rent. 

Although our unit had bed space for 12, it only had one bathroom, which might not have worked well for a larger group.

9. Explore Nearby Greenbrier Valley

The beauty of the area and location is a big part of why I think New River Gorge is such a great spot for a multi-gen trip where you’ve got a group of people with varying interests and abilities. Guests who are lower on the adrenaline junkie spectrum might enjoy a side trip to nearby Greenbrier Valley, which is less than 50 miles from the park — about a 90-minute scenic drive, each way.

Greenbriar Valley has five golf courses, two covered bridges, a llama farm, and more dining and shopping choices. Sometimes the challenge of putting together a successful multigenerational trip is finding options that everyone is happy with and this community offers some choices that might check that box.

When it comes to wildlife viewing in Yellowstone National Park, you’d be hard-pressed to find a better place than Lamar Valley. Elk, bison, deer, pronghorn, wolves, coyotes, and grizzlies make their homes in this expansive valley, plus occasional sightings of bobcats, cougars, and red foxes. Some of the largest wild herds of bison and elk in North America are found in an area called the Northern Range, which includes Lamar Valley.

Because Lamar is the superstar for wildlife (Hayden Valley is first runner-up), and because I’m sort of chicken about meeting a grizzly in the wild, my husband Dean and I booked the Lamar Valley Safari Hike with Yellowstone Hiking Guides.

Pro Tip: Before you go, check current conditions in Yellowstone. (Our trip was taken before the 2022 flooding.)

Here are my favorite experiences from our hike in the spectacular Lamar Valley.

1. Meeting The Yellowstone ‘Greeter’ 

Our delightful day began with the warm and wooly appearance of a large male bison as we entered Yellowstone. Later, we learned about a dozen “loner males” that stroll around the park roads like they own the place. It’s awesome, but given their size, it’s also a bit unnerving when one lumbers past your car.

2. Enjoying The Peaceful Valley

Our September 8 morning was an unseasonably cold 15 degrees, with snow on the ground. I wouldn’t take it on the hike, but I was glad I had my long down coat. We drove to the Lamar River Trailhead, our meeting point for the 8 a.m. hike.

We got there early and had time to soak it in. From the trailhead, we gazed out over the valley, completely serene in the new-fallen snow. Geese swam on Soda Butte Creek and ascended in flight. The lingering moon was showing off, peeking out from deep gray clouds to make itself known. All of this. This is why we get up early, even on vacation. 

3. Stepping Over The Footbridge 

I walked down to the creek (being ever mindful that this is grizzly country) to take photos of the area and footbridge. Everything looked fresh and beautiful with that dusting of snow.

4. Meeting Our Fellow Adventurers

As we waited for our guide, we met John and Michelle from Florida, who would hike with us. The temp must have felt exceedingly cold to them! A third couple was a no-show.

Pro Tip: 14 people is the max on this hike. It’s not recommended for anyone with back problems, heart problems, or any serious medical conditions (requires a “moderate” fitness level). Per the gear list, we brought hiking poles and a backpack to carry at least two 32-ounce bottles of water per person.

5. Learning From Our Knowledgeable Guide

Our hiking guide, Josh, explained some easy ground rules. The tour was 6 to 7 hours, and we would hike 6 to 7 miles up and down the valley, stopping when we saw wildlife, with lunch at mid-day. He said the four of us would set the pace, because he can do this hike as fast or as slow as his guests want to do it.

Josh has been co-leading and leading tours in this valley since he was 10 (his parents owned the company before him), and he knew the valley. Exactly what you want in a guide!

Initially, we followed a hiking path, but soon, Josh took us off the beaten path. He said we were taking “the buffalo trail.” We’re in Lamar; why not see the valley like bison do? Love it.

6. Watching A Wolf Pack

About half an hour in, Josh pointed out a wolf pack munching on a bison carcass, far across the valley. He suggested we put our backpacks on the ground and sit on them, knees up, so we could steady our binoculars on our knees for better viewing. Josh told us about wolf packs in Yellowstone and a loner wolf, aptly nicknamed Splinter.

From afar, the feeding wolves looked like one big black blob. Once we knew what it was, we could make out individual wolves with the naked eye. We counted 10 wolves in the pack and watched until they finished feeding and headed into the woods.

7. Gazing At The Grazing Bison Herd 

We saw a bison herd, tiny specs against Lamar’s grandeur. As we stopped to watch them, I counted 100 bison of all sizes, old and young.

We also saw a few straggler bison taking their own sweet time catching up with the herd. At one point, we walked between where they were standing and the rest of the herd. Josh stopped to see where the straggler bison wanted to go and changed our route to accommodate them. He always had the right understanding and respect for wildlife.

Pro Tip: National Park Service guidelines say to stay at least 100 yards from bears and wolves, and at least 25 yards away from all other animals, including bison and elk. With a guide, I never worried about any of this and could fully enjoy the experience.

8. Appreciating The Scenery, Vegetation, And Birds 

Lamar Valley has many faces. Much of it is grand, wide-open spaces, rimmed in mountains. We saw a patch of trees (cottonwoods?) that looked like they belonged in my home state of Minnesota, and more typically western vegetation like lodgepole pines and sagebrush. The snow continued to melt as temps were rising.

We saw mountain bluebirds and several bald eagles perched in trees. When asked about grizzlies, Josh said in fall, bears stay in the high meadows, so we looked for them midway up the mountains where it looked brown and grassy. (We didn’t see any.)

9. Munching Lunch At The Riverbank

About halfway through the hike, Josh led us down “the Fisherman’s Trail,” an informal, rustic trail that was rather steep and took us to the Lamar River banks.

There, we sat on large rocks and ate lunch and chatted. By this time, the heaviest layers of outerwear were in our backpacks.

10. Respecting The Bison That Wouldn’t Budge

After lunch, we started the 3-mile hike back. We saw another bison herd and Josh stopped short when he saw a big male bison laying in the area we were going to hike through. He said this male was a watchman for the herd.

At Josh’s direction, we bunched up close together and stepped forward. We were still a considerable distance from the bison, but he was watching us. Our action meant the five of us (collectively) are big and wanted to come the bison’s way, so he should move (bison psychology).

As we waited, Josh asked us who we thought was the boss of the herd. How about this guy? The guard and protector? Nope. Josh said it’s the matriarch, the wise grandmother of the herd!

When the bunch-up strategy proved ineffective, Josh told us to stay while he moved slightly closer to the big bison. He stood his ground, but the bison just looked at him, unmoved, unmotivated, unbudging.

In the middle of the stare-off, another big male bison strolled up toward his buddy, and now we had two big male bison watching us. Josh returned to us and said he’d lead us back another way. The joy of going with a guide!

11. Hiking Through A Unique Basin 

We hiked down a slope and through the outskirts of a natural basin. It looked like an unremarkable land depression to me, but Josh told us expectant elk and bison come here to give birth. There were clear lines of sight from the bottom of the basin; anything that intended harm could be easily seen. Thanks to Josh, we had more insight about what this was — another benefit of touring with a guide!

12. Treasuring The Hike Out 

On the hike out, we went an entirely different way (thanks to Mr. Non-Budging Bison). Things were fresh and verdant from the freshly melted snow. We spotted a coyote and an elk as we hiked.

13. Hearing The Rushing Waters 

When we returned to the footbridge, the snow and reflections of the morning were gone. Near this spot, the creek merged with the Lamar River and was flowing rapidly, and two fly fishermen were trying their luck. It was 51 degrees and beautiful.

Final Thoughts

The Lamar Valley has been called “America’s Serengeti” for its large, easily visible herds and packs of animals. I can see why.

The truth is, I liked every experience of this hike. They were all my favorites. It’s a wonderful thing to have the time, health, and money to travel, and when you can spend 6.5 hours guided through one of the most spectacular wildlife valleys in the country, it’s sure to make you glad to be alive… and grateful.

Related Reading:

• 7 Can’t-Miss Experiences At Yellowstone National Park For First-Timers
• 11 Key Tips For Visiting Yellowstone’s Grand Prismatic Spring
• 7 Fabulous Reasons To Visit Yellowstone National Park In The Fall

If you had your choice of a hike that took you to a cascading series of waterfalls or one that took you to “top of the world” scenery, which would you choose? At Shenandoah National Park, you don’t have to choose, because these two hikes are near each other, doable (even on the same morning), and my favorites.

Just 75 miles from Washington, D.C., Shenandoah National Park is “bursting with cascading waterfalls, spectacular vistas, fields of wildflowers, and quiet wooded hollows. With over 200,000 acres of protected lands that are a haven to deer, songbirds, and black bears, there’s so much to explore,” the National Park Service says. I couldn’t agree more!

My husband Dean and I love the national parks (I’ve previously written about Yellowstone, Grand Teton, and Acadia, for example), and we think time spent at one is always time well spent. Dean hadn’t been to Shenandoah National Park since he was a boy, and I never had. We visited at the end of October when the color was post-peak but still lovely and temps were a perfect 60-65 degrees Fahrenheit, great for hiking.

Before we dig into the trails, a few general notes on Shenandoah National Park. I’m a big fan because this park is easy to navigate, even for someone like me who’s a little “directionally challenged.”

Skyline Drive runs north and south for 105 miles through the entire length of the park. The impressive, curvy road was built on the crest of the Blue Ridge Mountains, so you can see the National Forest on one side and the Shenandoah River Valley on the other. Don’t miss stopping at some of the overlooks along the drive (not that you could; they’re everywhere).

Every mile of Skyline Drive is marked with a small signpost called a milepost (MP). Starting at the north entry, at MP zero, and driving south through the park, the milepost numbers increase with each mile to MP 105 at the south entry, so it’s easy to get your bearings.

Pro Tip: Visitors are required to purchase an entrance pass to access Shenandoah National Park, whether you’re driving into the park on Skyline Drive or hiking in from the park boundary. Prices vary, especially depending on the day so make sure to check out the link provided above.

Now, let’s take a closer look at these two hikes.

1. Dark Hollow Falls

• Length: 1.4 Miles Round Trip
• Estimated Hiking Time: 1 Hour And 15 Minutes
• Elevation Gain: 440 Feet
• Location: Milepost 50.7
• Rating: Moderate

Our exploration started at the Harry F. Byrd Sr. Visitor Center at Big Meadows, where we asked a park ranger for hiking suggestions. She told us the Dark Hollow Falls hike was the park’s shortest hike to the best waterfall view. Shortest and best — sounds like a winning combination!

We hiked on a Wednesday morning, and it wasn’t busy, but typically this is a very popular hike. From the trailhead, we hiked through a forested area and the path soon curved away from the road. The trail follows a beautiful stream to the foot of the falls. The path is well-traveled but rocky, with stairs in the steepest parts.

We paused at an overlook, where I loved how the blue sky reflected in the water. We were standing above the crest of the falls here; we could hear them, but couldn’t yet see them. It was another 1,000 feet to the lower falls (a sign told me so).

As we hiked into the canyon, there was a big rock wall on our left as the trail curved around to take us to the foot of Dark Hollow Falls. The park ranger was right — shortest and best! We loved this cascading 70-foot-high series of waterfalls.

As we lingered at the falls, I struck up a conversation with an older woman who said she’d been hiking here for decades. This hike was part of their family heritage; they had enjoyed it through the generations (kids and grandkids). She asked me to take a photo of her at the falls and told me that although her husband could no longer hike, he was waiting in the car for her. How generous and sweet. I thought about the seasons of life, and it made me so grateful for Dean and all the hiking and adventures we shared.

Although other hiking trails connect at the falls to take you deeper into the park, we turned around and headed back the way we came.

Pro Tip: The park warns that “the return hike is challenging, know your limits and take your time, especially when the trail is wet and slippery.” We had great weather for this hike, so this wasn’t our experience. It was a bit steep in parts, but very doable. Still, it’s wise to listen to the park’s advice.

Ready to go? Check the Big Meadows area trail map for all the details.

2. Stony Man Summit

• Length: 1.6-Mile Round Trip
• Estimated Hiking Time: 1 Hour
• Elevation Gain: 340 Feet
• Location: Milepost 41.7
• Rating: Easiest

This Stony Man hike had views that made us feel like we were on top of the world! It also didn’t hurt that the trailhead was in the backyard of our lodging at Skyland Resort.

Pro Tip: Skyland is great because of location, location, location. It’s fairly central on Skyline Drive. There’s something for everyone at this expansive resort (178 lodging units, from rustic cabins to spacious luxury suites), located between MP 41.7 and MP 42.5 at Skyline Drive’s highest elevation, 3,680 feet.

We started at the trailhead and hiked a small part of the Appalachian Trail (it’s not unusual for national park hiking trails to intersect and overlap with the Appalachian Trail). When the trail split, we followed the well-marked trail to Stony Man Summit.

When we arrived at the summit, there was a large outcropping of rocks (and no guard rails). We had spectacular views of the Shenandoah Valley, Massanutten Mountain, and more. We shared the view with quite a few fellow hikers perched on this broad ledge of flat rock, and there was plenty of room for all!

Dean, the sensible man that he is, stayed on the safe footing and enjoyed the view, while I maneuvered around on the rocks like a billy goat, looking for just the right camera angles (typical).

In my quest, I noticed an overgrown footpath, so I took it and came upon another large rock clearing, this time with fewer people. Large black birds were swooping up and down the cliffs. Bushes with red berries grew impossibly out of the rock. I could also see the curvy Skyline Drive from this vantage point, and I loved this view of the road and the fall trees. Even post-peak, it was magnificent!

Hiking back to our car, we saw an offshoot on the trail. We took “the road less traveled,” but soon it became apparent this was not the way to go, and we decided to right our wrongs.

Pro Tip: Trail blazes (markings) are found on trees and rocks throughout Shenandoah National Park. Blue indicates a national park hiking trail and white identifies the Appalachian Trail. If you find yourself on a yellow-marked trail, you just might be sharing it with horses. Just sayin’.

Once we were back on the right hiking trail, I noticed a family, heading down the trail in front of us. The parents were each holding the hand of the little girl sandwiched in the middle. Of course, sometimes they lifted their daughter off the ground, and I could hear her squeals of delight, and their talking and laughing. I love this “slice of life” stuff; it’s precious to me.

Pro Tip: We did this hike during the day and it was spectacular, but Stony Man Summit is also popular for sunset views if you’re willing to hike later in the day.

Ready to go? Check the Skyland Resort area trail map for all the details.

Hike Both Trails

Cascading waterfall or “top of the world” view? Now, which would you pick? These two hikes are so close together and so doable that you don’t have to choose. I don’t think you can go wrong with either one, but better yet, try them both.

Shenandoah National Park offers more than 500 miles of hiking trails, but these two are my favorites. So, lace up your hiking boots, grab your hiking poles, some trail mix, and water, and head out into the wide-open spaces. When you visit this beautiful National Park that’s brimming with beauty, I hope you enjoy these trails as much as we did.

Like all our national parks, Grand Teton National Park is a treasure. In 1950, it must have been pure wisdom that combined the 1929 Grand Teton National Park with the 1943 Jackson Hole National Monument to form what we call Grand Teton National Park today.

The Taggart Lake trail is popular, to say the least. There are several ways to do it, but we did the 3-mile “out-and-back” with phenomenal views of the Teton Range. The average slope of 6 percent is very doable, but the hiking trail includes rocks, roots, and steps.

Pro Tip: Purchase a National Park pass in advance to save time at the entrance gate.

Note: When we visited, high-altitude smoke from west coast wildfires added a haze to the sky, which is why the mountains in the photos are not as crisp and clear as they would otherwise be. Still beautiful!

Here are some tips to help you get the most from a hike to Taggart Lake.

1. Take The Good Advice From Gypsy Guide

Before you go, purchase and download the Yellowstone/Grand Teton “Gypsy Guide” app for a small fee. As you drive, it uses GPS to trigger audio about the park’s history, attractions, and more, based on exactly where you are in the park. Your own private tour guide! The Gypsy Guide told us this hike was a “must-do.” This app is great for all your time in Grand Teton National Park.

Pro Tip: You can also download the free NPS App, which provides maps, tours, and on-the-spot accessibility information about more than 400 national parks.

2. Watch For Wildlife

Even before we got to the trailhead, we were on the lookout for wildlife, which is always a good idea in Grand Teton National Park. Our reward for being early risers on this day was seeing a bull elk in a meadow on Teton Park Road. We spotted him in the same area we had seen pronghorns the day before. It’s a popular stretch of road for wildlife!

3. Go Early

We were in the park several days before we did this hike, so we drove past the Taggart Lake trailhead several times. From mid-morning to the end of the day, the parking lot was full, and cars were parked every which way and halfway down the road. So, get an early start (we were there by 7:45) to beat the crowds.

Pro Tip: In September, we had a cool start in the high 30s, but it warmed to 80 degrees. Dressing in layers is always a good call.

4. Be Prepared

Be aware of the national park tips for hiking in Grand Teton National Park because it “can be a challenging experience due to the rugged nature of the landscape, including high elevation, steep trails, and extreme and sudden weather changes.”

Rest easy, the hike to Taggart is rated “easy.” Still, hiking basics like the right footwear, hiking poles if you need them, and plenty of water are a good idea. We loaded up our backpacks with trail mix and grabbed our bear spray (another essential) and set out.

As we were just getting started, we saw a mule deer. He was easily identifiable because of his large, mule-like ears. Apparently not a fan of hikers, he quickly ditched into the woods when he saw us coming.

5. Soak In The Initial Aspen Views

Views on the hiking trail as you leave the trailhead are not mountainous, as you might expect. The hike starts in an aspen-covered moraine before the trail broadens to views of the Tetons. Trees were starting to turn orange and golden and Grand Teton had more fall color than we had seen in our previous week at Yellowstone.

6. See The Clear Waters Of Taggart Creek

At every wooden bridge over every creek crossing, we could peer into the water and see all the way to the bottom. The water may not have been potable, but it was crystal clear. At this hour, virtually no one was on the trail. Private hiking!

7. Take Your Place Among Giant Boulders

We hiked past giant — and I mean giant — boulders. Dean and I were dwarfed by this massive boulder that sat to the right of the hiking trail, and others like it. It was probably exactly where it had sat for many, many years.

8. Enjoy Other Woodland Amazements

As we hiked along, we saw other curious sights, like a snag (dead tree) with so many deep holes that it looked like the handiwork of a woodpecker on overdrive. We saw another tree with large gashes on the bark and places where the bark was entirely stripped away from the tree. Hmm … we were in black bear and grizzly country. What could make a big mark like that? Even with bear spray, I didn’t want to think about that too much.

9. Take The Offshoot To Bradley Lake

Feeling ambitious? At the signed trail split, follow the Valley Trail right and head to Bradley Lake. Note that the Valley Trail is rated “moderate.” Moderate, and worth it! I say, any morning you can hike to two alpine lakes is a good morning.

We were captivated at Bradley by the gorgeous reflection of the mountains in the water. We didn’t see a soul! Who are we that we get our own private lake, mountains, and trees?

The bridge at the far end of Bradley went over the narrowest end of the lake. I also couldn’t help but notice how many of the old trees in this section of the park have fascinating, thick, gnarly tree roots.

Pro Tip: If you take the Bradley offshoot, the park website estimates hiking time at 2 to 3 hours. Without Bradley, the Taggart hike is estimated at 1 to 2 hours.

We loved our detour here, but it was time to hike on. From Bradley Lake, we followed the well-marked Valley Trail signs on to Taggart Lake.

10. Linger Over The Taggart Lake Views

Taggart is popular for a reason. Everywhere I looked, mountains were reflected in this large, still lake. Purples and greens and mauve colors. Evergreens and large rocks with that clear water. Even with the smoke from the wildfires hazing up the mountains, it was a beautiful sight.

11. Try Your Hand At Fishing

Fishermen were lined up on an outcropping of rocks near the water, trying their luck fishing in Taggart Lake. I’m not sure what they were angling for, but the lakes at Teton hold some 16 species of fish, including brook trout, lake trout, cutthroat trout, and whitefish.

12. Take The Long View From The Wooden Bridge

Before you leave this heavenly spot, walk to the long wooden bridge on the south side of the lake. It gives you a long perspective of the lake that you can’t fully appreciate from other viewpoints.

13. The Hike Out Has Its Own Rewards

As we headed back to the car, we passed a family hiking toward Taggart Lake. I turned around to take a photo of this family sharing such dramatic nature with their children. At one point on a hike, we talked to a dad and mom, each hiking with a small child in carriers on their backs. I applauded their efforts (knowing that travel with small kids is an effort) and told them so, and the dad easily replied, “Gotta start ‘em early.” I loved it.

Pro Tip: The hike to Taggart is wonderful, and there are many more trails to choose from. When you go, stop at a visitor center and talk with a ranger, who can suggest additional hikes and give you updated trail conditions.

14. Pack A Picnic Lunch To Enjoy Post-Hike

More than once, Dean and I have enjoyed sandwiches, grapes, chips, and water from our small cooler at the end of a hike. Simple foods somehow taste better when eaten with the majestic Grand Tetons as a backdrop.

15. Make A Photo Stop On Teton Park Road

As we were heading out on Teton Park Road, we saw a by-now-familiar picturesque small brown stable set against the mountains. We had driven by this scene before, but this time, horses strolled through the meadow. I also loved the old buck rail fences in the foreground, so unique to the area and getting to be a thing of the past. The mountains were a little smoky, which made them look a bit surreal and to me, only added to the wonder of the scene.

Final Thoughts

With more than 250 miles of trails, I’d say Grand Teton National Park makes the most of its mountainous scenery. It’s got something for everyone, from short walks like this 3-mile Taggart beauty to true backcountry experiences. Plenty of options to get up, get out, and get in it.

The short, easy hike to Taggart Lake is quintessential Grand Teton, and it offers everything a person takes a hike in the mountains to experience: natural beauty, solitude, and a glorious place to refresh your soul.

Related Articles:

• 13 Tips For Hiking Jenny Lake In Grand Teton National Park
• 9 Wonderful Hikes In Wyoming
• 9 Best Experiences In Gorgeous Grand Teton National Park

The state of Washington has a trifecta of national parks. North Cascades is near the Canadian border on Washington Highway 20. Mount Rainier is east of Seattle/Tacoma with entrances on either the west or east side of the mountain. Olympic is on the Olympic Peninsula and is the largest of the three parks.

Visiting these three parks is a great road trip. It’s about 200 miles south from North Cascades to Rainier and another 260 miles west to the Hoh Rainforest in Olympic. (I selected the Hoh Rainforest and Kalaloch areas of Olympic to focus on. These locations are on the Pacific side of the park.)

These amazing parks can be enjoyed by everyone. None of them have tour buses, trams, or attractions like Old Faithful. Before you go, it’s good to have an idea of what you can see and where you can get the best views. I picked 11 things to see and visit even if you are not a hiker or wilderness backpacker.

Pro Tip: Some roads, visitor centers, and campgrounds in all three parks are seasonal — opening in May/June and closing by October/November due to cold weather. 

North Cascades National Park

1. Picnic At Diablo Lake Overlook

Stop at the Diablo Lake overlook and sit below a glacier-laden mountain while you gaze at the spectacular turquoise water. The overlook has a large parking area, many picnic tables, and trees for shade. You tower above the lake and watch kayakers far below try their hand at navigating the currents. There are restrooms and potable water.

2. Walk To The Scenic Overlook At Gorge High Dam

There is plenty of parking at this overlook. Take a paved trail that takes you to scenic overlook of Gorge High Dam on the beautiful Skagit river below. Look for the waterfall from the trail. It’s across the gorge. You may hear it before you see it! This is an easy, worthwhile trail in a tranquil setting.

3. View Hozomeen Mountain

Hozomeen is visible only from one pullout on Highway 20 and is in the far distance, nearly at the Canadian border. At the last pullout on the highway, before you exit the park on the east side, there is an information board that describes how the author Jack Kerouac wrote about his time living in the park, viewing the mountain. Hozomeen is actually a pair of twin peaks that reach 7,500 to 8,000 feet in elevation. Most people go to the mountain by hiking through the backcountry wilderness or boating up Ross Lake. From your vantage point on the highway, you can see a portion of Ross Lake below you.

Pro Tip: Because Washington Highway 20 is the only road in the park, there is no entry fee.

4. Visit Historic Newhalem

Outside the western entrance to the park, stop in the historic town of Newhalem. Tour the history of the Skagit River Hydroelectric Project that brings energy to Seattle. Historical exhibits are in the Skagit Information Center as well as around this tiny town. 

Take the suspension bridge at the end of Main Street and enjoy beautiful views of the turquoise Skagit River. There is also an easy, though unpaved walk through the Trail of the Cedars. This old-growth forest is amazing but has uneven ground in some places. The beginning of the walk is packed with gravel and will give you a good view of the forest. 

Fishing is a popular activity up and down the Skagit River and in the park. Be sure to have a state fishing license. 

You’ll find the North Cascades Visitor Center just to the west of Newhalem.

Pro Tip: Use Burlington, Washington, at I-5 as your base camp to visit North Cascades. RV camping is available in Rockport, about halfway to the park. 

Mount Rainier National Park

5. Drive To The Alpine Meadow At Sunrise Visitor Center

Mount Rainier is the iconic 14,000-foot volcano that personifies the Seattle/Tacoma region. Its presence is commanding. It is perpetually snow-covered with glaciers on all sides. 

The Sunrise Visitor Center is on the eastern side of the mountain at a 7,000-foot elevation. You’ll be rewarded after an hour’s drive from the entry gate with tantalizingly close views of Rainier and the Emmons Glacier. The visitor center has ample parking and is in an alpine meadow. In summer, you’ll find the meadow bursting with wildflowers amongst the lush grasses. There’s a gift shop in the visitor center and a snack shop in the Sunrise Day Lodge, open 5 days a week. 

6. View The Emmons Glacier As You Picnic

There is an amazing picnic area behind the visitor center where you can pick out a secluded table and gaze at the blue ice of Emmons Glacier. You’ll get an even better view of the glacier from a viewing area that requires a little downhill (and uphill back) walk on a solid, wide path from the parking lot. If you want to dip your toe into hiking, walk a bit of the Silver Forest trail that leads away from the viewing area and you’ll get another vantage point of the mountain. The Silver Forest trail is narrow and on unlevel ground. 

Alternatively, walk from the picnic area on a very wide and level path, a bit uphill, into the meadow until you get to the turnoff for different hiking trails. At this vantage point, you can see Burroughs Mountain — a flat-topped mound that is quite distinctive.

7. Stop At Sunrise Point For Views Of Rainier And The Cascade Mountains

Stop at the large parking lot at Sunrise Point on the road to and from the Sunrise Visitor Center at 6,000 feet elevation. You can view the alpine Sunrise Lake 400 feet below. There are paved vantage points across the road from the parking lots, with picturesque vistas of the mountains in all directions that are perfect for taking photos.

8. Visit The Longmire Historic District

The Paradise Visitor Center and the Longmore Historic District are on the western side of Rainier. Longmire is the original park office built in 1916. You can visit the information center and museum of the history of the park. 

Pro Tip: Stay on the western side of the park in one of two historic hotels: Paradise Inn or the National Inn in the Longmire Historic District. The sunset light, called Aspenglow, reflects on the mountain.

Olympic National Park

9. Picnic And Walk In The Hoh Rainforest

On this Pacific Ocean side of the park, you’ll find the Hoh Rainforest, the northernmost such forest in the world. There’s one word to describe the Hoh Rainforest: otherworldly. Enormously tall, old-growth trees drip moss and are covered in lichen. They rise from a forest floor carpet of giant ferns. I was sure a dinosaur would run into my campsite momentarily! This area gets over 100 inches of rainfall annually, mainly during the winter. 

Take the easy, 0.8-mile Hall of Mosses walk through the rainforest at the visitor center. There is a daily ranger-led walk and talk on this relatively easy path. There are plenty of picnic tables to enjoy in the day-use area with very easy walking paths under tall trees. Or walk/drive into the campground just beyond the visitor parking lot to enjoy some huge trees and get views of the Hoh River.

Pro Tip: This is a remote location. It’s 18 miles from the Highway 101 turnoff to the visitor center. At mile 10, you’ll reach the park entrance where fees are collected or passes observed. You’re 30 miles from the nearest gas station at Forks. Potable water is available at the visitor center.

10. View The Hoh River

You’ll drive along the Hoh River on the way in. It is broad and moves quickly as it comes down 7,000 feet from the glaciers and snowpack on Mount Olympus. It expands to its banks in spring and falls back to a narrower body during the summer when the spring snowmelt tapers off. Just before and after the park entry gate, you’ll see pullouts where you can safely park. From these points, you can walk a short distance to see the river. If you would rather not walk, drive through the campground next to the visitor center and see the river from there.

11. Kalaloch Beach

There are many beautiful beach sites along the edge of the park on the Pacific Ocean on U.S. Highway 101. Many are not easy to reach and require hiking up and down. The most accessible beach is Kalaloch, about 40 miles from the Hoh Rainforest turnoff. There are cabins, a lodge, and a campground on this national park property. The Tree of Life, a bluffside tree with striking visible roots, is the most well-known point of interest on this beach. Stairs are available to go up and down, but you must watch the tide charts so you aren’t trapped on the beach with floating logs. 

Pro Tip: If you can’t stay in Kalaloch, you can stop at numerous pullouts along the highway in the area to get great views of the ocean. Some have parking areas and paths that lead to the beach. These walks can be strenuous and steep.

National parks mentioned in this article:

• North Cascades
• Mount Rainier
• Olympic

Beautiful from first sight and hiding a wealth of wonders below the surface, Crater Lake is a natural phenomenon. Anyone who has spied its serene waters will understand why it was named one of the country’s first national parks back in 1902. The shores of this volcanic lake sit at 6,000 feet above sea level. More remarkably, the water goes down almost 2,000 feet, making Crater Lake the deepest in the United States and the ninth deepest worldwide. 

Visiting Crater Lake National Park is no great challenge, but it always helps to come prepared. The lake itself can be reached by car, but the area abounds with scenic hikes. 

Crater Lake is just the foremost wonder among many. The Klamath Basin is home to towering volcanoes, stunning waterfalls, and a wealth of waterways and lakes ideal for swimming, fly fishing, and kayaking. It is home to historic towns such as Klamath Falls. Scenic drives, leisurely afternoons, and adventurous activities await you. 

A fantastic destination all year-round, Crater Lake National Park is always ready for visitors. Start planning your trip today by finding your Crater Lake lodging. To help you along, here is a list of 10 Vrbo vacation rentals near the park.

Sun Mountain Ranch Bunkhouse | $970/avg nightly

The closest rental property to Crater Lake is also one of the finest. This home on Sun Mountain Ranch is a large, pet-friendly cabin, the perfect gathering spot for a family or large group drawn to the beautiful sights of Klamath County. The home sits on a 280-acre property populated mostly with cattle. Wild animals are a common sight as well, drawn in by the freshwater of the creek which runs through the ranch. The bunkhouse covers 5,000 square feet and has seven bedrooms, most of which are dotted around the loft area shielded by curtains. While privacy is limited, there’s plenty of space for everyone. The home is just a few miles from the park’s entrance and about 35 minutes from the rim of the crater.

Dreaming of Fort Klamath – your dream vacation awaits you

4.5 Stars (18 Reviews)

• Property Type: Private vacation home
• Maximum Occupancy: 20 Guests
• Bedrooms: 5
• Bathrooms: 4

Top guest reviews

• This cabin is in the perfect location for enjoying outdoor activities! Our family loved exploring the property, including fishing in the creek, and exploring the near by attractions. There are so many good waterfall hikes within an hour of the cabin as well as lakes and national/state parks. If you don’t feel like leaving the property itself has enough to keep you entertained for a week.The Wi-Fi was out when we arrived (a squirrel chewed through the cable so not their fault) but the owner was wonderful and came out to repair it quickly. She was easy to get ahold of and left very detailed instructions for how to operate everything at the cabin. The listing accurately describes the house and set-up of sleeping areas. It is quirky but we enjoyed being closer with each other and felt like we were at summer camp (in a good way!). The kitchen had everything we needed to cook 2 meals a day. Many large pots perfect for our party of 20. Also there are 2 refrigerator/freezers which was great for storing all the food we needed for the week.The property manager was hard to get ahold of as well as get accurate information on some details (such as the wifi and grill set up) as they stated they had never been to the house. That made it a little difficult to plan if we needed to bring our own fuel for the grill and if the kids could do remote school while there. It all worked out though, the grill is gas and propane is provided. Wi-Fi is strong enough for those who need to remote work or do school.Overall it was a wonderful experience and our family is already discussing when we can go again!
• We were pleasantly surprised at the contents of the kitchen pantry and the small appliances. Fireplace needs a good cleaning though.
• A great place to get away from it all.
• This Bunkhouse is located very near the South entrance to Crater Lake National Park which is one of the best benefits of this VRBO. We were able to go into the park in the morning and drive around the rim, come back for the afternoon and hang out, and then go back in the park for the sunset! The house is huge and well equipped in the kitchen , good laundry areas. No internet or TV which was actually nice for a change! The owners provided sime fans for the house when it was hot as well. Although it sleeps 22, there are only three bathrooms, and onkybtwonhave bath/showers. For those sleeping upstairs, you have to go outside the house and climb the stairs that are outside to get into the loft area upstairs where there are seven bedrooms but there is only one bathroom with a toilet and sink and no shower. Just FYI. We all adjusted to e house and enjoyed the peace and quiet. There is also an organic grocer right down the street at a motel if you run into a bind. The owners were very attentive prior to our arrival and accommodating. Hope You enjoy Crater Lake as much as we did!
• The bunkhouse was perfect for our large group with many teens! The table tennis table was a major hit. The kitchen was well stocked with everything we would need. The property is so close to Crater Lake, it made going to the park easy on multiple days! The property managers were accessible and responded quickly and were caring. We especially loved building the fire in the fireplace. I wish we had discovered the propane heater sooner – although it was sitting right there! We thoroughly enjoyed staying here.

View Deal on VRBO from $970

Lake House With Volcano Views | $300/nightly avg

Some lake houses offer quaint views and sit on the shores of placid woodland lakes. Others are grand and majestic, overlooking monumental mountains and vast swathes of wilderness. This charming home on Agency Lake is the latter. Mount McLaughlin, a dormant stratovolcano, looms across the water. Even in summer, snow is a common sight on its pyramid peak. Other mountains loom even closer. In contrast to these grandiose expressions of the awesome power of geological forces, this is a homey abode, simple and sufficient. It has a full kitchen, lakeside patio, and four bedrooms (three queens and a room with a bunk bed). Just 30 miles from the shores of Crater Lake, it’s a comfortable base from which to explore the Klamath Basin.

Dreaming of Chiloquin – your dream vacation awaits you

5 Stars (20 Reviews)

• Property Type: Private vacation home
• Maximum Occupancy: 8 Guests
• Bedrooms: 4
• Bathrooms: 2

Top guest reviews

• Good
• The view off the deck was absolutely beautiful. The beds were comfortable and the kitchen was well stocked. An issue we had was resolved quickly and communication with the owner was excellent. My suggestions are to have kayak or paddle board for renter use as we couldn’t get a return telephone call or answer from the recommended outfitter. Also, not many choices for food that were actually open past early evening and grocery supplies were not the easiest to acquire. Crater Lake was beautiful and highly recommend the hike down to the water for swimming and cliff jumping!
• Great view of Agency Lake from the living room and porch! A little buggy/muddy down by the lake, but if you don’t mind that you can even walk along the lake for a bit. We enjoyed watching the pelicans in the evening. Large yard if you have a dog, even sloped to give them some good exercise if desired (although there is also a flatter section). The master bedroom mattress is a bit firm for my tastes, but the other two main bedrooms had comfortable mattresses. Kids room mattress is a bit on the firm side as well, although we didn’t have anyone using that room. If you get a chance, there’s also a free train museum – Train Mountain, that we had a great time visiting as well as an easy drive to Crater Lake. Kitchen is well stocked.
• Peaceful!! We felt relaxed and at home here! The view, sunsets and wildlife watching was spectacular! We took our paddle boards out on the lake, and while the lake itself wasn’t the swimming sort of lake we had hoped it would be (murky), meandering among the birds was an incredible experience. The beds were comfortable, cozy couches, great master bedroom and lots of hot water to fill the tub! The host was warm and quick to communicate, too!While I’m sure it’s just part of the time of year (August), the only major downside was the bugs. They were everywhere from evening till morning.Grateful to have had our last summer getaway here! Thank you!
• Nice quiet location with a great view!! House was well appointed with just about everything we needed. The only suggestion I have is that something needs to be done about the front room air conditioning. 2 out of 4 night we had to clean lots of small dead green bugs off the dining table Nd floor. It looks like they swarm around the air conditioner and get sucked into the house. But, overall! I would come again!!

View Deal on VRBO from $300

The Riverhouse | $256/nightly avg

The softly flowing Wood River is by no means the grandest waterway in this part of Oregon, but it is an excellent spot for fly fishing, foot dipping, and swimming. Enjoy over 1,000 feet of river access from this Klamath County home. Of course, there’s much more to the region than the Wood River. The house is just 4 miles from the southern entrance of Crater Lake. The peaceful property has a large deck with a barbecue and lawn stretching out towards the river. Inside it is a comfortable four-bedroom home just waiting for families to enjoy a night by the fireplace.

Dreaming of Fort Klamath – your dream vacation awaits you

4.5 Stars (167 Reviews)

• Property Type: Private vacation home
• Maximum Occupancy: 8 Guests
• Bedrooms: 4
• Bathrooms: 2

Top guest reviews

• The perfect spot to unwind. Beautiful setting. Watching and listening to the river flow by. The house had everything we needed. So close to Crater Lake. We would definitely stay here again … but for longer.
• Setting and location were perfect. The home was ok except the bathroom which was horrible. Heating was challenging as well.
• The house is older, as stated in the listing. It is expected that the house is weathered and vintage. I appreciated that the appliances (oven, washer/dryer) appeared to be new. Much of the wood furniture was antique and beautiful. The outdoor space is expensive and picnic benches were a nice treat.The couches and chairs were uncomfortable in the living room, which was dominated by aggressively Christian decor elements.The bed I slept in was surprisingly comfortable and the quilt and pilllows sweet.I did not notice that the second bath in the listing was a port a potty. This is, I see now, detailed only if you click in to the description of the second bathroom itself. So, just be aware. It might be more honest and fair to guests to make this part of the main description.Overall worth the price due to its proximity to Crater Lake and the low key antiques. Given the Christian decor and the lack of an in house second bathroom I probably would not stay again, but the location is truly wonderful.
• Traveled down from Portland, OR, the day before a planned visit to CL with out-of-state cousins. Needed a place close to park entrance so we could get an early start. Riverhouse was perfect! Separate rooms in same house for each couple, well appointed inside. We availed ourselves of well supplied kitchen for.plate & silverware, pots & pans, coffee maker & everything else necessary to feed selves. Used large propane grill provided, walked around then sat in middle of if spacious, scenic property before moving to fire put for a blaze & sip of wine before retiring. Would recom.ed to anybody looking for comfortable, pastoral, quite country setting.
• Wonderful experience. Very clean. All amenities you could think of. Games. Cookware. Cleaning supplies. Linens. All around beautiful location. Perfect for relaxing, star gazing, river swimming, fishing. Honestly can’t give enough praise!Thank you

View Deal on VRBO from $256

Mill Creek Cabin | $335/nightly avg

Sitting on a deck over the rushing waters of the small yet swift Mill Creek instills a certain sense of peace; the waters flow, but life is not just passing you by. Such is life at the Mill Creek Cabin, a home outside the town of Prospect. Adventure awaits in every direction. Crater Lake lies 33 miles to the northeast. The falls at Bar Creek are just a half-mile southwest. The home has two stories, three bedrooms, and sleeps up to eight guests. The outdoor spaces are superb and include a grill area, decks, and verdant grassy expanses. 

Dreaming of Prospect – your dream vacation awaits you

5 Stars (76 Reviews)

• Property Type: Private vacation home
• Maximum Occupancy: 8 Guests
• Bedrooms: 3
• Bathrooms: 2

Top guest reviews

• Our family had a wonderful time. It was very peaceful at the cabin. We especially loved sitting on the deck down by the creek. My dog Birdie loved having all that property to roam. We had beautiful weather and it was a nice day at Crater Lake. We got some good pictures!
• Property was lovely, and the hosts suppled all the little details to make our stay perfect. We loved the fire pit in the evening, and listening to the creek. We had one small issue and the host was so quick to respond-! Thank you for the memorable stay!
• My husband & I loved our stay at this property! We are pretty healthy young seniors, ages 73 and 62, but both have knee issues so we check those things out before booking properties. The home is older, but so comfortable, charming, clean, and very well equipped. Main floor bath and Kitchen are updated and roomy. We felt at home here! Bed & bedding was amazing as was the kitchen. Wi-fi worked great, no cell service, but we didn’t care. The property is very private and secluded with huge covered deck facing a beautiful yard equipped with yard lights and an amazing deck to sit creek side. The creek is really stunning and you can even hear the rushing sound of the water from the deck. We chose this property for its proximity to Crater Lake and Water Falls we visited, but would also be great just for a quiet escape from the craziness of life. Highly recommend!!!
• You won’t go wrong with this beautiful home in an amazing setting along the creek. Marie was the best, responding promptly. Very well equipped with everything thing you need. Comfy beds and very clean. Thanks Marie for the memories
• The house was nice. The creek was amazing. The beds were very comfy

View Deal on VRBO from $335

The Meadow House At Katydid Ranch | $231/nightly avg

The Meadow House is a stunning home fit for up to six guests. It is located on a sprawling historic ranch about 30 miles southwest of the entrance to Crater Lake National Park. Named for the meadow outside the front door, the property sits in a protected wildlife area. Though over a century old, the home has been modernized in such a way that it has retained its identity. It has hardwood floors, granite counters, and an original wood-burning fireplace. The home has three bedrooms and is great for a small family or group.

Dreaming of Prospect – your dream vacation awaits you

5 Stars (136 Reviews)

• Property Type: Private vacation home
• Maximum Occupancy: 6 Guests
• Bedrooms: 3
• Bathrooms: 2

Top guest reviews

• The house was beautiful and the surroundings superb. The only thing I would suggest is that this house is most suitable for family who are related to each other as there is very llittle privacy in the sleeping accommodations. The master bedroom has an open staircase visible from the downstairs, and the small loft bedrroom enters and exits via that bedroom. The only true privacy is the other bedroom in the downstairs area of the house. There is extra sleeping in the family room on the futon – again great for kids or related family, but not great for couples sharing the house. Having said all that, the house was spacious, well stocked with all the amenities and conveniences you could want in a kitchen or bathroom etc. The owners of the property were very nice and after showing us around, then gave us our privacy. The location is about 30 minutes from the south entrance of Crater Lake, which is phenomenal scenery, and very easy to find from the property. We would love to have stayed longer and seen more, but time was short for us. The only other “concern” we have is the amount charged for the rental – it seemed a bit excessive to also charge per person in addition to a significant per night rate, and adding to this a sales tax and a property “handling” fee (or something called like that), it added up pretty quickly. Also expect a deposit for damage, which is understandable, but hopefully will be refunded quickly as we left the house almost exactly as we had found it1
• There is a reason this property has very few openings. Once you stay here you will want to come back. It is a beautiful well equipped home in a secluded wooded area. The owners were friendly, available, but not at all intrusive. We visited six waterfalls in one day, then caught rainbow trout in a river just a few miles away. Just kicking back on the porch and strolling the local trails around the house would be great, but there is just so much to do in the surrounding area.
• This home is so beautiful. And, it is so clean and everything is done with taste. It has a large kitchen, stocked with everything you will need. The dining room table is situated so you can look out into the pasture and see the two horses or the wild turkeys or access the front porch to sit with your morning coffee or look at the stars at night. There’s a spacious mudroom on entry and a living room to sit and read or visit. The downstairs bedroom has a comfortable bed and a bathroom just outside the door.The upstairs bed in the loft was very comfortable also and you have your own bathroom upstairs. We loved the sound of the frogs or katydids every night and no other sounds. So quiet and lovely. It was only about 25 miles up to Crater Lake from the house and that’s why we came. Crater Lake is shockingly beautiful the first time you see it. We did the steep 1.1 mile hike to the lake called Cleetwood Cove and back up and we are two 71 year old women. We were slow, but triumphant. There are so many hikes in the area and we spent time hiking near the Rogue River also. The owners live on the property and were very nice and helpful. We would definitely come back.
• Stayed for a long weekend at this place and everything was fantastic! Beautiful home with great views! Host was very communicative and it was very easy to get to the south/west entrance to Crater Lake.
• The stay was really nice, it is in a remote place in the mountain range in Oregon. The view is fantastic in the morning and the host is very responsive.The place is clean and modern, and close to crater lake. We enjoyed our stay.

View Deal on VRBO from $231

Silverbow Ranch On The Williamson River | $400/nightly avg

Situated on the banks of the Williamson River — a few miles before it flows into Agency Lake — Silverbow Ranch is the perfect spot for a large group to settle in for their Klamath County expedition. Enjoy leisure time near or on the water (kayak rentals are available nearby) or wander the 100-acre property. The building itself is a large, single-story ranch home with four bedrooms and sleeping space for 10 adventurers. When you’re not exploring the local rivers and lakes, head on down to the Kla-Mo-Ya Casino a mile down the road. Crater Lake itself is about 45 minutes away.

Dreaming of Chiloquin – your dream vacation awaits you

5 Stars (58 Reviews)

• Property Type: Private vacation home
• Maximum Occupancy: 10 Guests
• Bedrooms: 4
• Bathrooms: 3

Top guest reviews

• Can’t wait to return to this beautiful home! My husband and son had two great fishing days on the river, we had relaxing family meals in the dining room, and sublime evenings on the deck. We wanted for nothing, the attention to detail was awesome and Tanya was a great host.
• This home I gave a 4 star rating primarily because of problems experienced by 2 elderly guests. Entering home the step risers seemed higher than normal. Lighting also left something to be desired throughout the home. The deck probably is no higher than 24 inches but would be desirable to have a railing and deck will need to be replaced one of these days in my opinion. Only problem expressed by several in out family group of 7 were comments of time to replace mattresses on twin beds we used. The location of the home is great. Tanya was great to respond to any of our questions and all in all we had a good time and would recommend the home with the above caveat to the old timers.
• We came out to celebrate one of our daughters birthday, and we couldn’t have asked for a better setting! We loved the property, access to the river, the doc was great! Kids and adults alike loved this place! The kids already want to go back!
• A terrific spot to stay when visiting the Williamson river. Our party of 10 (grandpas, dads, and sons) enjoyed the house as a central spot to gather, cook, and celebrate the day of fishing with local guides.Tanya was a great host. The house was fully ready on check-in with the A/C on and everything super clean and tidy.Would highly recommend staying here.
• Overall – really enjoyed the location, views and river.

View Deal on VRBO from $400

Running Bear Bungalow | $265/nightly avg

Simple and serene, this bungalow has everything a couple needs in between excursions to Klamath County’s many attractive spots. People keen on water sports will be especially drawn in by the backyard creek, perfectly suited for kayaking. There’s no reason not to give it a try with its gentle waters and complimentary kayaks. There’s even a small deck over the water. Inside the home is a humble one. It has a full kitchen with a small island for prep work, a living room, and a queen bedroom fitted with a beautiful duvet.

Dreaming of Chiloquin – your dream vacation awaits you

4.5 Stars (3 Reviews)

• Property Type: Private vacation home
• Maximum Occupancy: 2 Guests
• Bedrooms: 1
• Bathrooms: 1

Top guest reviews

• We loved this property with the creek in the back and all the chairs outside. It was so relaxing. Inside was very clean and everything you need in the kitchen. Water bottles included. Thank you!
• Kayaking on a stream right out the back door? Yep. AC that works? Yep. Full amenities for everything you could need? Yep. A surprisingly comfortable bed? Yep. Overall a great spot…. My wife and I had an awesome time. Anyone on the fence whether or not to stay here, just do it and quit looking.
• The only problem is one cannot turn off AC, not even change the set temperature. I was freezing most of the time even with all the vents closed and had to open a window to let some warmth in which is waste of energy of course.All the rest was just excellent

View Deal on VRBO from $265

Red Blanket Cabin | $180/nightly avg

Another great property near the town of Prospect, the Red Blanket Cabin is great for couples or sets of couples. It is a two-story log cabin, a beautiful display of the incredible materials nature has provided. From the external cedar siding to the pine inside, it is a who’s-who of the forest’s big shots. The spiral staircase of lodgepole pine leading to the second floor is a true highlight. It leads to the two bedrooms, one king and a queen. Both are furnished with Sleep Number beds. The home has a lovely patio and is surrounded by Ponderosa pine. The park is about 30 miles away and Prospect’s incredible waterfalls can be reached after a short drive.

Dreaming of Prospect – your dream vacation awaits you

5 Stars (205 Reviews)

• Property Type: Cabin
• Maximum Occupancy: 4 Guests
• Bedrooms: 2
• Bathrooms: 1

Top guest reviews

• The Red Blanket Cabin was enchanting. The detail was amazing and everything I could want and then some. The grounds were beautiful.
• This place was amazing, beautifully landscaped and inside was incredibly beautiful! Nothing was missing, you literally just had to bring clothes and food the iwners thought of Everything else!
• Great attention to details, clean, cozy.
• This cabin is breathtaking! The moment we walked in we were amazed. Its so beautiful and the location is so peaceful. Jesse and Samantha were so accommodating and thought of everything. Those few days away were just what we needed. We will defiantly be back!!
• The cabin was so unique and magical! It was extremely clean and well maintained. It felt very secluded. The outdoor bathtubs were so neat! We loved this place and didn’t want to leave!

View Deal on VRBO from $180

The Cascade Mountainview Retreat | $299/nightly avg

Get a taste of the simple life and this splendid home in Fort Klamath. Just 20 minutes from the deep blue waters of Crater Lake, it is perfect for those wanting to stay in an area both quiet and close to the action. Neighbors are few and open fields are plentiful. The home is a cozy farmhouse. It has a full kitchen, small living room, and queen and twin bedrooms. It is particularly great for couples given its size.

Dreaming of Fort Klamath – your dream vacation awaits you

5 Stars (14 Reviews)

• Property Type: Private vacation home
• Maximum Occupancy: 2 Guests
• Bedrooms: 2
• Bathrooms: 1

Top guest reviews

• This property was delightful! It was a comfortable home away from home while we visited Crater Lake and the surrounding countryside. It was well stocked. The location was so peaceful; we enjoyed spending time on the covered patio, watching the birds and listening to the cattle. And the host was very responsive.
• If you like quiet country living this is for you! A couple suggestions that would improve the guest experience:1. An adjustable shower head, preferably hand held. The current one has NO way to be adjusted. Hit me in the face! 2. Get “normal” TV. Personally, I hate ROKU. With the prices asked for VRBOs, cable or dish TV ought to be provided.3. Get new pillows and sheets for the twin beds. Pillows are flat and sheets on one bed felt like fine sandpaper.The owner was very responsive with communications. And the property is conveniently located to Crater Lake Nat’l Park which was important to us.
• location good for Crater Lake and kitchen great!Twin beds small length and pillow flat dad to use quilt under??
• As close as you can get to Crater Lake without camping in the park, about 5 mins to the Park boundry, about a 20 min beautiful drive to the actual gate/lake. It was very clean and quiet. Would definitely stay there again for any future trips to Crater Lake
• We were late getting reservations for the lodge, but when we saw the conditions of the lodge, we were glad we stayed here. In pics it looks like nothing is near you, but there are 2 houses/trailers really close on one side and then open on the other side.

View Deal on VRBO from $299

The Easy A Cabin | $227/night avg

Located right next to Upper Klamath Lake, this cozy A-frame cabin provides a great home base for exploring two of Oregon’s beloved parks. First, the cabin is just minutes away from the Upper Klamath National Wildlife Refuge. It is also just about 30 minutes south of Crater Lake National Park, possibly explaining the affordable nightly price. Its rustic but modern design will fancy lovers of architecture. And don’t let its size deceive you: The property has a spacious living room/kitchen, an outdoor deck looking into the Oregon woods, and a cozy loft with a king bed.

Pets are welcome here and you will also have access to the internet, parking, and a washer and dryer. With Crater Lake Zipline, Kla-Mo-Ya Casino, and Spence Mountain Trailhead also nearby, you could spend hours just deciding between things to do in the area.

Dreaming of Klamath Falls – your dream vacation awaits you

5 Stars (16 Reviews)

• Property Type: Cabin
• Maximum Occupancy: 5 Guests
• Bedrooms: 1
• Bathrooms: 1

Top guest reviews

• Easy and just what we needed. Loved the comfy bed and the well stocked pantry.
• This was a great property, loved the cabin and quiet atmosphere. It was perfect for the day trip to Crater Lake and I would definitely stay there again!
• We enjoyed our stay at the Easy A Cabin! Very clean and had everything we needed. The upstairs bed is only accessible by ladder so would not recommend if you need to use the bathroom at night or have pets that are used to sleeping next to you.
• We arrived at the cabin a about 8pm and the cabin was about 90 degrees inside. There were only 2 small windows that were both shut tight. There was a fan running on low but it was not cooling the cabin at all. It took about 6 hours to cool the cabin down by leaving the front door open along with the 2 tiny window and the 3 fans that I brought along with me. The loft was accessed via a ladder instead of a staircase so my 58 year old husband and iI had to sleep downstairs on the hideabed couch. It was extremely uncomfortable with metal bars under our backs. Luckily we brought an inflatable mattress with us and put it on top of the hideabed couch. It was a cute cabin, clean and well stocked, it just wasn’t for us. I would suggest the host go open the windows and leave the front door open when guests are expected an a 98% summer day or invest in a cheap Walmart window AC.
• The cabin had everything we needed. The ladder up to the loft could be a little challenging but we managed okay. The pellet burning stove was nice to have in the morning. Ryan and Ellen were great to work with and provided perfect communication.

View Deal on VRBO from $227

Disclosure: TravelAwaits selects the listings in our articles independently. Some of the listings in this article contain affiliate links.

“Camping in national parks in the fall is a great way to commune with nature,” says retired National Park Ranger Marilyn Irwin. Who couldn’t use a little commune with Mother Nature? Irwin says, “most national parks have campgrounds where travelers can park an RV or pitch a tent.”

We reached out to Irwin and a few other retired rangers to tell us their favorite places to camp in the fall. Below you can read about the national parks they suggest visiting in autumn as well as their recommended campgrounds. Keep in mind that campgrounds near national parks are extremely popular, so be sure to make reservations in advance.

1. Rocky Mountain National Park

“If you love the outdoors in the fall, enjoy seeing wildlife which are more active in the fall, like hiking or relaxing in beautiful areas, and feeling the peace of a lovely sunset at the end of your day, consider camping in one of the national parks,” says Irwin. “Maybe Rocky Mountain National Park will call your name for a trip to remember.”

“In Rocky Mountain National Park, there are five front-country campgrounds,” she tells us. “Each beautiful in the fall and accessible by driving directly to them.”

Moraine Park Campground

“Each of Rocky’s campgrounds has unique features,” Irwin shares. “Moraine Park Campground is tucked between two moraines with an expansive view of mountains. The nearby meadow with the Big Thompson River running through it is a good place to spot elk and mule deer any time of the year. In the fall, it’s a good place to watch the elk rut [their mating ritual].”

Pro Tips: “For the past several years, Rocky has had a timed entry system,” says the former ranger. “Visitors between May 27 and October 10 are required to have timed reservations. A campground reservation gives access to the park at any time and a timed entry reservation is not needed.” She also notes that “pets are not allowed on trails in the park but are allowed at front-country campsites.”

2. Organ Pipe Cactus National Monument

Located in southern Arizona, Organ Pipe Cactus National Monument is known for its wealth of the distinctive cactus species that is whimsically named after a pipe organ. The region also stands out for its warm and sunny winter weather that allows for stellar hiking, biking, and camping from about November through March. Former National Park Ranger Phil Selleck tells us about his favorite places to camp nearby.

Twin Peaks Campground

“For RV and tent camping, there is the Twin Peaks Campground,” Selleck says. “After the middle of October, there are nice temperatures and not a lot of campers. With the temps falling in November, the number of campers picks up. There are 174 pull-through RV sites and 34 tent sites. For organized groups, there is also a group campsite. The campground has restrooms, showers, and drinking water.”

For those who want to experience the quiet and views of the desert landscape, this is the place. Generator use is limited to 2 hours in the morning and 2 in the afternoon in 112 campsites; you’ll be able to hear cactus wrens in the morning. Enjoy camping among mature saguaro and organ pipe cacti.”

Alamo Canyon Campground

“For more quiet tent camping off the main road, check out the Alamo Canyon Campground,” suggests Selleck, who says the campground boasts “wonderful hikes into the canyon.” Selleck says to “look for pyrrhuloxia [dessert cardinal] and phainopepla, which are birds that are unique to the desert.”

Pro Tip: “Remember a flashlight when out at night,” reminds Selleck. “There are five species of rattlesnake in the park, and they are very common.”

3. Pictured Rocks National Lakeshore

“In the Pictured Rocks area, temps get very cool in the fall, and, other than deer season, should have fewer campers,” Selleck says. Here are his favorite places to pitch a tent near Pictured Rocks.

Bayview Campground

“About 90 minutes east of the park, on the Hiawatha National Forest, is Bayview Campground,” explains Selleck. He describes the campground as “quiet and very scenic” and reminds potential campers that reservations are necessary.

Primitive Camping Along Lake Superior

“The Forest Service allows ‘dispersed’ camping with specific rules on how and where to camp in the forest,” says Selleck. “So if you can find a spot that falls within their guidelines, you may be able to find your own little Lake Superior getaway.”

Pro Tips: “The trip from Bayview Campground to Picture Rocks takes you by Whitefish Point where there is a shipwreck museum that talks about the 300-plus Lake Superior shipwrecks (remember the Edmund Fitzgerald?). Just west, there is Tahquamenon Falls State Park. You may also stumble across the Two Hearted River, made famous by Hemingway. In any case, it’s a great way to find Pictured Rocks National Lakeshore,” says the former national park ranger.

4. Glen Canyon National Recreation Area

“Glen Canyon National Recreation Area will have fewer campers and cooler temps in the fall,” Selleck informs us of his final recommendation for fall. Here’s where he likes to camp near the area that surrounds Lake Powell and lies in both Utah and Arizona.

Halls Crossing RV & Campground

“Halls Crossing RV & Campground is run by a concession and is pretty much an ordinary campground,” comments Selleck. “But it is the location more than anything. It is one of the lesser-used areas of the park, and the scenery just to get there is great. For part of the trip, Monument Valley dominates the horizon. There are wonderful views of Bears Ears and Natural Bridges National Monument is just a short side trip on the way.”

The views from Hall’s Crossing are wonderful, especially the dark sky. You can see the Water Pocket Fold of Capitol Reef National Park and Navajo Peak, for example. And 10 minutes from the campground, if you walk out across what looks like unremarkable terrain, you will discover small canyons that narrow to slots before they reach Lake Powell — quiet and beautiful.”

5. Shenandoah National Park

“Cool crisp fall nights await in Shenandoah National Park,” remarks former National Park Ranger Rebecca Harriett. “The park has five campgrounds that do require advanced reservations,” she tells us, “especially during the busy autumn season. Campgrounds are open from early spring until late fall. Weekends are the busiest time so try for a weekday visit if possible.”

Big Meadows Campground

“Big Meadows in the middle of the park is the largest, but also closest to Big Meadows Lodge for meals,” Harriett informs us. “It is centrally located for campers who like being near the main park visitor center and the concession lodge. Campers can eat at the lodge dining room or tavern if they don’t want to cook.”

Loft Mountain Campground

“Loft Mountain is the smallest, but quietest,” Harriett tells us. “You can’t go wrong with the lovely night skies.”

Lewis Mountain Campground

“Lewis Mountain Campground is my favorite because it is smaller than the others, but has a camp store for easy resupply,” says Harriett.

Pro Tips: “All of the campgrounds are near easily accessible hiking trails, which is my favorite part of Shenandoah National Park,” continues Harriett, “They are especially beautiful in spring when wildflowers bloom, but autumn brings gorgeous fall foliage. The Rose River Loop and Rapidan Camp trails are my personal favorites. The Appalachian Trail runs parallel to Skyline Drive for 101 miles, so it is easily accessible for those who want to set foot on the iconic long-distance trail. The night sky at Big Meadows can be pretty spectacular also.”

6. Cape Lookout National Seashore

“People usually associate beach camping with the summer,” says Harriett, “but I enjoy the beach in early fall (mid-September to the end of October). The crisp night air will keep the bugs at bay, but fishing, birding, and beachcombing will be most pleasant. The water may even be warm enough for a September swim.”

There are no designated campgrounds at Cape Lookout, but plenty of space to find a secluded spot for beach camping. Most visitors take the park concession ferry from the east end of Harkers Island, North Carolina, to either Shackleford Banks or Core Banks South near the Cape Lookout Lighthouse. The park’s visitor center is located at the marina so campers can get up-to-date information about the weather and things to see and do on the islands. Campers need to be self-sufficient though, including bringing enough water as there are no camp stores within the park. There is a seasonal beach shuttle that will haul you and your gear to your beach location for a small fee, but check the ferry’s website for current operating hours. Backpackers can just hike to the beach and select their spot.”

Pro Tip: “The only drawback to fall beach camping is the possibility of hurricanes, so be mindful of the weather before heading out,” adds Harriett.

7. Cape Hatteras National Seashore

“Cape Hatteras National Seashore is a better option for fall beach camping for those who don’t want to rough it,” Harriett contends.

Ocracoke Campground

“The seashore has several designated campgrounds, but the one on Ocracoke Island is my favorite,” she says. “Like many national park campgrounds, it is best to make reservations ahead of time. Check the park’s website for fees and amenities. We are tent campers so don’t require much. This campground is near the Village of Ocracoke which has many wonderful seafood restaurants and taverns. Plus, it’s fun to just wander around checking out the quaint shops and the historical museum. Getting to Ocracoke requires taking a car ferry, but is well worth the effort, adding to its charm.”

8. Guadalupe Mountains National Park

“If you’re tempted to visit Yellowstone for its 150th anniversary, consider visiting Guadalupe Mountains,” says former National Park Ranger Greg Jackson, “It’s also celebrating an anniversary in 2022: 50 years as a park.”

“Both Yellowstone and Guadalupe Mountains are well known for their backcountry hiking experiences,” says Jackson. “Guadalupe Mountains National Park is primarily a road-free wilderness experience. It doesn’t have the major front-country infrastructure of Yellowstone. Come for the hiking and camping. Hiking options are plentiful. There are trails to suit everyone’s abilities and endurance.”

The two developed campgrounds are nice and typical for an arid environment. The majority of camping is in the 10 wilderness campgrounds. I mentioned that the park is primarily a wilderness experience, right?”

The park does get busy on weekends in its two short peak seasons, spring and fall; midweek, not so much. And outside of peak season, not much at all. As you would expect by its location in west Texas, adjacent to the New Mexico border, summer is hot. Winters are relatively mild but can have some seriously chilly weather due to the park’s elevation.”

The elevation also gives a bit of a surprise for this part of the world — fall colors. From mid-October to mid-November, in some of the canyons, there are actual deciduous trees with actual leaves that will turn color. While this may not impress those in the northeast, for this part of the world, it’s quite something.”

Fun Fact: “If you’re looking for additional comparisons to other parks, both Guadalupe Mountains and Yosemite are known for massive monoliths known as El Capitan,” explains Jackson. “The Guadalupe Mountains version is part of a fossilized reef. So you can also compare it to Capitol Reef National Monument — except the Guadalupe Mountains version was a real reef, and the other just looked like one to those who named it.”

Pro Tip: “The park is often combined with a visit to nearby Carlsbad Caverns National Park and White Sands National Park,” he says. “Those traveling west on Interstate 10 can also pick up Chiricahua National Monument and Saguaro National Park in Arizona on the trip.”

Related Reading:

• 5 National Parks To Visit In 2022, According To A Park Ranger
• The 16 Most Beautiful Places To See Fall Foliage In 2022
• From Wine Harvest To Apple Picking: 12 Amazing RV Camping Trips To Try This Fall

Immortalized in song, the Shenandoah Valley has a place in the hearts of millions, including countless people who have never gazed upon its rolling waters. Discover the magical place which inspired that timeless nostalgic ode by visiting Shenandoah National Park. Stay in a cabin, live a simpler life, and marvel and the beauty of Appalachia’s mountains. Cell service may be scant, but a connection to nature is all you’ll need.

Shenandoah National Park covers the Shenandoah Valley in Virginia. The northern tip of the park is just 70 miles from the nation’s capital. From there, following the course of the river, the park stretches over 100 miles in a southwesterly direction. With the beautiful Blue Ridge Mountains standing tall on both sides, the park has no shortage of scenic vistas or fun activities.

The majesty does not end at the park’s borders. A number of memorable attractions are to be found in the immediate vicinity of Shenandoah National Park. These include the east coast’s largest cave system at Luray Caverns, state parks wineries, and historic towns.

With many a fine hike, the Shenandoah is an excellent getaway for outdoorsy types. But there are also plenty of worthwhile excursions best done by car. Whatever your dream trip entails, it pays to plan ahead and follow expert advice. 

Read on to learn about these vacation cabin rentals near Shenandoah National Park. 

Pet-Friendly Log Cabin | $275/nightly avg

Enjoy modern comforts in this 19th century Shenandoah cabin. Take a rest by the fire pit after going for a hike. It’s hard to resist going for a walk in the woods when a national park is accessible from a trail just 100 yards from your front door. Sit by a pond surrounded by woods and see where your mind’s wanderings take you. Such is the pace of life at this humble cabin. An excellent option for a couple or family, the cabin has a queen bedroom on the ground floor and a loft with four twin beds above.

Dreaming of Washington – your dream vacation awaits you

5 Stars (28 Reviews)

• Property Type: Cabin
• Maximum Occupancy: 6 Guests
• Bedrooms: 2
• Bathrooms: 2

Top guest reviews

• My husband, dog, and I loved this cabin– a mix of classic log-cabin with a modern addition. The property is beautiful, the kitchen is fully appointed, and the cabin has all the creature comforts one might need. Great location near hiking! Also, the little town of Sperryville nearby is adorable- check it out. I hesitate to write a glowing review because we want to keep it for ourselves! 😉
• This is our 4th (or is it 5th?) stay at the cabin and I can’t say enough great things. It is exactly what we needed… fresh air, hikes right from the cabin (we did a 12 mile hike into Shenandoah) quiet nights by the fire pit and a kitchen outfitted to cook a Thanksgiving feast. If you need a break from the bustle and stress, this is your spot! Obviously we love it!!
• Our family of four, including two pre/teens, enjoyed a gorgeous fall weekend at this cabin! We hiked nearby, played football in the field, read in the hammocks, and enjoyed the cozy gathering space for meals and relaxing while taking in the scenery through the generous windows. The location was convenient to the DMV and also to Sperryville for yummy pizza on the RPK patio. The cabin was well stocked and very comfortable for an easy family weekend away!
• This vacation home is a perfect combination of an old Virginian log cabin and a modern addition – the latter with a well equipped kitchen and a big living area. It is both cozy and light. The big windows in the addition give you a feeling of being in the country side even when your are inside. The porch is lovely and has a roof, so that you can sit outside even when it raining. The property is gorgeous, a beautiful mix of open space, a pond with frogs, and wooded area (with its own little path) and deer visiting in the early evenings. We could not have been happier. A perfect place for me to get the headspace for a new writing project and still close enough for my husband to go back to DC for work when he needed. Highly recommended for extended stays (we stayed for a month – and could have stayed…). The foothills of the Shenandoah mountains are bucolic (with a wineries and breweries so abound). Shopping is close by at farms, farmers markets, in Sperryville or one of the bigger towns around. Also a great area for motorcycling. Thanks to the hosts for sharing and for great and prompt communication. We hope to be back soon!
• Property was as advertised and property manager was prompt and informative of any questions. Had a great stay and felt right at home.

View Deal on VRBO from $275

Horse Farm East Of Old Rag | $720/nightly avg

Like many other scenic spots throughout the country, the area around Shenandoah National Park attracts tourists while also supporting a local economy of farmers and ranchers. Chestnut Oak Farm is one such business, a 90-acre ranch now hosting guests in a cabin on the property. This lodging option is a beautiful one, complemented by splendid views and magnificent animals. Enjoy on-property hiking trails and proximity to the park. In addition to the main building, visitors are free to stay in the treehouse. No ramshackle construction, it is a beautiful structure with bunk beds and a kitchenette.

Dreaming of Madison – your dream vacation awaits you

5 Stars (105 Reviews)

• Property Type: Private vacation home
• Maximum Occupancy: 16 Guests
• Bedrooms: 6
• Bathrooms: 6

Top guest reviews

• This is our fourth time renting Chestnut Oak Farm. It never disappoints. Always a magical and rejuvenating experience. We love the view from the porch and our daily walks to visit the horses. Can’t wait until our return trip in December!
• Everything is just perfect! I am almost reticent to talk about how great this place is or I wont be able to get this place rented. Let me know if you ever want to sell – this place is amazing.
• We went with 14 people and had a few beds left over in the amazing tree house apartment.Really nice that a fire was set up, in the granite area on the first night we arrived, and a beautiful starry night the last evening. Really good location, near hiking trails, and restaurants not too far away, “ The Inn at Little Washington “ and its new Cafe Patty’ Os. We take turns planning and this one stepped it up a notch.Really great time with my extended family.
• Wonderful property, top notch amenities, breathtaking sunsets, and a short drive (20-25 minutes) from old rag, white oak canyon, and Sperryville. Everything you could want in a luxurious escape from the city.
• Our group (6 adults, 5 kids, 2 dogs) had an awesome time at the Chestnut Oak Farm.There was plenty of room for the kids and dogs to run around, beautiful views for the adults, and a well cared for house where everyone could relax.We cooked big meals for everyone on the propane and charcoal grills, the kids loved the treehouse, and we all enjoyed seeing the horses every morning.Skyline drive in Shenandoah National Park and the Luray Caverns were short trips that were enjoyable for all.Overall, a 5-star experience at a 5-star property!

View Deal on VRBO from $720

Clifftop Cabin Above Shenandoah River | $208/nightly avg

A romantic’s dream, the Shenandoah Valley has no shortage of cabins perfectly suited for couples. This cabin with river access is doubtless one of the best. It is cozy, rustic, fully furnished, and the location cannot be beat. A boat launch is to be found 2 miles from the cabin, leading to all kinds of water opportunities. The property is a few miles from the park and one of the area’s most scenic drives, Skyline Drive, offering fabulous mountain views in addition to the river. A sofa in the living room folds out, making the cabin fit for up to four guests.

Dreaming of Front Royal – your dream vacation awaits you

4.5 Stars (234 Reviews)

• Property Type: Cabin
• Maximum Occupancy: 4 Guests
• Bedrooms: 1
• Bathrooms: 1

Top guest reviews

• The cabin was cozy and exactly what we were looking for. The view was amazing.
• This was the best location, so serene and peaceful. The bed needs updating, bring your own pillow and blankets. LOVED that there was provided firewood and outdoor furniture and walking path to the river. We had a great time, thank you!
• Beautiful cabin, perfect to disconnect from day to day life. Great location to the national and state parks. Lots of beautiful hiking.
• This was the second time we visited this cabin and we are already planning another trip. Peaceful in the woods on the river. Not far from store/town and activities of your choice.
• The view from the deck of the appropriately-named Cozy Cabin was wonderful, and the whole place was a perfect long-weekend getaway for my S/O and I. We wanted to be close to Shenandoah National Park, and this cabin was less than 10 minutes from the Front Royal Entrance Station. As other reviews mention, this cabin could benefit significantly from a new mattress and pillows; we considered moving to the pull-out sofa but felt the bed was still the better option. Overall the cabin’s cleanliness on arrival was what one would expect from a cabin in the woods–a bit smoky and musty (take your allergy meds before you arrive if you are sensitive) but the only invaders were a couple of stink bugs, who are really quite amenable to being gently carried outside. Would come back again in a heartbeat with an improvement of the bed, and the interior would WOW as much as the exterior with a few decor upgrades. Loved the sense of privacy, incredible view, and relative ease of access to town, the park, etc.

View Deal on VRBO from $208

Dog-Friendly Cabin | $229/nightly avg

After reaching the end of a long gravel road, the prying eyes of neighbors will be the last thing on your mind. The watchful gaze of owls and the bright twinkling of the stars above give proof that this pet-friendly cabin is “out there” in nature under Old Rag’s Shadow. That said, wineries and grocery stores are less than half an hour away for when time comes to make a supply run. The home has two cozy bedrooms, creek access, and a glorious swimming hole. The park’s most popular hikes are a short drive away.

Dreaming of Etlan – your dream vacation awaits you

5 Stars (30 Reviews)

• Property Type: Cabin
• Maximum Occupancy: 6 Guests
• Bedrooms: 2
• Bathrooms: 2

Top guest reviews

• This property is amazing. With a huge fire pit that wasn’t in the photos and so many different forest trails to choose from, it was much much more than we expected. The cabin was clean and filled with up to date appliances while the screened in porch was just awesome. The owners were very friendly and responsive plus clearly care a great deal for the property. We couldn’t recommend this place more!
• This is the second time we have chosen to stay at this cabin and we absolutely love it here. Everything from the house, to the fire pit, to the little creek across the way was great. It was close to family for us, the kitchen was fully stocked, the beds were super comfortable, and the place is nice and clean. Our only hiccup was we lost internet service 3 days into our week stay, and we were pretty much off the grid for the rest of the trip. We had to come down from the mountain when we needed to make a call, send a text or email. Not much the owners could do. But other than that, the place was perfect!
• We had an outstanding stay at the cabin. The location is remote and very quiet. Access to Shenandoah National Park is excellent. The kitchen and sleeping arrangements are great. We relaxed in the hot tub after our hikes. The swimming hole was a refreshing treat on a warm July day. Communication was prompt and excellent.
• Extremely easy to rent this property and it exceeded the online listing. We loved the remoteness of the property and the beautiful grounds. We would definitely consider a return trip!
• We loved the house, it’s beautiful location and everything else about this stay. Comfortable house, well equipped kitchen and very responsive hosts!

View Deal on VRBO from $229

Cresta Blava | $495/nightly avg

Just west of the park, Cresta Blava is a newly built mountain cabin south of Luray in the small town of Stanley, VA. Enjoy views of the valley below from two decks or the tall windows in the two-story living room. Given its recent construction, all the property’s appliances and furniture are brand new. But the views are timeless, and the unfinished woodwork makes the home feel like the Appalachian cabin that it is. Each of the three bedrooms is furnished with a king-size bed and large television.

Dreaming of Stanley – your dream vacation awaits you

5 Stars (84 Reviews)

• Property Type: Cabin
• Maximum Occupancy: 6 Guests
• Bedrooms: 3
• Bathrooms: 4

Top guest reviews

• We loved everything!!!The amount of detail they spent on building,decorating, and comfort and cleanliness was impeccable. I almost don’t want to share this with anyone so I can keep it all to myself.Once again thank you Cresta Blava!!!From DR in NJ
• Just returned from a weekend stay with relatives for a family wedding nearby. The house is fantastic – sparkling clean, well-equipped and lovely touches throughout. The scenery is just spectacular – we spent a lot of time looking out from the huge windows at the view! I have rented a number of country/mountain/ski houses over the years with friends. My daughter is always the youngest kid and so she often gets “last pick” of bedrooms. This time, we only had a few people, but she was still expecting to get a less-than-ideal room. Every room in this house is a winner! There is a lot to do in the area, and the helpful binder in the house has lots of information about what’s nearby. I hope to return to this stunning getaway!
• Excellent stay. Beautiful spot. Remote, quiet but not too far from anything. Amazing views. Gracious and helpful host with lots of ideas. Foodlion supermarket in Stanley is convenient.
• We had 3 couples of friends that spent the weekend away. We had a wonderful and relaxing time at this cabin. It was a rainy weekend but it was so cozy in the woods at this cabin. Spending the days in Luray shopping and trying different local breweries/distillaries and restaurants. At night we had a fun time playing games and enjoying the hot tub. We hope to come back!
• We had an amazing time relaxing at Cresta Blava and enjoying the beautiful mountains. The house is in great condition, and the view is amazing. I would definitely recommend it.

View Deal on VRBO from $495

Contemporary Cabin On 30 Acres | $275/nightly avg

Whether you’re peering down at the meadow or straining your eyes upwards to the mountains, look out the windows of this 21st-century cabin and you will know with certainty that you have come to the right place. Floor-to-ceiling windows help make sure you get the most out of this scenic location, as does the obvious proximity to Old Nag. The cabin has two bedrooms complete with soft linens and a lovely outdoor area furnished with a grill, large trellis, and fire pit, perfect for a romantic getaway. 

Dreaming of Syria – your dream vacation awaits you

5 Stars (18 Reviews)

• Property Type: Cabin
• Maximum Occupancy: 4 Guests
• Bedrooms: 2
• Bathrooms: 3

Top guest reviews

• We had a wonderful stay! The house is beautiful and everything we could have asked for. The surrounding countryside is gorgeous. It was peaceful and private. The decks are great place to hang out and drink coffee. We can’t wait to come back and visit again.
• This was our second time staying- it is so worth it! We never manage to go do all the activities we have in mind, because the house is so lovely and relaxing- we just stay put and soak up all the calm. Thanks to Michael for being a great host and making sure our stay is always perfect.
• Beautiful house and scenery. Michael was one of the best property manager ive ever rented from. He makes you feel at home. Definitely recommend anyone staying here. Looking forward to booking with him again
• My family really enjoyed our stay at this property. It was very clean and well appointed. The kitchen had everything we needed as well. The owner is very communicative. He takes great pride in this house as he should. It’s beautiful.
• We were looking to get away from it all and we did. We enjoyed our stay and found it hard to leave. Michael greeted us and shared all we needed to know about his home and the area. We spent a lot of time relaxing on the screened in porch and enjoyed using the grill for a home cooked meal. The surrounding area was beautiful. Shenandoah was a short drive away and did not disappoint. Very secluded but not too far from restaurants, etc.

View Deal on VRBO from $275

Jewell Hollow Homestead | $307/nightly avg

Though the property has been modernized and expanded over the years, this corner of the world has changed precious little since Jewell Hollow Homestead was settled in the 1800s. The cozy cabin is just 4 miles from the park’s entrance at Thornton Gap and sits next to a lovely stream-fed lake. Guests are welcome to fish or idle the hours away on the owner’s boat. The home has two living areas, a full kitchen, and three bedrooms (two upstairs and one on the main level).

Dreaming of Luray – your dream vacation awaits you

5 Stars (8 Reviews)

• Property Type: Cabin
• Maximum Occupancy: 8 Guests
• Bedrooms: 3
• Bathrooms: 2

Top guest reviews

• This rustic cabin was locate very close to the Shenandoah NP entrance and not too far from the town of Luray. It is an old but charming cabin. It has some modern amenities such as internet, cable TV, and air conditioning units throughout the house. However, there was no dishwashing machine or washer & dryer. The biggest negative experience in this place was that we found lots of bugs in one of closest (the one in front of the 2nd floor bathroom) and started to claw into the bedrooms. I have to use the bug spray that I found in the kitchen area to get rid of the bugs. I guess it was spring time and we were in the middle of the wood, bugs are expected. Anyway, overall we enjoyed our stay…especially when we lighted up the fire place and enjoy a game or two with the family… 🙂
• Family had a great time. Enjoyed the pond even though fish were few and small. Arrowhead lake is very close by.
• This cabin is very close to the park. Super easy to access skyline drive and hiking. Also convenient to run into luray for staples or to tour the caverns. The house is spacious and really sleeps 9. Often vrbo like to count couches or air mattresses – not here. Two queens one double and 3 singles. The house had everything we needed amd it was really nice to have a place that welcomed our dogs. We did put forth a valiant effort at catching fish but they were not cooperative. It was quiet and peaceful! Renters should note that while they have window units in the bedrooms which keep them plenty cool at night, the rest of the cabin does not have air conditioning. Some days the breeze and fans were enough to make it comfortable. But when it got 90 and humid it was pretty stuffy. You should just know that … if you are going during summer.months.
• We had a great Mother’s Day retreat at the Jewell Hollow Homestead. The cabin was in great condition, and you could tell a lot of love and care has gone into it over the years. It is full of family photos, which makes you really feel like you’re an invited guest in someone else’s home. 7 minute drive from Skyline Drive. Having WiFi was a nice bonus too.
• We absolutely loved this property! The pond had so many small creatures like fish, frogs, and salamanders that my children spent hours exploring and learning (we were able to see frog eggs, tadpoles in various stages, and two frogs mating) the row boat allowed us to explore further, and one night we went out on the boat to look at the stars. This property is extremely close to the Thornton Gap entrance to skyline drive, so it was easy to get to hikes and attractions in Shenandoah. The property itself had everything we needed- there was no internet or cell reception, but that encouraged us to unplug and spend quality time as a family.

View Deal on VRBO from $307

Amazing Grace Chalet | $325/nightly avg

Whether you come for fall foliage, winter snows, or summer sun, Amazing Grace will not disappoint. A large cabin sits on this 3-acre property near Thornton Gap, Luray Caverns, and the site of the New Market Battlefield and museum. The cabin is fitted with five large decks to observe the local wildlife, and satellite TV for when there is none to be seen. There is a master bedroom with an ensuite and jacuzzi bath, a loft area with three beds, and an upstairs bedroom fitted with a queen and twin.

Dreaming of Luray – your dream vacation awaits you

5 Stars (155 Reviews)

• Property Type: Cabin
• Maximum Occupancy: 10 Guests
• Bedrooms: 3
• Bathrooms: 3

Top guest reviews

• Had a great time with family. Every we needed was there.
• Amazing Grace was a beautiful, spacious getaway for our girl’s trip! The kitchen was so well stocked, easy check-in and checkout process. I have stayed in a lot of rentals and this kitchen was the best! Well done Molly and Adam! Thank you for sharing your home with us!! God bless.
• This was our 4th rental with Vrbo and this rental was the best we stayed. It is huge, beautiful decorated, outdoor space. Day after wedding, Monday, had some of the family over for cookout also had a pool table for a fun tournament. I highly recommend booking this place wish we had the time to stay longer
• Except for the terrible driveway, and uncleanliness, this place is awesome. We will stay there again. I
• My friends and I really enjoyed the seclusion and amenities of the property!

View Deal on VRBO from $325

Hawksbill Retreat Lodge | $1,221/nightly avg

A great many occasions can bring big groups of people together (reunions, celebrations, and retreats, just to name a few), but a successful large-scale outing also needs a suitable venue. Whatever brings you together, the Hawksbill Retreat Lodge is an excellent place for big events. With easy access to Luray Caverns and the park, the 45-acre property is filled with and surrounded by fun opportunities. The cabin abounds with games from air hockey to billiards and board games. There are 10 bedrooms and enough room for up to 25 guests.

Dreaming of Stanley – your dream vacation awaits you

4.5 Stars (40 Reviews)

• Property Type: Cabin
• Maximum Occupancy: 30 Guests
• Bedrooms: 10
• Bathrooms: 5

Top guest reviews

• This is a good property for our large family of 20. We loved the kitchen especially the long dining table where we could all sit together to eat. The property does need some upgrading however. Several of the bathrooms need immediate attention. Otherwise we were very happy with the property and would recommend it to others.
• The group enjoyed the cabin. It was very spacious and Randy was an EXCELLENT HOST. Perfect is all that I can say❤️❤️
• We had a delightful family weekend with plenty of room for 13 adults & teenagers. The bedrooms & baths are nicely spaced between areas in the lodge & the great room/kitchen is large enough for all to gather. The wrap around porch is huge and we do recommend bringing soccer chairs if you have a large group. The firepit is perfect for the obligitory s’mores . I
• Clean & comfortable with plenty of lawn for play area. Every bedroom is private. Close to Luray and many activities. Randy was very responsive to any questions.
• There were 29 of us. Overall, we had a wonderful time. Plenty of space and the firepit was a huge success. The only complaint we had was that for that many people the refrigerator was just a standard house size. we had to keep a lot of the items we brought in coolers and spent a fortune on ice to keep things cold. but that was the ONLY complaint. we all had a wonderful time there.

View Deal on VRBO from $1,221

Smile Inn Over The River | $227/nightly avg

This lovely river cabin above the South Fork of the Shenandoah River provides everything one could want from a rural retreat. Walk down the gentle slope that leads to over 400 feet of riverfront property. Enjoy the waters from the deck, relax in the riverside hammock or picnic table, or start up a fire in the pit. The cabin comes with a kayak and inflatables for those keen on floating for a spell. The master bedroom is on the ground floor, and a second room with two double beds is above. For a $30 fee, your dogs are most welcome to accompany you on your trip.

Dreaming of Luray – your dream vacation awaits you

5 Stars (200 Reviews)

• Property Type: Cabin
• Maximum Occupancy: 6 Guests
• Bedrooms: 2
• Bathrooms: 2

Top guest reviews

• Lovely, peaceful property on the banks of the Shenandoah River. Property was exactly as described. Had a lovely time.
• Comfortable, well-appointed and dog friendly. Stink bugs were a nuisance, but that’s nature!
• Great property for enjoying the Shenandoah River. It is especially well set up for bringing your dogs. Good place for them to be in secure fencing and still be with their peeps. Nice cabin with all you need for a short vacation on the river. Sitting on the deck in the evening after a day on the river is just wonderful.
• This property is great. The cabin is very clean and beautiful. The fishing is spectacular. Andy is great to work with. Makes renting this cabin easy.
• We enjoyed this property and all it had to offer. Grilling on the deck and enjoying the view was a highlight! So much to do in the area that it was hard to decide!

View Deal on VRBO from $227

Log Cabin Near Lake Arrowhead | $250/nightly avg

With appealing views of Stoneyman Overlook and verdant mountains, this simple log cabin minutes from Luray is a window into the wilds of Appalachia. Though modestly furnished, the stunning landscapes offer sufficient wonder to make this a grand vacation rental. Lake Arrowhead lies below and affords many opportunities for recreation. The cabin itself is a new construction and has, among other delightful touches, a six-person hot tub with in-built speakers.

Dreaming of luray – your dream vacation awaits you

4.5 Stars (137 Reviews)

• Property Type: Cabin
• Maximum Occupancy: 6 Guests
• Bedrooms: 2
• Bathrooms: 2

Top guest reviews

• Great property, there were a few minor nuisances but overall it met our family’s needs for a great fall getaway.
• Hot tub had a brown substance around the water line so we did not use. Suggestion print off your instructions regarding code for entry, contact property info and check-out. No cell service unable to view these instructions hence why to print them off. Coffee maker had water left in it and it is VERY slow, we ended up at a local gas station for morning coffee. Bedding, bathrooms and property clean.
• The cabin was beautiful had a nice few relaxing days.
• Great location about 15 min from skyline drive and luray caverns. Property accurately described with a great view out the back. Have seen some guests struggle with the faucet… the knob rotates down toward the sink to turn the water on.
• Beautiful secluded property as described

View Deal on VRBO from $250

Three Creeks Cabin | $464/nightly avg

A comfortable cabin with five bedrooms, Three Creeks Cabin is a perfect spot for a family getaway. A handful of miles from the center of Shenandoah National Park, the home offers easy access to natural beauty. Reap the land’s most precious bounty by visiting one of the several wineries a short drive away. The home has a deck, pool table, and modern kitchen. There are three queen rooms, a king, and an upstairs room with two bunk beds.

Dreaming of Castleton – your dream vacation awaits you

3.5 Stars (3 Reviews)

• Property Type: Cabin
• Maximum Occupancy: 6 Guests
• Bedrooms: 3
• Bathrooms: 3

Top guest reviews

• The listing clearly says that internet service is available, which is one of the reasons we booked this place over other options. Unfortunately, the internet did not work for the entirety of our stay. The hosts initially explained that it was because of bad weather but it also didn’t work later when the sky was totally clear. After the stay we asked for a partial refund because of the inaccuracy of the listing but the host never responded.
• Such a fun cabin in a beautiful part of the state! Just a short hop outside of DC and yet we felt like we were in another world. I loved cooking in the well-equipped kitchen, hiking around the property and discovering all 3 creeks, and exploring beautiful Rappahannock County. We will be back!!
• We had the opportunity to disconnect and spend some quality time with family. The host gave us some nice recommendations for wineries, dining and hiking (we did Mary’s Rock which was perfect for our group). FYI for future guests, we did lose service as we got closer to the cabin so download directions ahead of time, and we also had to restart the internet a few times and it was still spotty or disconnected. Host did give us a heads up before we arrived that it’s satellite internet so we weren’t expecting much in this secluded area. It was a blessing in disguise though because we really got to enjoy ourselves on this beautiful property. Plus the wineries have wifi for the most part.

View Deal on VRBO from $464

Disclosure: TravelAwaits selects the listings in our articles independently. Some of the listings in this article contain affiliate links.

More than any single spot, Yosemite is responsible for the continued protection of America’s many scenic areas. Though Yellowstone holds the honor of being the first park created, it was Yosemite that inspired John Muir’s love of nature and, in turn, his lifelong mission to share that love and preserve the objects of his affections. His journeys in the Sierras led him to write a number of books and campaign for the protection of Yosemite.

What led to all of this is quite obvious. Yosemite is full of incredible vistas and mind-boggling monoliths. There are a multitude of opportunities to hike, with trails both long and short, easy-going and strenuous. The park is famous for its stunning waterfalls as well, most notably the towering Yosemite Falls.

Due to increasing visitor numbers, Yosemite recently implemented a reservation system. This can be circumvented by finding accommodation within the park boundaries or visiting outside of peak months. In any case, it pays to plan in advance, do research, and take tips from those in the know.

Most of Yosemite is open — and shimmering with beauty and scenic wonders — year-round but certain roads are closed in the winter months, usually from November to April. Crowds are busiest in the summer. 

A Vrbo vacation rental is an excellent way to enjoy the park, especially for those keen to explore during the quieter but colder off-season. Here are 10 Yosemite National Park cabin rentals to help you discover what changed John Muir’s life all those years ago.

Riverside Retreat | $476/nightly avg

The Merced River is part of a system that begins in the high Sierras and eventually flows out under the Golden Gate Bridge, sustaining the rich agriculture of central California in the process. Somewhere along the way, it passes through the Yosemite Valley and runs by this well-placed cabin inside the park. Luckily enough, the river widens to create an excellent swimming hole just in front of the cabin, complete with perfectly safe jumping rocks for those brave enough to take the plunge. The home features rustic touches like a wood-burning stove and simple wooden beds, but also includes modern appliances and granite countertops. The three bedrooms are on the small side, but the vaulted ceilings in the living room more than make up for it. The home is near the Wawona Hotel and the park’s grocery store, so no need to stock up in advance.

Dreaming of Wawona – your dream vacation awaits you

5 Stars (25 Reviews)

• Property Type: Cabin
• Maximum Occupancy: 8 Guests
• Bedrooms: 2
• Bathrooms: 2

Top guest reviews

• The property is lovely and we’ll maintained. The view is superb. Unfortunately there was something wrong with the hot water system and it couldn’t be fixed during our brief stay. So we had no hot water for our two nights in residence. We still had a great time, but this is an issue that definitely needs looking into.
• This spot is absolutely amazing. The little river/stream in the backyard is amazing- so picturesque. We had to he most unfortunate thing happen on our trip- we were evacuated because of the Washburn fire- and Kip was beyond helpful and kind.
• I liked it and will stay again. I enjoyed being close to the peaceful sound of the river.
• We fully enjoyed this house. It was so cozy and had everything we need. The location is perfect being right on the river and away from the hustle and bustle of the valley. But close enough to make the day trip. We will be back!
• Perfect for our family if four! View from the deck was amazing. Relaxing!

View Deal on VRBO from $476

Yosemite Gateway Chalet | $481/nightly avg

For those looking to avoid the crowds, this family-friendly chalet east of the park’s border is an excellent hideaway. Most visitors enter Yosemite through the western entrances and head straight to the Yosemite Valley. Far too few go the extra mile to take in the Tuolumne Meadows. These scenic pastures are just 45 minutes from this luxurious chalet, as are Pothole Dome and Lember Dome, impressive, hikable, and generally overlooked granite monoliths. The spacious cabin is full of wonderful touches, from the clawfoot bathtub and hydrotherapy tub to the oak bar and the trees growing straight through the deck. Enjoy great mountain views here. The park is about 5 miles away and the June Mountain ski area is even closer.

Dreaming of June Lake – your dream vacation awaits you

5 Stars (57 Reviews)

• Property Type: Cabin
• Maximum Occupancy: 8 Guests
• Bedrooms: 3
• Bathrooms: 4

Top guest reviews

• Great time
• Location is great for various hikes and entry into Yosemite. Located at June Lake where paddle boards, kayaks and boats are a must. House is extremely spacious and family friendly! Beautiful Mountain Views from all the bedrooms. Great hike straight out the back door. Excellent vacation spot.
• Perfect base of operations for June Lake, Yosemite, Bodie, and NE Sierras. The house is roomy but cozy. Nice kitchen. Only complaint was a fishy smell from the fridge, but we cleaned it and got rid of most of the odor. Will definitely rent here again!
• While the location is wonderful, communication with owner, prompt, architecture beautiful, ammenities are outdated — our guess circa 1970’s. It simply wasn’t “modern” nor “luxurious.” Spa never warmed beyond bath temperature and spa cover is so old with cracks it can’t keep the heat in. Kitchen was an irritant rather than a relaxing and enjoyable space — cupboard doors clap loudly when closed, microwave is circa 1970 (Amana radar range), cookware is mostly a mismatch of what may have bought also in 1970’s. It was an irritant to use. There are no curtains on windows in the master bedrooms – very early morning sunshine directly on our faces forced us to an early rise until we chose to buy eye masks. We thought we were paying for a “modern and luxurious” home to enjoy cooking, hot jacuzzi’s, and late morning, wake ups in addition to the magnificent June Lake Loop. While we loved the lakes, we’ll return next time to true “modern and luxurious” Mammoth Lakes rental.
• Awesome

View Deal on VRBO from $481

Walk-A-Bout At The Redwoods In Yosemite | $349/nightly avg

When you think of a Yosemite National Park getaway, Walk-A-Bout is the idyllic cabin that comes to mind. The closest Yosemite attractions being Chilnualna Falls Trailhead and Wawona Swimming Hole, get out and explore the park, or relax under the shade that the surrounding trees provide this cozy cabin.

With two bedrooms, one bathroom, and room for six, Walk-A-Bout offers all the expected amenities, including Wi-Fi, cable, and a fireplace. Be sure to book now; reservations are going fast.

Dreaming of Yosemite National Park – your dream vacation awaits you

5 Stars (21 Reviews)

• Property Type: Cabin
• Maximum Occupancy: 6 Guests
• Bedrooms: 2
• Bathrooms: 1

Top guest reviews

• Our cabin was still being cleaned when we arrived and the manager offered us wine and a place to wait. Very accommodating and much appreciated
• My husband and I just loved this cabin. It was cozy, clean, and very well maintained. There are lots of builtin cabinets, drawers and closets and we appreciated the craftsmanship. TV, comfy furniture, A/C and heat were nice to have after a long day of hiking. We both agreed we would stay here again. Super nice folks at check-in and the store, too!
• Our family had a great time at Walk-a-Bout cabin. Everything was wonderful except the internet connection which kept timing out. I think it was all of our photos/video being backed up to the cloud which kept causing issues. Did not take off a star as that is probably AT&T or whatever. The cabin itself was clean, well-appointed, and had tons of options. Because Yosemite is so amazing and huge, we didn’t spend tons of time in the cabin. But it was great while we were there.We also went to a high school fundraiser down the street at the little store nearby. They had barbecue and dancing and a ranger program. The next day, we went to the ranger program right there in Wawona where we learned how to write Yosemite in Chinese characters and learned about Chiura Obata, a Japanese artist who painted some lovely landscapes of Yosemite in watercolor.Would definitely stay there again!
• Property is nicely located inside the park and within walking distance to a lovely swimming hole that provided a refreshing end to some very busy, hot days sightseeing within the park. The cabin was well stocked with everything we needed for our stay. The bbq was especially nice and the kitchen was well stocked with pots, pans and dishes. If you plan to stay, know that you should be sure to bring your own spices, cooking oil, etc. and shampoo, soap, etc.
• We loved this cabin and the Redwoods in Yosemite area. The mattresses were very nice, the deck was great for grilling and eating dinner, everything was clean and comfortable. We are planning to return in the future.

View Deal on VRBO from $349

Foresta Cabin | $475/nightly avg

Located in Foresta, a small cluster of dispersed homes within the park’s borders, this cozy cabin is excellent for a couple or small group. Hikes abound, and Yosemite Valley is just 10 minutes away by car. The building is simply furnished. The main space serves as a living room, kitchen, and dining area, and is enriched by the presence of a wood-burning stove. The bathroom is downstairs between two queen bedrooms. The upstairs area has a full bed, workspace, and a door leading out to a small deck.

Dreaming of Mariposa – your dream vacation awaits you

5 Stars (32 Reviews)

• Property Type: Cabin
• Maximum Occupancy: 4 Guests
• Bedrooms: 2
• Bathrooms: 1

Top guest reviews

• Complete house 10 minutes to the valley floor.
• My family and I stayed here during our family vacation to see Yosemite. I wanted to stay inside of the park, to avoid having to use the lottery system to gain access to the park, that is how I found this place, but this place gave us so much more. It was like being at home, as far as how it was stocked, Everything you might need as far as seasonings, oil, pots and pans, it was perfect. The location is very close to the main valley floor, so it really cut the drive time every morning and night, and even though we did not do this, it would have been easy to get back for lunch each day. The location is so relaxing and peaceful, I wish our schedule would have given us more time to just relax in the yard at the house, but being our first time in the park, we spent most of our time out on the trails. Booking was easy, finding it was easy and there is nothing bad I can say about this place, other than I wish it had a second bathroom, but I knew that going into it.
• Great stay – the house is in between Tiago road and the Yosemite Valley. House was wonderful and had lots of necessary items like hiking poles and batteries (we did replace)Over delivered and everyone was please. Plenty of toilet paper and paper towels and laundry detergent but no bounce sheets.
• This rental is very nice. We’ve stayed in Foresta in another rental and definitely recommend this area as a base for exploring Yosemite. It’s close enough to the valley floor to go do something in the morning, come back in the early afternoon for lunch and venture out again. Or pack up and spend the whole day out and about to return to the beauty of this property the end of the day. The house was clean with plenty of amenities for cooking, eating and enjoying meals. The beds were comfortable and the room sizes generous. This would be a terrific rental for two families with young kids, there’s a whole loft area where kids would just have a blast! The surrounding area is lovely, the yard well kept and the resident ravens are entertaining. We also saw a herd of small deer one night while stargazing. Annie is an attentive and responsive host. This property is comfortable and a good value.
• This is the 3rd time I’ve stayed at this cabin and I’m still very happy with the accommodations. The location is very private and quiet. I spent the afternoons just relaxing on the deck, listening to the radio and enjoying my adult beverages. Being so close to Yosemite Valley yet far from the crowds make Foresta a wonderful place.

View Deal on VRBO from $475

Modern Mountain Magic | $1,170/nightly avg

Done right, modern architecture works just as well in the montane wilderness as it does in any suburb. This wonderful Yosemite cabin rental, completed in the spring of 2022, demonstrates this fact splendidly. Located inside Yosemite National Park’s boundaries, guests need not worry about acquiring permits, nor concern themselves with long waits entering and exiting the park. The chief concern will be getting the most out of Yosemite’s many natural treasures. Even this is made all the easier thanks to the home’s many comforts. It not only looks nice but comes with everything you’ll need to prepare for your drives and hikes and remain well-fed. Ideal for families, the home has two large bedrooms and a third with two brand-new bunk beds.

Dreaming of Yosemite National Park – your dream vacation awaits you

4 Stars (1 Review)

• Property Type: Cabin
• Maximum Occupancy: 8 Guests
• Bedrooms: 3
• Bathrooms: 3

View Deal on VRBO from $1,170

The Tree House At The Redwoods In Yosemite | $364/nightly avg

Adding to the pure variety of these Yosemite cabins, the Tree House at the Redwoods provides a woodland spin with its trees running right through the base of the outdoor patio. With just enough room inside for a small family, the Tree House is a childish escape from normal life to the wonders of Yosemite. 

You’ll have access to free Wi-Fi, a washer and dryer, and a TV. Pets are also welcome to join you on your getaway. Located right in Wawona, south of Yosemite, you can’t go wrong with this fun and unique cabin.

Dreaming of Yosemite National Park – your dream vacation awaits you

5 Stars (6 Reviews)

• Property Type: Cabin
• Maximum Occupancy: 4 Guests
• Bedrooms: 1
• Bathrooms: 1

Top guest reviews

• A wonderful cabin sitting among the redwoods. The cabin itself was perfect and worked well for us. However, sitting out on the deck, in the beautiful grove of various trees, listening to the sounds Chilnualna Creek was the best part. What a treat.
• We loved our stay in this cabin! The cabin has been renovated and well kept. Shows great pride of ownership. It’s rustic with great modern touches and very clean. The deck above the River and waterfalls was so peaceful (although not much of a view), listening to the sound of the water was mesmerizing. Loved that we could bring our dog to enjoy Yosemite. I have one complaint and it’s not a reflection on the cabin….. The fees and taxes added an additional six hundred and twenty three dollars to my four night reservation. Just a heads up when booking.
• We couldn’t have been happier with our experience. From the cabin and it’s placement to the hiking options from the front door!I have already encouraged family and friends to try to secure the same cabin. I know we will again!
• Wonderfully peaceful and serene. A great escape from the stressor of modern living and technology. The bench swing facing the trees was divine. Definitely a place to return to for future relaxation retreats.
• We stayed here for our wedding trip to Yosemite. The cabin was private and it allowed pets. This was one of the main reasons for booking since we needed to bring our dog with us. Checking in was super easy. They were very helpful to communicate with someone before booking and answer my questions. The kitchen was really nice and the house’s layout was fun. There was a weird smell in the house, probably from the old wood. The deck looked nice in the photos but the swing was rotting and the other furniture needed cleaned. The carpet could also use replacing. We probably wouldn’t stay here again but it was nice for what we needed during our visit. It was close to the Wawona Hotel where family and friends were staying. It’s also close to a market.

View Deal on VRBO from $364

Starlight Lodge In Wawona | $529/nightly avg

Given the park’s great popularity, you won’t have any issue convincing a large group of friends or family members to join you in Yosemite. This fine cabin is ready to accommodate any large crew. It’s located on a residential street in Wawona, steps away from the small grocery store. The home has two living rooms, a grand rustic chamber centered around a beautiful rough-stone fireplace, and a smaller, more modern space on the opposite side of the building. There is also a large deck with a hot tub, and free wifi for those needing a working vacation.

Dreaming of Wawona – your dream vacation awaits you

5 Stars (23 Reviews)

• Property Type: Private vacation home
• Maximum Occupancy: 14 Guests
• Bedrooms: 4
• Bathrooms: 4

Top guest reviews

• It was a very nice stay but the house felt dated and in need of some maintenance. It did not take away from our enjoyment. We even used the hot tub one night. They do have a lot of light switches and it would have been nice if they would have been labeled or had more instructions in the guest book.
• What a wonderful place to stay! The property was perfect for 4 families. The location was breath taking. The large deck was a must as we spent our evenings there. We will definitely go back! Thank you!
• Kitchen was well stocked. Beds were comfortable. Common room was comfortable. Covered porch was great for dining; we pushed the two tables together so the whole group could eat family style. Hot tub was hot. Location was super as it is inside the park so we did not have to wait at the park entrance station each day and we did not have to get a separate park entrance pass.
• Great place to take your family and enjoy Yosemite!
• The home is Absolutely beautiful great location and comfortably fit our family. The house was well stocked with kitchen stuff and games and was just an overall great experience. Location is gorgeous and we would love to go back.

View Deal on VRBO from $529

Romantic Cabin With Mountain Views | $270/nightly avg

Another great gateway into the quieter eastern part of the park, this cabin is a dream for any couple ready to spend time together in the great outdoors. Of course, if you stay here, the indoors will seem pretty good too. This is a cozy cabin with various flourishes, including certain southwestern touches and a clawfoot bathtub. There is a full kitchen and restaurants, bars, and spas within walking distance at the base of June Mountain — the sight of which will surely draw guests upwards. Hiking trails are right outside the front door and the stunning features of eastern Yosemite are about 45 minutes away.

Dreaming of June Lake – your dream vacation awaits you

5 Stars (91 Reviews)

• Property Type: Cabin
• Maximum Occupancy: 2 Guests
• Bedrooms: 1
• Bathrooms: 1

Top guest reviews

• Sweet quiet beautiful spot. Ian was a fabulous host. Hiking in the area stunning. Thank you.
• Very lovely, attractive, clean, and comfortable log cabin. We had everything we needed. Beautiful view from the deck! Highly recommend.
• My fiancé has a stroke and we had to relocate our wedding. I was told by the owner I would “receive a full refund.” Three months later, I was called and told to meet him to pick up the keys. Then, after I reminded him that I called him in April and canceled because my fiancé (now husband) had a stroke, I was told I had to also contact Vrbo as well. In my distress, I never even thought of that since the owner told me I’d “receive a full refund” from Vrbo. Over a month later, and at least 6 phone calls of 30 minutes to an hour with different Vrbo representatives and managers…as well as getting disconnected twice with no one ever calling me back, I still have not received a refund. Unbelievable! I would look for a different property.
• Ian makes the check in absolutely seamless. We loved the location. Trail head convenience and the Double Eagle restaurant made it so pleasant. Cool house!
• Beautiful views from an exceptional property. The cabin was lovely with everything you need and was perfect for a couple. Thank you, Ian!

View Deal on VRBO from $270

A-Frame With River Views | $410/nightly avg

Given the home’s placement overlooking the South Fork of the Merced River, it’s no surprise the owners have fitted this large a-frame with floor-to-ceiling windows. There’s also a large deck to observe the water or simply take in some fresh air before venturing to the giant sequoias at nearby Mariposa Grove. The house rental has two queen bedrooms on the ground floor and a king above. All three beds have beautiful headboards of cedar which look as though they came straight off the tree. The kitchen was remodeled in 2022 and is ready to supply home-cooked meals and trail sandwiches. Ingredients can be brought in or purchased at the nearby grocery store in Wawona.

Dreaming of Wawona – your dream vacation awaits you

5 Stars (132 Reviews)

• Property Type: Cabin
• Maximum Occupancy: 6 Guests
• Bedrooms: 3
• Bathrooms: 2

Top guest reviews

• Overall the place was neat with plenty of amenities and can comfortably accommodate 6 people and an extra 2 on couches. There is no car garage and 2 cars can park one behind the other on a long driveway. In winter if it is snowing one will have to shovel the snow from the car but in all other seasons this is more than adequate. We also found an EV charging station 0.4 miles from this place which was awesome. It was not a super charger. We left our car for charging overnight. The charging rate was about 17 miles per hour and by morning it was fully charged. We recommend this place for a party of 6!
• Beautiful, clean cabin! Wonderful kitchen with first rate appliances and conveniences. Well stocked with dishes, glasses and cooking gear. A tray of packaged snacks was a nice touch. Very comfortable beds and living room furniture with large excellent TV with Dish service. Also loved the deck, so nice to sit there and hear the river.
• Our family of five adults thoroughly enjoyed our week-long stay at River View. The town of Wawoma has a camp-like vibe — very relaxed and laid back. This home appears to be one of the nicest properties in Wawoma. Yosemite Valley is 45 min. drive from the cabin (prepare for switchbacks), but we preferred being near the south gate and away from the crowds. We had plenty of time to hit the local sites: Wawoma Hotel for lunch (and relaxing on the veranda), the Pioneer History Center, the swinging bridge, hiking at the Mariposa Grove (giant Sequoias), Chilnualna Falls Trail, and Wawoma Meadow. We also enjoyed several dips in the river behind the cabin after a long day. The Pine Market is only minutes away and surprising well-stocked for a small rural grocer. We had great communication with the owner and the local property manager was responsive to a few needs that came up during out stay. We found River View to be a very comfortable and well-appointed home. I believe another reviewer mentioned that the bathrooms look a little dated/tired, but the kitchen was newly remodeled this year and was a treat to cook in.
• Excellent cabin in the woods. Was better than expected. Wonderful deck overlooking nature. What a gift we gave ourselves. Thanks Susan!!!
• Nice updated kitchen. We enjoyed the grill in the deck.

View Deal on VRBO from $410

Family Cabin On Four Acres | $2,100/nightly avg

Whether you’re planning a large family reunion or a rare get-together with friends, this large cabin 5 miles from Yosemite can service big groups ready to explore America’s favorite park. Appreciate the privacy afforded by a spacious 4-acre property and enjoy its festive atmosphere. The home has fireplaces indoors and out, and there are many a neat diversion, from the small swingset to the bocce ball facilities. The home consists of the main building and a bunkhouse with three queen bedrooms and a common room fitted with two bunk beds. The larger structure includes the kitchen, primary living spaces, and bedrooms (two queens and a loft area with three doubles and a single). Minutes away from the park, guests can expect to reach the awe-inspiring sights of the Yosemite Valley after a 45-minute drive.

Dreaming of Groveland – your dream vacation awaits you

5 Stars (24 Reviews)

• Property Type: Cabin
• Maximum Occupancy: 20 Guests
• Bedrooms: 7
• Bathrooms: 3

Top guest reviews

• We had a great stay at Gene’s property! The house and bunkhouse were amazing! We loved all of the outdoor activities for the kids, and the fire pit was perfect for cooking hotdogs and marshmallows in the evenings. Gene was quick to respond when we had questions or issues. It was a close proximity to Yosemite, which was great for getting to the park early. Overall, a fantastic stay!
• We had a small reunion here that included 13 lids under 12. It was the PERFECT location, and the property was rife with things to entertain kiddos.
• We had an amazing stay. The cabins and amenities were great – both inside and out. The location was very convenient. The hosts were great before and during the stay. I am hesitant to recommend it since if I do I am afraid I will not be able to book it again.
• Nice place, beautiful surroundings and location. Close to the entrance of Yosemite. The house could use some TLC.
• Gene was super responsive. Great owner and great experience. Would recommend to anyone.

View Deal on VRBO from $2,100

To discover how to make the most of your trip to Yosemite, check out:

• Tips For Visiting Yosemite National Park This Summer
• 10 Important Ranger Tips For Visiting Yosemite National Park
• What It’s Like To Experience Yosemite’s Incredible Firefall In Person

Disclosure: TravelAwaits selects the listings in our articles independently. Some of the listings in this article contain affiliate links.

Mountains of rock and snow covered ice as far as you can see. The exhilaration of exploring the Icefields Parkway and the Columbia Icefields masks the chill of frosty breath temperatures that persist despite the June calendar date.

Marmot, mountain goats, and bighorn sheep call this inhospitable land home. The raw and rugged but beautiful scenery is breathtaking in its barrenness. Once you visit, you will know why visitors to Banff National Park and Jasper National Park make the trek across the Icefields Parkway to visit, plan, and stay in this permanently frozen wonderland.

Note: The information in this piece was obtained during a sponsored press trip, but all recommendations are my own.

Columbia Icefield

The massive Columbia Icefield, the largest in the Canadian Rocky Mountains, covers 89 square miles. The icefield receives a whopping 20-plus feet of snow each year. The snow that doesn’t melt during the extremely short summer months is compressed over time by its own weight and creates these spectacular frozen “rivers.” These fingers of ice are known as glaciers. The Columbia Icefield Adventure takes place on the beautiful Athabasca Glacier.

Standing on fields of ice thousands of years old, surrounded by stunning ice flows is surreal. The magnificence of the ice expense is a humbling experience.

Besides taking copious photographs, you need to taste the water flow. When you dip your cup into the running water from the Athabasca Glacier, you are tasting pure — and very cold — perfect water.

Once you are dropped off by the Ice Explorer, you have about 20 minutes to explore the glacier. It can be very slippery, I suggest bringing walking sticks if you have them. Shoes with lug soles are also a good option.

Pro Tip: We were there in June and needed winter coats, hats, and gloves.

The Ice Explorer

The Ice Explorer is the biggest people mover I have ever seen. Chris (seen in the photo) is 5 feet 10 inches tall could fit under the wheel well!

The ride to the glacier is an event in itself. First, you take a short bus trip from the Glacier Discovery Center; it helps you avoid the walk and the buses help control the crowds. Then the entire bus transfers to the assigned Ice Explorer.

The Ice Explorer moves at a snail’s pace up an extremely steep incline and down a corresponding decline as it rumbles over the rocky road. It is a fun, albeit bumpy trip. Once you reach the glacier, you are on your own to explore.

Pro Tip: Book your tickets online and save time. It is a very popular attraction.

Columbia Icefield Skywalk

Included with your ticket is the Columbia Icefield Skywalk. After your trip back on the Ice Explore to your assigned bus, you are shuttled past the Glacier Discovery Center and onto the Skywalk.

This is a serious, out-on-a-limb walkway. You proceed along a path with panoramic views of the Sunwapta Valley before reaching the Skywalk entrance. While the views are spectacular, the cantilevered glass bottom walkway was a test of my ability to keep my heart rate steady. It is one of those adventures I’m thrilled I did, but have no intention of doing again. Ever.

The Glaciers

Stunning panoramic landscapes are the hallmark of Jasper National Park. Many of those views are gorgeous glaciers. Bow Glacier, Athabasca Glacier, and Crowfoot Glacier are just some of the beautiful stops along the Icefields Parkway.

Icefields Parkway

Connecting Banff National Park and Jasper National Park, the Icefields Parkway is 140-plus miles of mountain peaks, flowing icefields, and river valleys winding along the Continental Divide.

You don’t want to be driving along this parkway — it’s too beautiful to miss out. Discover Banff Tours is a terrific option for a Banff to Columbia Icefields tour. They picked us up at our hotel, stopped at all the highlights along the way, fed us a delicious lunch, and provided historical and ecological information along the route. It’s the best way to travel when you want to see and experience everything. It is a thoughtful, enjoyable, and well-executed experience.

Pro Tip: Pack an extra pair of dry shoes and socks on this trip. You might just sink through the snow knee-deep into the frozen (not so frozen) Bow Lake — ask me how I know!

North Saskatchewan River

A stop at the North Saskatchewan River rewards you with a short and fairly flat hike out to the overlook. The season, water flows, vegetation, and bear sightings can enhance the beauty of this natural wonderland.

Num-Ti-Jah Lodge

The Num-Ti-Jah Lodge is steeped in Alberta history. An Englishman, Jimmy Simpson, fell in love with Bow Lake during a visit in the late 1890s. He was a Rocky Mountain guide who loved the area. The legendary mountain man built the Num-Ti-Jah Lodge years later to house his guests and family.

Pro Tip: If you are searching for a wilderness getaway experience, this is the perfect spot. The lodge is currently under renovation by the new owner with plans to open in summer 2022.

Visit Jasper National Park

You will love the Columbia Icefield experience. With unique adventures like driving along the gorgeous Icefields Parkway, walking (slipping) across the Athabasca Glacier, and tip-toeing across the Skywalk, you will be awestruck by Jasper National Park’s beauty.

While you are in Banff, be sure to dine at some of their amazing restaurants with incredible views. Your itinerary planning is a snap with all the information from the Banff and Lake Louise Tourism bureau — it’s the perfect place to start your exploration ideas.

The hike on Jenny Lake Trail in Grand Teton National Park is unforgettable. You expect it to be stellar, and yet somehow, it exceeds all expectations. The early morning, mirrored reflections of the mountains in Jenny Lake were jaw-dropping; I could barely move in the face of so much grandeur. Later, I looked at the photos and was awestruck all over again. Was it really that beautiful? It was.

For our September trip, my husband Dean and I planned a visit to Yellowstone National Park (pre-flooding), and then, since we were going to be “in the neighborhood,” we would head south to Grand Teton National Park to spend almost another week there as well.

In the same way that I think Yellowstone’s Grand Prismatic Spring sometimes gets overshadowed by its big brother, Old Faithful, I think Grand Teton sometimes gets overshadowed by Yellowstone (and I was guilty of this, as well). Believe me, Grand Teton has plenty to offer.

Case in point: The Jenny Lake Loop Trail. Here are my top tips for this wonderful hike.

Note: When we visited, high-altitude smoke from west coast wildfires added a haze to the sky, which is why the mountains in the photos are not as crisp and clear as they would be otherwise. Still beautiful!

1. Download An App Before You Go

Purchase and download the Yellowstone/Grand Teton “Gypsy Guide” app for a nominal fee. It’s well worth it! As you are driving, it uses GPS to trigger audio about the park’s history, attractions, and more, based on exactly where you are in the park. It’s like having a private tour guide! This is great for your entire time in Grand Teton.

Pro Tip: If you prefer, download the free NPS app, which provides maps, tours, and on-the-spot accessibility information about more than 400 national parks.

2. Go Early

On this hike, as on so many adventures before and after it, being early risers served us well. The parking lot at Jenny Lake is big, but it gets busy, and people park on the street and everywhere. When we got there (around 7:30 a.m.), things were quiet, with plenty of parking.

Pro Tip: One timesaver is to purchase a park pass in advance. Also, unlike some National Parks, there are no entrance reservations here, but brace yourself for crowds and long lines, because Grand Teton fits the adage of having only two seasons: winter and road construction.

3. Have A Plan For The Hike

Knowing that plans can change, I think it’s good to have a plan. The Jenny Lake Trail is approximately a seven-mile loop around the lake. Some offshoots take you to other hiking trails.

One option is to do what we did: Start at the Jenny Lake Visitor Center (yellow dot in the photo above) and hike clockwise to Hidden Falls and Inspiration Point, then down to the West Boat Dock and take the shuttle boat back across the lake to the visitor center. It’s a great morning activity.

Pro Tip: Check the hours and prices of the privately-run shuttle boat. Purchase tickets directly at the boat dock on a first-come, first-served basis. 

4. Be Prepared

This is hiking 101, but heed the warnings from the park website: “Always be prepared when hiking in Grand Teton. Carry water for every member of your group, be alert to your surroundings, and understand your limitations on distance and elevation gain. Several trails from Jenny Lake can hold snow until mid-July. … Wildlife — such as bears — is commonly active in the area. Never approach a wild animal. To check current trail conditions and bear activity, stop at the visitor center or Jenny Lake Ranger Station to talk with a ranger.” Dean carried bear spray as a precaution; it gave us peace of mind as we hiked.

5. Enjoy The Mountains

We walked on a path through some trees to get to the start of the hiking trail at the lake and realized this was the reward. Our first glimpse of Jenny Lake. The lake was like glass in the morning stillness and the reflection was breathtaking. We saw two young couples treasuring the views and taking photos. One of the young men turned to us and said, “You can’t beat a morning view like this.” We all agreed.

6. Watch For Wildlife

As we started on the hike, we saw a mule deer. He was crossing the sidewalk by some display boards about the park. He didn’t seem to be too concerned about us, so after a quick photo, we each went our own way.

7. Take A Break At Hidden Falls

The hike along the lake was beautiful. About halfway around the lake, our first stop was Hidden Falls, a 100-foot waterfall. The distance to the falls is a moderate, two-and-a-half-mile hike with a 620-feet elevation gain.

When I posted this photo on Facebook, I wrote: “Hidden Falls, when you look this good, baby, there’s no reason to hide!” They were beautiful. It’s fed by snowmelt and was rushing in fall; I can only imagine what spring might look like.

8. Over The River And Through The Woods… And Up The Rock Stairs

From Hidden Falls, we followed the signs that took us another half a mile to Inspiration Point. The dirt trail had exposed roots and several switchbacks as we climbed rock stairs to a great view of Jenny Lake.

9. Get Inspired At Inspiration Point

At a 7,200-foot elevation, the views from Inspiration Point are inspiring. We sat down on the rocks, grabbed a snack from our backpacks, and took it all in. There was much to take in. We could see Jackson Hole Valley, Cascade Canyon, and a collection of mountains called the “Cathedral Group” (Mount Owen, Teewinot, and the named mountain that inspired it all: Grand Teton).

We also saw a tiny speck of a boat zooming across Jenny Lake. Sure enough, that was the boat shuttle that would take us from the West Dock back to the visitor center.

10. Hiking Out 

I know I’m being redundant here, but it bears repeating: enjoy the mountains. The initial views of the mountain reflections on Jenny Lake are staggering. However, the views when leaving Inspiration Point are no less magnificent.

We headed down from that vantage point to the West Boat Dock, enjoying the trail as it paralleled Cascade Creek. The trail was in great condition but there was more of the same: rocks, roots, and some uneven footing.

11. The (Perhaps Exclusive) Shuttle Boat Ride

When we got to the West Dock, a boat full of passengers was just arriving. These were people who took the boat first and then might be doing our hike but in reverse. What we didn’t see were other people like us, waiting to take the 10-minute boat shuttle back across the lake.

After the boat docked and the passengers left, the captain let us onboard. “Where is everybody?” I assumed we would wait for more people to join. However, it doesn’t work that way. The shuttle is on a timed schedule, so if there are only two passengers, the Shermans get a private boat cruise across the lake!

Inspired by the view from the boat on what had become our private tour, I could have named this section “Enjoy The Mountains, Part II,” but I think you get the idea. The view of the mountains from this tiny shuttle boat was staggering, intoxicating, and magnificent. We are tiny against all this grandeur.

12. Pack A Picnic Lunch To Eat When You Finish The Hike

More than once, Dean and I enjoyed sandwiches, grapes, chips, and water from our small cooler at the end of a hike. These simple foods never tasted so good, especially when eaten on a park bench as you gaze upon the majestic Grand Teton mountains.

13. Watch For Pronghorn On Teton Park Road 

As we were leaving the Jenny Lake area, we saw a herd of about a dozen pronghorns. They were in a meadow, and they timidly approached Teton Park Road to cross it.

This was a paved two-lane road and the only way in and out of Jenny Lake Visitor Center, so it was busy. Along with others, we had pulled over to the side of the road, and the group of pronghorns crossed safely, as cars stopped to let them cross.

I will never forget the mirrored reflections on Jenny Lake, the magnificent mountain view leaving Inspiration Point, or the private shuttle boat ride. Those are part of the travel memories I’ll carry with me for the rest of my life. I hope these tips help you enjoy the Jenny Lake Loop Trail; it’s a beautiful hike with a lot of payoffs in views and scenery in beautiful Grand Teton National Park.

California’s Pinnacles National Park may be overshadowed by the state’s other bigger and more well-known parks like Yosemite, Death Valley, and Joshua Tree. But if you’re looking for a laid-back place to recreate where you can take in mountain views, explore cool caves, and maybe spot the endangered California condor, Pinnacles is certainly worth a visit. 

This park operated by the National Park Service (NPS) is east of the Salinas Valley in central California, roughly 270 miles northwest of Los Angeles and 130 miles southeast of San Francisco.

There are some quirks and interesting things about this particular national park that you’ll want to know about before you arrive. Here’s the scoop.

1. The Park’s Two Sides Aren’t Connected By A Road 

This is important to be aware of before you make a plan to visit Pinnacles National Park: There is a west entrance about 10 miles northeast of Soledad, California, that’s accessible via CA 146, a windy, one-lane road not recommended for RVs, trailers, or large vehicles. There is also an east entrance about 35 miles southeast of Hollister, California. These entrances are not connected by roads that cross the park.

So unless you want to hike across the park on maintained trails (the shortest route is about 3 miles one way), you’ll have access only to the services on each side. The west side of the park has picnic and parking areas, plus restrooms and trailheads. The east side is more developed, with a campground, visitor center, general store, and access to more trailheads than the west side.

2. Pinnacles National Park Is Small

Established in 2013, Pinnacles is one of the country’s newest national parks. At 26,685 acres, it’s also one of the smallest — the seventh smallest of the 63 national parks in the United States to be exact.

You don’t need a ton of time to get to know this national park. You could dip into the park on either side (see above!) and make a day trip out of picnicking, hiking, and bird watching. Or, you might camp overnight in Pinnacles Campground on the east side and plan on a couple of different day hikes over two days.

But unlike some large national parks that require several days to do more than scratch the surface of their offerings, Pinnacles can be covered pretty well in two days.

3. Hiking Is Awesome And Varied

Thirty miles of hiking trails ranging from easy to strenuous wind their way through the park, whose diverse landscapes and interesting rock formations are a result of an ancient volcanic eruption. On a June RV camping trip at Pinnacles during a heat wave — daytime temperatures reached an incredible 105 degrees Fahrenheit — my husband and I managed a couple of hikes. 

One night after dinner, as the sun set, we strolled along the mellow Bench Trail that begins in the campground and ultimately leads to the Bear Gulch parking area. We didn’t make it that far — it’s 2.3 miles one way — but appreciated the opportunity to walk in the shade of large cottonwood trees on a flat path. At one point we crossed over a fenced area and learned, interestingly, that there’s a 30-mile perimeter fence to keep out destructive wild pigs. 

We also cobbled together a few different trails to make a 5-mile loop that began and ended in the Bear Gulch parking area. First, we ascended about a mile along the moderate Condor Gulch Trail to a lookout that afforded great valley views. We ascended further up the trail and across the High Peaks trail, weaving around giant rock formations while appreciating the shade they cast — a welcome break from the hot sun, even though we’d set out before 7 a.m. Here, we enjoyed 360-degree views of the surrounding mountains and towering spires.

Our loop also included ascending and descending the “steep and narrow” section of the High Peaks Trail, where metal rails and steps carved into the rock can help hikers steady themselves. Along the way back down, we passed a few spots specifically marked for rock climbers. We appreciated the cooler foliage as we decreased in elevation and found ourselves at the Moses Spring parking area before heading back to where our vehicle was parked in Bear Gulch. 

If we had more time to spend at Pinnacles, or if we visit again, I’d like to sample the hiking trails that originate from the Chaparral Parking Area on the west side of the park. For example, the easy-to-moderate trail that loops together the Balconies Cliff Trail and the Balconies Cave Trail is 2.4 miles and features a scramble through the talus passages of Balconies Cave. While on the trail, it is necessary to carry a flashlight or wear a headlamp.

4. Summer Is Hot In Pinnacles National Park

As noted, we happened to visit Pinnacles National Park as steamy temperatures swept across California and Nevada in mid-June. However, it seems high summer temperatures aren’t that unusual, according to the park’s website. 

It can regularly reach 90 degrees Fahrenheit and soar above 100 degrees Fahrenheit in the summer. There are no cooling coastal breezes since the park is located sufficiently inland (e.g. a 50-mile drive from Monterey). Carrying plenty of water while hiking is key, as is getting out on the trail before the sun peaks in the sky. Spring and fall are actually more popular times to visit Pinnacles National Park since the temperatures are milder then. Wildflowers are also abundant between March and May.

5. The Campground Is Basic, But There’s A Pool

Pinnacles Campground on the east side of the park is operated by an outside vendor, Pinnacles Recreation Company. It offers RV spots, individual and group tent campsites, and tent cabins with beds, but those are BOYB (bring your own bedding). RV sites have 30 amp electrical hook-ups and there are communal water spigots (bring your own water jugs).

Significantly, this campground does have a swimming pool — quite unusual for campgrounds found in national parks. No surprise, it was packed with campers when we visited during a heat wave — a welcome respite from the hot temperatures. 

Restrooms with showers are located next to the pool, available to overnight campers and day-use visitors. Showers are coin-operated — 50 cents for 3 minutes. They looked pretty grungy, so I had little interest in using them. We’d planned ahead and had plenty of fresh water in our RV tank for cool, refreshing showers at the end of a hot day.

At the campground is also a ranger-staffed visitor center and a campground office, where you can pick up park maps. There’s also a small store offering basic supplies, snacks, drinks, ice, and souvenirs. 

6. You Can Explore Bat-Filled Caves

Two big draws at Pinnacles National Park are Bear Gulch Cave and Balconies Cave, both home to bat colonies. These are talus caves, which are openings that are created by piles of boulders. Hiking trails lead to and through the caves, and you’ll need a flashlight to make your way through the dark tunnels.

Bear Gulch Cave is closed seasonally while the mama Townsend’s big-eared bats, a protected species, give birth and raise their babies. Be sure to check the status of the caves before heading out on your hike. Unfortunately, both caves were closed when I visited in June. 

7. California Condors Live Here

California condors are North America’s largest bird, with wingspans about 9-and-a-half feet long. They can live up to 60 years. These majestic creatures became an endangered species in the 1960s, and in the 1980s there were only 25 known condors left in the world. The wild birds were trapped and bred to avoid extinction.

Eventually, the captive-bred condors were released in five different areas of California, including Pinnacles National Park. Today, dozens make their home in the park, and if you can get close enough to one, you might spot their numbered tags, which help wildlife conservationists keep track of them. 

Keep in mind, however, that the California condor is easily confused with its much smaller cousin, the turkey vulture. (Hint: The condor has large white triangular patches under its spread wings.) 

While hiking, my husband and I were convinced we’d spotted a handful of condors roosting in a tree, and we excitedly told a pair of other hikers on our route. “Yeah, those are probably vultures,” said one gentleman with a pair of binoculars, who went on to describe the numbered condors he’d seen earlier in the day. (Clearly, the man knew what he was talking about.)

While you keep your eye out for the endangered California condor, there are plenty of other birds to observe in Pinnacles National Park, including falcons, golden eagles, hawks, wrens, and swallows.

8. Parking Lots Can Fill Up Early

Prior to the COVID-19 pandemic, a shuttle operated between the East Pinnacles Visitor Center and the Bear Gulch parking area, among other spots on the east side of the park. The shuttles have been suspended, with no signs of returning anytime soon. That means parking spots fill quickly at parking areas that service popular hiking trails. 

The National Park Service notes there may be long lines and delays getting into the park between 9 a.m. and 3 p.m. If you want to secure parking to hike the Condor Gulch, High Peaks, or Moses Spring trails, arrive by 8 a.m. (plus, you’ll beat the worst of the heat in the summer months). 

9. Cell Service Is Limited

For more on California’s most popular attractions, check out these articles:

• New Way To Tour California’s Wine Country In 2023
• 9 Ocean View Picnic Spots On California’s Mendocino Coast
• 7 Amazing Things To Do In Beautiful Half Moon Bay, California

From the tilted rocks and prehistoric fossils on the Utah side to the immense river valleys and colorful canyons on the Colorado side, Dinosaur National Monument offers a splendid array of hiking opportunities.

The national monument straddles the border of eastern Utah and western Colorado and is about 330 square miles of rugged and remote terrain. The good news for hikers is that a number of excellent trails provide access to the heights and depths of the spectacular landscape.

On my recent July visit to Dinosaur National Monument, I was thrilled to find routes that take hikers deep into the mysterious land where dinosaurs once roamed and Native people later etched lizards, spirals, and trapezoidal human figures into the sandstone rock. More than a dozen designated trails offer everything from dinosaur fossils to sweeping views of the region’s scenic rivers to the region’s rhythms of silence and desert voices.

From easy to difficult, here are nine beautiful trails in Dinosaur National Monument.

1. Plug Hat Trail

For a scenic payoff with minimal effort, the Plug Hat Trail along Harpers Corner Road on the Colorado side is hard to beat. The easy, flat trail at the top of Plug Hat Butte offers stunning panoramas of far-off valleys to the east, tantalizing views of the curving, scenic road, and an introduction to the region’s unique pinyon pine/Utah juniper trees.

Driving north on the winding Harpers Corner Road, I was surprised to spot a park ranger standing high on a cliff overlooking the road. My first thought was that getting to that amazing vantage point probably required a strenuous hike up. But when I arrived at the parking area on the east side of the road, I discovered that getting to the overlook was only a quarter-mile walk along a flat, paved trail — a half-mile roundtrip loop that takes about 20 minutes to complete.

The Plug Hat Trail is located just across the road from Plug Hat Butte Picnic Area, a paved, wheelchair-accessible area that provides tables, grills, exhibits, and pit-style toilets. Along with being a convenient place for a break from driving, the picnic area offers an elevated view of the Bull Canyon area.

Pro Tip: Dinosaur National Monument is certified as an International Dark Sky Park, and Plug Hat Butte Picnic Area is known as an excellent spot for gazing at the stars in the western skies.

2. Box Canyon And Hog Canyon Trails

An opportunity to walk in the footsteps of early rancher and local legend Josephine (Josie) Bassett Morris awaits on two shady routes at the end of the Cub Creek Road along the Tour of the Tilted Rocks Auto Tour. They lead to Josie’s Cabin.

Located 10 miles east of the Quarry Visitor Center on the Utah side, the cabin area features two trails: the Box Canyon Trail and the Hog Canyon Trail. Both are easy. The Box Canyon Trail, a half-mile loop, is a 20-minute stroll, and Hog Canyon, 1.5 miles, takes about an hour. Both take hikers along the floor of a scenic box canyon that provides shade, even in the middle of the day.

Pro Tip: With their flat terrain, plentiful shade, and great views of the craggy Weber Sandstone of Split Mountain, Box and Hog canyon trails are excellent trails for small children.

3. River Trail

Dinosaur’s Green River is front and center on the River Trail, a 3-mile roundtrip hike that follows the flow of the river and connects two of the monument’s popular campgrounds: the Green River Campground and the Split Mountain Campground.

Along with its lovely river scene, the trail also offers dramatic views of Split Mountain, along with plentiful wildlife, from mule deer to a variety of birds.

The out-and-back River Trail takes about an hour and 30 minutes to complete and is rated as moderately difficult.

4. Desert Voices Trail

Known as a unique trail that’s great for kids and adults, the Desert Voices Trail features interpretive signs in gray that are designed for adults, and signs in tan that were created by children for children.

The trail features great views of Split Mountain, adjacent rock layers, and cave areas. It is accessible off the Split Mountain Boat Ramp about 4 miles east of the Quarry Visitor Center on the Utah side.

The trail is about 1.7 miles round trip and takes about an hour to complete. It is rated as moderately difficult.

5. Fossil Discovery Trail

For a close-up look at dinosaur bones in their natural environment, the Fossil Discovery Trail passes by three fossil areas, one of which features an outcropping of several small fossil fragments and a number of large pieces of dinosaur bones, just as they were found during the original excavation in 1909.

Along with traces of the monument’s namesake dinosaurs, the trail also cuts through spectacular rock layers that get hikers right into the midst of the tilted rocks.

The Fossil Discovery Trail is 1.2 miles one way, and access is available from the grounds of the Quarry Visitor Center or at the nearby Quarry Exhibit Trail on the Utah side. The trail is rated as moderate, and it includes some steep, uneven sections and rocky areas. It takes about an hour to complete.

Pro Tip: The road to Quarry Exhibit Trail is gated at 5 p.m. each evening, so visitors should plan their Fossil Discovery Trail hike accordingly.

6. Harpers Corner Trail

Seemingly infinite canyon views and an overlook of the Green River 2,500 feet below are in store on the 2-mile out-and-back hike on Harpers Corner Trail.

The trail begins with a steep descent and two switchbacks but then levels out with a few moderate ups and downs. Along the way, hikers are treated to stellar vistas of the region’s river canyons. The trail ends at a view area looking out at the distant Green River.

The trailhead is located at the end of Harpers Corner Road, 31 miles north of the Canyon Visitor Center on the Colorado side. The hike takes about an hour to complete and is rated as moderate.

7. Jones Hole Trail

Designated as one of Dinosaur National Monument’s remote trails, Jones Hole Trail requires a 47-mile drive on paved roads north of the Quarry Visitor Center on the Utah side.

The trail offers a pleasant walk along a babbling brook at the bottom of a canyon and consists of mostly level walking with a few ups and downs. It also features several panels of Fremont petroglyphs and pictographs, located about 1.5 miles down the trail from the U.S. Fish & Wildlife Service’s Jones Hole Fish Hatchery.

Along with the scenery, the trail offers good trout fishing in Jones Hole Creek (a Utah fishing license is required). The route ends at the Green River.

The Jones Hole Trail is 4 and a quarter miles one way (8.5 miles roundtrip) and is not a loop. The hike is rated as moderate.

8. Sound Of Silence Trail

Hikers can expect solitude amidst a sea of rock formations, towering stone walls, and fascinating rock layers in the gorgeous Sound of Silence Trail, located along the Tour of the Tilted Rocks Auto Road Tour. It begins about 2 miles east of the Quarry Visitor Center on the Utah side.

The route follows a sandy wash for a time before heading up a rocky area that offers sweeping views of Split Mountain. The trail includes some steep sections on slickrock.

At 3.2 miles, the Sound of Silence trail is rated as moderate to difficult and is known to be hard to follow in areas.

Pro Tip: The Sound of Silence Trail is best enjoyed in the morning or early evening, when temperatures are cooler. The monument strongly recommends good hiking boots, a hat, and sunblock on the route, and hikers should carry at least a half-gallon of water.

9. Ruple Point Trail

For fit and adventurous hikers with several hours to explore, the Ruple Point Trail offers a spectacular payoff: stunning views of the winding Green River as it passes through Split Mountain.

After traversing mostly rolling sagebrush and juniper-filled terrain for the first three or four miles, the Ruple Point Trail begins a steep descent for about three-quarters of a mile toward its signature views of Split Mountain and the Green River 2,500 feet below.

Dinosaur National Monument cautions that there is very little shade along the route except at the very end of the trail, and the route is hard to follow as hikers descend toward the river view.

Access to Ruple Point Trail is available at the Island Park Overlook on Harpers Corner Road, 27 miles north of the Canyon Visitor Center on the Colorado side. The trail is 4.75 miles one way (9.5 miles round trip) and is rated as moderate to difficult and typically takes 4–5 hours to complete.

Pro Tips

• Pets are not allowed on most trails or in the backcountry in Dinosaur National Monument, although leashed pets are allowed on several of the overlooks along Harpers Corner Scenic Road, including Plug Hat Picnic Area. More information is available on the monument’s website.
• In addition to its designated trails, Dinosaur National Monument allows off-trail hiking on much of its terrain. The monument’s website notes that, while off-trail hiking is a great way to experience the wonder and majesty of Dinosaur’s backcountry, hikers should take a number of precautions, such as knowing their own abilities, practicing Leave No Trace habits, and bringing plenty of water.

Looking for a great vacation with cycling, fishing harbors, lobsters, rugged shoreline, carriage roads, and “Rockefeller’s Teeth”? All of this awaits you in beautiful Acadia National Park.

My husband Dean and I were new to biking outfitter tours, so we selected VBT’s Maine: Acadia National Park tour. (Spoiler alert: We’ve become big fans of VBT, with subsequent trips to Ireland and Slovenia/Austria/Italy with them.) In addition to the appeal of riding in a national park, we liked the idea of a supported ride, planned itinerary and routes, and the comradery that would undoubtedly come from other cyclists on the journey with us.

The trip description promised, “cozy beaches, craggy shoreline, fishing wharves … refreshing and unspoiled landscapes … forested coves, and fishing harbors … deluxe comforts at charming seaside inns where surf and seagulls lull you to sleep.” Hmmm… where do I sign?

No false advertising or fake news in that description! Here are 11 amazing experiences I loved on my Acadia National Park bike tour.

1. Stay At The Delightful Bar Harbor Inn

Our bike tour started in Bar Harbor, the gateway to Acadia National Park, with lodging at The Bar Harbor Inn. It’s a stately, elegant building with impeccable floral grounds, gazebos, benches, and incredible views of the harbor and adjacent islands. The tour description promised, “In idyllic Bar Harbor, practice your lobster-cracking skills and browse galleries, boutiques, and seafood bars,” and all of it was true. 

Pro Tip: In Bar Harbor, a great lunch choice is Café This Way. I loved the roasted Brussels sprouts, sweet potato/quinoa cakes, cauliflower hummus, and wonderfully big, fresh salads. Everything was fresh and delicious.

2. Soak In The Scenic Beauty Of Acadia National Park

Acadia is another treasure in a long line of national park treasures. The National Park Service calls it the “Crown Jewel of the North Atlantic Coast.” It’s one of the top 10 most-visited national parks in the United States, with about 4 million annual visits.

Pro Tip: Purchase an Acadia or National Park Pass (valid for 7 days) online or at information centers throughout the park.

Bike The Carriage Roads

Carriage roads make for great bike riding. In the early-mid 1900s, philanthropist John D. Rockefeller Jr. and his family created these roads to take horse and carriage on motor-free byways through the heart of Mount Desert Island (home to Acadia). Today, the roads are for pedestrians, bikes, and horse-drawn carriages/horses only.

One of the benefits of going with VBT: Their daily cycling routes maximized the 45 miles of carriage roads, managed our road riding to secondary roads, and minimized sharing the busiest roads with tour buses and car traffic.

See “Rockefeller’s Teeth”

Carriage roads were designed to preserve hillsides and trees. Large granite rocks that line the carriage roads as guardrails are lovingly called Rockefeller’s teeth to this very day. (I’m telling you, if those were Rockefeller’s teeth, he needed some serious dental work!)

Appreciate The Historic Bridges

Beautiful stone bridges take you over waterfalls and streams and are evidence of the planning that went into these roads, and they make for some lovely bike riding.

3. Ferry Across Frenchman Bay From Bar Harbor To Schoodic Peninsula

Our tour included a 45-minute ferry from Bar Harbor across Frenchman Bay to Winter Harbor on the Schoodic Peninsula, the only section of the Acadia National Park that’s on mainland Maine (you can also drive to it). A biker’s dream, the roads follow the shoreline through classic Down East fishing villages with many shorebirds, a resounding surf, as well as lobster pot markers and lobster boats dotting the horizon.

Pro Tip: Stop for lunch at the authentic Wharf Gallery and Grill in Corea. Try a whoopee pie, a whipped cream filling sandwiched by two round chocolate cakes. The treat was huge, the size of a small dinner plate (about 8” wide x3” high), and made to be shared!

4. Watch The Sunrise From Cadillac Mountain

The brave and hearty among us biked up the narrow, winding, two-lane, 3.5-mile Cadillac Summit Road some 1,530 feet to the top of Cadillac Mountain, the highest point on the U.S. eastern seaboard. Dean and I were not among them. But the tour did offer an early morning shuttle to the top. Either way, it’s a view worth the effort.

Pro Tip: We visited in September, and it’s windy at the top! Dress in layers. Also, while this doesn’t apply to cycling, reservations are required to drive Cadillac Summit Road from mid-May to mid-October.

5. Cherish The Lovely Asticou Inn, Northeast Harbor

The trip description promised “deluxe comforts at charming seaside inns where surf and seagulls lull you to sleep.” They were right. This is a beautiful, historic inn on a protected harbor, and every room is unique.

6. Stroll Through Floral And Fragrant Thuya Garden

From the Asticou, we walked to the gorgeous Thuya Garden. The big, ornate wooden door opens to a floral wonderland. The gardens were beautiful, well-tended, and impressive, with walking paths, a gazebo, and benches for sitting, lounging, and pondering. Even a small red utility shed seemed to fit the garden serenity.

7. Enjoy All The Fascinations Of Little Cranberry Island

The tour description promised we’d, “take a lobster boat to Little Cranberry Island, … to explore the authentic Down East.” Little Cranberry Island is home to year-round residents who are lobstermen (and women), boat builders, and craftsmen/artists.

Learn About Lobstering

When we arrived, lobsterwoman Stephanie gave a presentation about making a living on lobsters (the only woman on Little Cranberry with that full-time occupation) and mentoring apprentices (called sternmen): two girls, ages 10 and 14. She explained that each lobster they catch is measured from the eyeball to the beginning of the back shell. Too small or too big? Throw it back. Likewise, if it’s a female with eggs, throw it back. They want a sustainable lobster industry, so they don’t “fish out” the waters. She was a fascinating woman with a story to match.

Purchase Hand-Crafted Pieces At Islesford Pottery

The women in our tour group loved the downtime for harbor shopping and were fascinated with the hand-thrown clay pottery at Islesford Pottery. I couldn’t resist a beautiful garlic plate and covered bowl. If you visit, you might have the chance to chat with a potter, or watch them throw clay on a potter’s wheel, trim or handle pots, glaze, or load or unload the kiln.

Get A Closer Look At Lobstering

As our ferry/authorized lobster boat headed back to Northeast Harbor, we stopped to check a few lobster pots. The first mate pulled up the first trap with five lobsters in it. He sized up the lobsters one by one and banded the claws of the keepers. If they’re too small, his parting words as he tosses them back in? “Catch you later.”

8. Grab A Photo At Jordan Pond’s Scenic Shoreline

Jordan Pond is an Acadia classic — a pristine lake surrounded by mountains. We can thank glaciers for this stunning landscape.

Pro Tip: Try a popover at the nearby Jordan Pond House; they’re famous for them, and for good reason. Delicious!

9. The Refreshing Water At Sand Beach

Maine has plenty of rocky coastline — and it’s spectacular — but it’s also wonderful to walk a sandy beach, and the aptly named Sand Beach is great for this. This natural pocket beach, about 300 yards wide, was a great place to kick off our shoes and put our feet in the refreshing water.

10. Try Great Food: Lobster Rolls And Blueberry Pie

I already have expounded on the virtues of the local whoopie pie, but obviously we are in lobster country. Lobster, lobster rolls, lobster bisque — all delicious. A lobster roll is a grand contradiction. This is my theory: Take the cheapest bread known to mankind (a white hot dog bun) and fill it with one of the most expensive kinds of seafood known to mankind (fresh lobster). Top it with a dollop of mayonnaise and maybe a little sprinkled paprika for good measure.

Maine is also blueberry country, and I’d be remiss if I didn’t extol the blueberry pie. On our 6-day bike trip, I ate blueberry pie and ice cream for five of them, but who’s counting?

11. Enjoy The People On The Journey

As usual, the people make the journey interesting. We were joined by 16 fellow cyclists from Ohio, Montana, Florida, Arizona, Massachusetts, South Dakota, California, and Minnesota.

The VBT guides were once again stellar; Tracy and Anne were everywhere, doing everything. Completely confident, warm, funny, caring, and able to handle any situation with the utmost skill and grace.

The cycling route in Acadia is rated easy/moderate, with an emphasis on moderate. It’s hilly, but there’s always a support van to help you out if needed. Throughout the trip, when we asked Anne what the terrain would be like for the next leg of the trip, she’d always say, “More of the same. Some up, some down.” We had to chuckle at the story of a previous cyclist, who, after hearing Anne repeatedly describe the route this way, responded: “The only thing going down around here is your credibility.” These people are so easy to love!

These are some of the amazing experiences I loved from our Acadia National Park bike tour. If you go, you’ll have your own set of unique adventures that will make Acadia National Park unforgettable for you. And you’ll be glad you went.